/’ CARNEGIE MUSEUM Volume XXVIII 1940-1942 Published by the Authority of the Board of Trustees of the Carnegie Institute Pittsburgh, Pa. February, 1942 ARRANGED FOR PUBLICATION BY Arthur W. Henn CARNEGIE TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Page i Table of Contents iii List of Plates v List of Figures in Text ix List of Genera and Species new to Science xi ARTICLE I. Notes on Amphibians from Rockingham County, Virginia. By M. Graham Netting and L. Wayne Wilson 1-8 II. New Silurian Scolecodonts from the Albion Beds of the Niagara Gorge, New York. By E. R. Eller 9-46 III. Pleistocene fossils from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. By Horace G. Richards 47-52 IV. Geographical distribution of the recent Mollusca of New- foundland. By Stanley T. Brooks and Betty W. Brooks. 53-75 V. Notes on the reproduction of the Northern Copperhead, Agkistrodon mokasen cupreus (Rafinesque), in Penn- sylvania. By Albert G. Smith 77-82 VI. Changes in bird life at Pymatuning Lake, Pennsylvania. By Ruth Trimble 83-132 VII. Belinurus carteri , a new Xiphosuran from the Upper Devonian of Pennsylvania. By E. R. Eller 133-136 VIII. A new Gopher Frog from the Gulf coast, with comments upon the Rana areolata group. By Coleman J. Goin and M. Graham Netting 137-168 IX. Birds recorded in the State of Hidalgo, Mexico, by the Semple Expedition of 1939. By George M. Sutton and Thomas D. Burleigh 169-186 X. A new species of Cymothales (Myrmeleonidae). By Nathan Banks 187-188 XI. An archaeological collection from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. By Diamond Jenness 189-206 XII. A new Crocodilian, Hassiacosuchus kayi, from the Bridger Eocene beds of Wyoming. By Charles C. Mook 207-220 XIII. A review of the Pileate Poly pores of western Pennsyl- vania. By LeRoy K. Henry 221-272 XIV. The paleogeography of the eastern part of the Uinta Basin during Uinta B (Eocene) time. By Wilbur Lowell Stagner 273-308 XV. Some new and undescribed Jamaican Butterflies. By A. Avinoff and Nicholas Shoumatoff 309-322 XVI. Scolecodonts from the Windom, Middle Devonian, of western New York. By E. R. Eller 323-340 XVII. The birds of the Uinta Basin, Utah. By Arthur C. Twomey 341-490 491-506 Index LIST OF PLATES I. Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York: Figs. 1-9, Lum- briconereites hibbardi; figs. 10-11, Arabellites oviformis. II. Scolecondonts from Silurian of New York: Figs. 1-11, Nereidavus invisibilis; figs. 12-13, Arabellites plenidens. III. Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York: Figs. 1-5, Ara- bellites rectidens; fig. 6, Eunicites vertex; figs. 7-8, Eunicites petasus; fig. 9, (Enonites parvidentatus ; fig. 10, CE. levis; fig. 11, CE. albionensis; fig. 12, CE. coalescens; fig. 13, CE. staufferi; fig. 14, CE. fossulus. IV. Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York: Figs. 1-3, (Enonites kopfi; figs. 4-8, CE. fornicatus; figs. 9-10, CE. fiexus; figs. 11-12, CE. exactus; fig. 13, CE. permistus. V. Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York: Figs. 1-2, Enonites lewistonensis; figs. 3-5, CE. bidens; figs. 6-7, CE. triangulus; figs. 8-9, CE. franci; figs. 10-14, CE. acinaces. VI. Scolecondonts from Silurian of New York: Figs. 1-5, Ildraites geminus; figs. 6-9, I. horridus. VII. Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York: Figs. 1-4, Leodicites variedentatus ; figs. 5-6, Ildraites duplex; figs. 7-9, I. per ampins. VIII. Map of Pymatuning Reservoir project. IX. Nests: Fig. 1, Nest of Black Duck; fig. 2, Nest of Pintail Duck. X. Nests: Fig. 1, Nest of Ruddy Duck; fig. 2, Nest of Florida Gallinule. XI. Nests: Fig. 1, Nest of Black Tern; fig. 2, Nest of Least Bittern. XII. Figs. 1-2, Rana sevosa. v XIII. Cymothales gerstaeckeri. XIV-XXI. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hud- son Bay. XXII. Pendants of carved ivory and of teeth. XXIII-XXV. Hassiacosuchus kayi. XXVI. Figs. 1-2, Cyclomyces greenei; figs. 3-4, Polyporus circinatus; figs. 5-6, Polyporus biformis. XXVII. Figs. 1-2, Polyporus radiatus; figs. 3-4, P. glomeratus; figs. 5-6, Merulius rubellus; fig. 7, Polyporus semipileatus ; fig. 8, P. semisupinus. XXVIII. Figs. 1-2, Polyporus cuticularis; figs. 3-4, P. graveolens; figs. 5-6, P. Berkeleyi. XXIX. Figs. 1-2, Fomes pini; figs. 3-4, F. conatus; figs. 5-6, Poly- porus cristatus; figs. 7-8, P. dryophilus. XXX. Outline map of northeastern Utah. XXXI. View of westward-dipping Uinta B member at station 2. XXXII. Unita B stream-channel, and meander-channel. XXXIII. Kennedy’s Hole, zone of nodules. XXXIV. Rock and soil samples of Uinta B. XXXV. Geological map of the White River area, Utah. XXXVI. New and undescribed Jamaican butterflies: Figs. 1-2, Nathalis iole albida; figs. 3-6, Anaea johnsoni; figs. 7-9, Chlosyne pantoni; figs. 10-11, Choranthus lilliae; fig. 12, Telegonus roysi; fig. 13, Rhinthon thermae. XXXVII. Scolecodonts: Nereidavus harbisonce; N. hamulus; CEnon- ites excavatus; CE. tenuis; CE . cadwaladeri; Ildraites howelli; I. anomalies; I. anatinus; I. bowenensis. XXXVIII. Scolecodonts: Lumbriconereites clavatus; Eunicites seamani ; Leodicites magnificus ; L. reimanni; L. scitulus; Eunicites turgidus; Arabellites comis; A. hamiltonensis ; Stauro- cephalites truncatus. XXXIX. Map of the Uinta Basin. vi XL. Fig. 1, Atriplex-Tetradymia Community; fig. 2, Juniperus- Pinus Community. XLI. Fig. 1, Western Burrowing Owl; fig. 2, Young Western Burrowing Owls. XLI I. Fig. 1, Artemisia-Cercocarpus Community; fig. 2, Rocky Mountain Yellow Pine. XLI II. Fig. 1, Pinus-Vaccinium Community; fig. 2, Picea-Abies Community. XLIV. Fig. 1, Sage Grouse; fig. 2, Nest of Sage Grouse. XLV. Fig. 1, Sieversia-Carex Community; fig. 2, Rocky Moun- tain Pipit nest. XLVI. Fig. 1, Scirpus-Typha Community; fig. 2, Populus-Salix Community. XLVII. Fig. 1, Bare-ground Community; fig. 2, Mat Atriplex Community. XLVIII. Geological map of Uinta Basin. XLIX. Vegetational map of the Uinta Basin. Vll LIST OF FIGURES IN TEXT ART. III. Map of Labrador Peninsula showing Belcher Islands 47 ART. VII. Type of Belinurus carteri 134 ART. VIII. Fig. 1. Map of the distribution of the Rana areolata group. 155 Fig. 2. Diagram of the probable relationships of the forms of the Rana areolata group 163 ART. XI. Fig. 1. Harpoon rest 193 Fig. 2. Weight to be attached to a seal-spear to give correct balance . 194 Fig. 3. Chisel of nephrite 202 ART. XII. Fig. 1. Lower jaws of Hassiacosuchus kayi 211 Fig. 2. Affinities of Hassiacosuchus . .213 ART. XV. Genital armature of male of Telegonus roysi 319 IX LIST OF GENERA AND SPECIES NEW TO SCIENCE Lumbriconereites hibbardi, sp. nov. Annelida Eunicites vertex, sp. nov. “ Eunicites petasus, sp. nov. Leodicites, gen. nov. “ Leodicites variedentatus, sp. nov. “ Arabellites oviformis, sp. nov. “ Arabellites plenidens, sp. nov. “ Arabellites rectidens, sp. nov. “ Nereidavus invisibilis, sp. nov. “ CEnonites parvidentatus, sp. nov. u CEnonites levis, sp. nov. “ CEnonites albionensis, sp. nov. “ CEnonites coalescens, sp. nov. “ CEnonites staufferi, sp. nov. “ CEnonites fossulus, sp. nov. “ CEnonites kopfi, sp. nov. CEnonites fornicatus, sp. nov. u CEnonites peracutus, sp. nov. “ CEnonites flexus, sp. nov. CEnonites exactus, sp. nov. CEnonites permistus, sp. nov. CEnonites lewistonensis, sp. nov. CEnonites bidens, sp. nov. “ CEnonites triangulus, sp. nov. CEnonites (?) franci, sp. nov. CEnonites acinaces, sp. nov. “ Ildraites geminus, sp. nov. u Ildraites horridus, sp. nov. Ildraites duplex, sp. nov. Ildraites peramplus, sp. nov. Belinurus carteri, sp. nov. Xiphosura 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 31 133 xi Rana sevosa, sp. nov. Amphibia 137 Arremonops rufivirgatus ridgwayi, subsp. nov. Aves 184 Cymothales gerstaeckeri, sp. nov. Insecta .187 Hassiacosuchus kayi, sp. nov. Crocodilia 207 Nathalis iole Bsd. ab. albida nov. Lepidoptera 309 Anaea johnsoni, sp. nov. “ 313 Telegonus roysi, sp. nov. “ 316 Nereidavus harbisonae, sp. nov. Annelida 325 Nereidavus hamulus, sp. nov. “ 326 (Enonites excavatus, sp. nov. “ 326 CEnonites tenuis, sp. nov. “ 327 (Enonites cadwaladeri, sp. nov. “ 327 Ildraites bowenensis, sp. nov. “ 328 Ildraites howelli, sp. nov. “ 328 Ildraites anomalus, sp. nov. “ 330 Lumbriconereites clavatus, sp. nov. “ 331 Eunicites seamani, sp. nov. 11 331 Eunicites turgidus, sp. nov. “ 332 Leodicites scitulus, sp. nov. “ 332 Leodicites reimanni, sp. nov. “ 333 Staurocephalites truncatus, sp. nov. “ 334 Sitta carolinensis uintaensis, subsp. nov. Aves 422 xii SOi.iZ l ART. I. NOTES ON AMPHIBIANS FROM ROCKINGHAM COUNTY, VIRGINIA By M. Graham Netting, Carnegie Museum AND L. Wayne Wilson, Morgantown, W. Va. Introduction The junior author recently presented to the Carnegie Museum a few amphibians that he had collected while a student at Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Rockingham County, Virginia. In view of the paucity of herpetological records for the Shenandoah Valley and be- cause of the rarity of certain of the specimens, a brief report upon this collection seems desirable. Thirteen species are represented by the eighteen specimens in the Carnegie Museum ; three additional species are in the collection of Bridgewater College; and yet another three are mentioned in the field notes of the junior author. Thus, from Rockingham County, we list nineteen forms, and indicate the localities at which they have been found. Dr. Harry G. M. Jopson of Bridgewater College and Dr. E. R. Dunn of Haverford College have manuscript records of three other species — Desmognathus phoca, Hyla versicolor versicolor , and Rana catesheiana — from Rockingham County. The total of twenty-two forms at present known from this region could undoubtedly be increased by more extensive collecting. In Virginia, Desmognathus ochrophaeus ochro- phaeus is known only from the east slope of the Allegheny Mountains in near-by Highland County (Netting, 1932), although it has been found in Pendleton County, West Virginia, which adjoins Rockingham County on the west. The other amphibians that may possibly occur in the county are: Amby stoma jeffersonianum, Amby stoma opacum , Plethodon richmondi , Plethodon wehrlei, Hemidactylium scutatum, Aneides aeneus, and Pseudacris brachyphona. In an important study of the food habits of snakes of the George Washington National Forest, a portion of which is located in Rocking- 1 Issued Jan. 16, 1940. 2 Annals of the Carnegie Museum yol. XXVIII ham County, Uhler, Cottam and Clarke (1939) mention twelve species of amphibians that were taken from snake stomachs. Acris crepitans is incorrectly listed as Acris gryllus; with this correction all the species referred to are represented in the Rockingham County fauna, as we now know it. LIST OF SPECIES Triturus viridescens viridescens Rafinesque One adult male (CM 16971) was secured at Rawley Springs (George Washington National Forest, about eleven miles west of Harrison- burg) on October 9, 1937. The species also occurs one mile west of Bridgewater along the backwaters of the North River. Ambystoma maculatum (Shaw) The Spotted Salamander has been found only at Rawley Springs. One specimen was collected there in April, 1937, and three, on April 2, 1938. One of the latter, an adult female (CM 16872), measures 210 mm. in total length. Numerous egg masses were observed, and larvae were collected in both years. Gyrinophilus porphyriticus porphyriticus (Green) One adult (CM 16349) was taken at Rawley Springs on April 13, 1937. The species has been collected also at Bridgewater and Hone Quarry (George Washington National Forest, about fifteen miles west of Harrisonburg). Pseudotriton ruber ruber (Sonnini) Two adults (CM 16347-48) were collected at Rawley Springs on February 2, 1937. Eurycea bislineata bislineata (Green) One adult (CM 16972) was collected at Rawley Springs on October 9, 1937; others have been found at Hone Quarry. 1940 Netting & Wilson: Amphibians, Rockingham Co., Va. 3 Eurycea longicauda longicauda (Green) One subadult (CM 16357) was secured at Bridgewater on April 10, 1938. The species occurs at Rawley Springs, also. Plethodon cinereus (Green) Two dark-backed adults (CM 16355-56) of this locally common salamander were collected at Bridgewater on February 2, 1938. It has also been found at Hone Quarry, Rawley Springs, Sparkling Springs, and Stokesville. TABLE I CM No. Sex Costal Grooves Head-body Length Tail Length Tail as % of Head-body Dorsum 16355 $ 20 48 49 102.0 dark; no stripe 16356 $ 19 36 30 83.3 dark; no stripe Plethodon glutinosus (Green) One specimen was found at Sparkling Springs (eight miles northwest of Harrisonburg) on November 14, 1937. Desmognathus fuscus fuscus (Rafinesque) Three adults (CM 16352-54) were taken at Bridgewater on February 13, 1937. This species is common in Rockingham County, and has been collected at Rawley Springs and Stokesville. Scaphiopus holbrookii holbrookii (Harlan) On April 27, 1937, a strange frog chorus, apparently consisting of dozens of voices, was heard in a wheat field at Bridgewater. The wheat was then several inches high, and heavy rains had flooded a low area to a depth of from five to six inches. Here about a dozen Scaphi- opus holbrookii holbrookii were collected, and the mating behavior of others was observed. In several instances two males were seen clinging to one female. This observation is of interest, since in his excellent study of this species Ball fails to mention multiple clasping, and in fact specifically states: “Should another male approach, the one in amplexus croaks violently and thrusts the intruder away with a hind limb” (1936: 366). Oviposition occurred and eggs were seen attached to stubble. Calls were heard during seven or eight succeeding evenings. 4 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII The flooded area dried up in about sixteen days. Nineteen days is the shortest time reported (Ball, 1936: 355) between oviposition and pro- trusion of forelimbs in New England specimens, but in this more southern locality metamorphosis may have been accomplished more quickly. Unfortunately, no observations were made to prove that tadpoles were present at any time during the sixteen-day period. No Spadefoots were heard at this locality in 1938, but they were heard at the same site in May, 1939. The species has not been taken else- where in Rockingham County. Two adults in the junior author’s collection measure 65 and 58 mm. in head-body length. The single adult (CM 16871) in the Carnegie collection measures but 50 mm. This specimen has a broad, but not sharply demarcated, light mid-dorsal stripe, formed anteriorly by the junction, at a point between the parotoids, of two faint light stripes that extend backward from above the eyes. The stripe is widest at the mid-point of the back where it encloses a large, circular, dusky spot; it is bordered with dark brown which merges into the gray color of the sides. The light stripe is studded with numerous small black spines; there are few spines on the back, outside of the stripe, and on the sides, but in these regions numerous low warts are present. A fresh specimen (CM 17632) from Montgomery County displays similar coloration and distribution of spines and warts, although the latter are larger and more prominent. Two additional Montgomery County specimens (CM 17633-34) are almost uniform rusty brown, the usual color of specimens of Scaphiopus that have been stored in formalin for a few years. Prompt transfer to alcohol seems to be more necessary with Scaphiopus than with other eastern frogs if the speci- mens are to be used for the study of pattern variations. For comparative purposes metric data upon all of the Virginia speci- mens of this species now in the Carnegie collection are presented in the following table: TABLE II Head-body Tibia Interorbital Tibia as % Interorbital as % CM No. Sex Length Length Width of Head-body of Head-body 17632 & 66 23 8 34.8 12.0 17633 cT 61 21 7.5 34.4 12.3 17634 & 61 22 8 36.0 13.1 16871 9 50 16 6 32.0 12.0 13208 juv. 37 12.5 5 33.7 13.5 32091 juv. 36 12.5 4.5 34.7 12.5 1940 Netting & Wilson: Amphibians, Rockingham Co., Va. 5 The specimens listed above bear the following data: 13208-09 New Kent Co.: near Lanexa May 27, 1938. Neil D. Richmond 16871 Rockingham Co.: Bridgewater 1200 ft. April 27, 1937. L. Wayne Wilson 17632 Montgomery Co.: Radford 1800 ft. August 6, 1939. N. B. Green and N. D. Richmond 17633-34 Montgomery Co.: Radford 1800 ft. March 26, 1939. Paul R. Burch In the above records only the Bridgewater station is new; it is the first Shenandoah Valley record for the Spadefoot, and the second Virginia record from west of the Blue Ridge. Dunn (1936:2) lists S. h. holbrookii as occurring in Essex, Accomac, and Montgomery counties; Richmond and Goin (1938: 302) have since reported it from New Kent County. Radford is only about one hundred and twenty miles southwest of Bridgewater, but it may have received its Spade- foot population from the east through the Roanoke Valley rather than from the northeast. The Blue Ridge east of Montgomery County is too poorly defined to act as an effective barrier to the westward move- ments of those eastern forms that are not restricted to the Coastal Plain. Valley-migrating forms may reach Roanoke by way of the Roanoke River without going above an altitude of 1000 feet; Roanoke is separated from the Shenandoah Valley by the 2000-foot Shenandoah- Roanoke divide. The Pedlar Hills intervene between Roanoke and Radford on the New River; this escarpment proved a barrier to human migration in colonial times (Fenneman, 1938:248-249) and may have affected other groups as well. The routes by which amphibians and reptiles reached the upper New River are especially worthy of study, for the New River gorge certainly seems impassable for certain kinds. Records of Scaphiopus within the Appalachian area are as yet too few to permit accurate appraisal of the distributional barriers that control this form, but apparently its principal migration lanes are along large and fairly mature river valleys. Bufo americanus americanus (Holbrook) One juvenile (CM 16358) was collected at Bridgewater on May 10, 1938. 6 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Bufo woodhousii fowleri Hinckley This species was taken at Bridgewater College, Bridgewater on April 10, 1938. Acris crepitans Baird Two adult females (CM 16350-51), measuring 20.5 mm. and 22 mm. in head-body length, were collected at Rawley Springs on March 22, 1938. The species has been seen also at Bridgewater and at Stokes- ville. Dunn (1938:154) lists six criteria for use in distinguishing crepitans from gryllus. Four of these: (1) larger size, (2) more extensively webbed feet, (3) shorter legs, and (4) less definitely striped thighs, are evident in our specimens when they are compared with topotypes of gryllus from Riceboro, Georgia. The two other diagnostic characters used by Dunn do not hold in our specimens; they seem, therefore, to merit further discussion. First, he characterizes gryllus as “more rugose” than crepitans; the contrary is true in the Rockingham County specimens which are definitely more rugose than are gryllus topotypes. Wide variation in the amount of rugosity occurs in both species and we feel that this character is the least useful of those used by Dunn. Secondly, Dunn states that the anal warts of gryllus are less prominent than are those of crepitans. This statement is ambigu- ous because it fails to indicate whether the warts are prominent by reason of their color, size, or number. The startlingly white color of the subanal warts of some specimens of Acris is a result of preserva- tion in formalin, as the senior author has determined experimentally; specimens preserved in alcohol show less color change and the subanal warts do not fade to an ivory white. It is quite evident, however, that rugosity of the central thigh area is more characteristic of crepitans than of gryllus; the Virginia specimens and many examples of crepitans from elsewhere exhibit a greater number of subanal warts than do topotypes of gryllus , but brilliant white warts are present in some specimens of each species. In addition to the characters mentioned by Dunn, crepitans has a shorter head and a more obtuse snout than gryllus. Pseudacris nigrita feriarum (Baird) About 7:30 p.m., on February 13, 1937, this frog was heard calling from among the long grasses in a marshy area bordering a small ditch 1940 Netting & Wilson: Amphibians, Rockingham Co., Va. 7 that parallels Long Glade Creek at Bridgewater. The calling indi- viduals were scattered, and as the evening became cooler the calls diminished noticeably; but two specimens, a male and a female, were collected. The female (CM 16870) has narrower and more broken dorsal stripes than do male topotypes from Pennsylvania. The dorsal sur- faces of the hind legs are faintly barred. This is apparently the first record of this species in the Shenandoah Valley. Hyla crucifer crucifer Wied One adult male (C M 16359) was secured at Bridgewater on May 16, 1937. Rana clamitans Latreille The Bridgewater College collection contains specimens taken in the North River at Bridgewater on October 30, 1937. Rana palustris Le Conte The Bridgewater College collection contains specimens taken in the North River at Bridgewater on October 30, 1937. Rana pipiens Schreber The Bridgewater College collection contains specimens taken in the North River at Bridgewater on October 30, 1937. Rana sylvatica sylvatica Le Conte Egg masses of this species, and of Amby stoma maculatum , were abundant in several small pools above Rawley Springs on April 2, 1938. LITERATURE CITED Ball, Stanley C. 1936. The distribution and behavior of the Spadefoot Toad in Connecticut. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., 32: 351-379, pi. 14-15, fig. 1-2. Dunn, E. R. 1936. List of Virginia amphibians and reptiles. 5p. Haverford, Pa.: Mimeographed. 8 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 1938. Notes on frogs of the genus Acris. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 90: 153-154. Fenneman, Nevin M. 1938. Physiography of eastern United States. xiv-)-714 p., 7 pi., 197 fig. New York and London: McGraw-Hill Book Company. Netting, M. Graham 1932. Desmognathus fuscus ochrophaeus in Virginia. Copeia, 1932, no. 2: 101. Richmond, Neil D., and Coleman J. Goin 1938. Notes on a collection of amphibians and reptiles from New Kent County, Virginia. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 27: 301-310. Uhler, F. M., C. Cottam, and T. E. Clarke 1939. Food of snakes of the George Washington National Forest, Virginia. Trans. 4th North Amer. Wildlife Conference: 605-622, tables 1-5. ART. II. NEW SILURIAN SCOLECODONTS FROM THE ALBION BEDS OF THE NIAGARA GORGE, NEW YORK By E. R. Eller Plates I-VII Of the five thousand Scolecodonts, fossil polychsete annelid jaws, examined in this study, more than ninety per cent were found to be broken or badly crushed out of shape. Preliminary sketches were made of about five hundred good or usable forms. All specimens which were broken or which might leave a slight doubt as to their true shape were rejected. The specimens were collected along the tracks of the Lewiston Branch of the New York Central Railroad, just north of the tunnel near the mouth of the Niagara Gorge, about one-half mile south of Lewiston, New York. They came from the thin-bedded, calcareous sandstone layers of the Manitoulin Beds, Albion formation, Medina Group, of Silurian age. The Manitoulin beds are about thirty feet thick and consist of dark greenish shale, thin-bedded argillaceous magnesian limestone, and thin, calcareous sandstone layers. Fossils are scarce in these beds. The Scolecodont horizon is from about twenty to twenty-five feet above the Whirlpool sandstone. The layer containing the jaws was discovered by Mr. Raymond B. Hibbard, of Buffalo, New YYrk, while searching for Bryozoa. When the Scolecodont layer is exposed, it becomes covered with a soft crust of calcareous mud which conceals the specimens from view in ordinary prospecting. To find the fossil jaws it is necessary to wash the mud from the rocks. This, of course, destroys many of the specimens. Scolecodonts were known to occur in the Niagara Gorge and the writer had spent a great deal of time searching for them and is therefore indebted to Mr. Hibbard for disclosing their exact locality. Thanks are also due to Mr. Max Kopf of Lancaster, New York, and to Mr. Hibbard for their assistance in collecting the specimens. The sandstone layer containing the Scolecodonts is finely grained and in places calcareous. The amount of cementing material in the 9 Issued January 29, 1940. OCT 1 9 1946 10 Annals of the Carnegie Museum yol. xxvm matrix seems to vary. Scolecodonts are of a chitinous-like material and a weak solution of hydrochloric acid does not affect them except in some cases where a small bubble of carbon dioxide will form directly beneath and may break the delicate jaws. A very small needle, sharpened to the finest point possible, was used to loosen the matrix around the jaws, and to clean out the muscle fossa and remove the material between the denticles. This also helped to keep the liberated gases from breaking the specimens. Whenever possible the jaws were taken from the matrix so that both surfaces could be studied, since it was found that satisfactory determinations cannot be made without seeing all surfaces. Broken specimens may be repaired by using a very thin solution of celluloid and acetone. The jaws in this collection are relatively small in size. There is a lack of material belonging to maxillae III and IV, and since much of the material is small, thin, and fragmentary, it is possible that the proximal maxillae were too fragile for preservation. The collection, including the type specimens of the new species, is in the Carnegie Museum. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES Genus Lumbriconereites, Ehlers, 1868 Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 1-9 Asymmetrical right and left jaws are present. The jaw is wide and elongate, being widest at the mid-region but narrowing to an acute posterior extremity. There are generally seventeen large, backward- pointing denticles which extend along the inner margin nearly to the posterior end. The inner margin, when viewed directly from the lower side, curves at the anterior end at about the third or fourth denticle and continues in a straight line to the posterior extremity. The denticles are often irregular in shape, being either round and blunt, or triangular, flat, and pointed. They usually decrease in size pos- teriorly. Specimens range from 1.0 mm. to 2.1 mm. in length. The hooked-shaped fang is large and is a continuation of the heavy outer margins, which are thickened, especially toward the anterior end. On the right jaw the outer margin is notched by a crescent-shaped bight which forms a shank; the left jaw is rounded and has but a slight sug- gestion of a bight beginning at a point just anterior to the mid-point. The inner surface, especially near the denticles, is often concave while 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 11 the outer surface is convex, except for the fossa. The fossa is wide anteriorly but narrows acutely at the posterior extremity. The mar- gins of the fossa are well rounded thus enabling the jaw to be twisted considerably by the muscle. This species resembles Lumbriconereites obliquus Eichwald (1854), in nearly all of its characteristics, but there are some differences which exist in the several scores of specimens examined. Lumbriconereites hibbardi is much wider. The inner margin of the jaw is not so straight as that of Lumbriconereites obliquus , as shown in Hinde’s figures. The fossa of Lumbriconereites hibbardi is much wider and is well rounded anteriorly. The inner surface (upper surface of Hinde), which bears the inner margin and the denticles, is in the form of a gently sloping ridge, while in Lumbriconereites hibbardi this area, especially on the inside of the curved inner margin, is concave. There is a slight re- semblance between CEnonites major Hinde (1882) and Lumbriconereites hibbardi (left jaws). Stauffer (1933) figured a number of specimens from the Middle Ordovician of Minnesota under two generic names, Lumbriconereites and Protarabellites and several specific names, Lumbriconereites cameratus, Lumbriconereites affinis , Protarabellites delectus , Protarabellites concavus, and Protarabellites productus which are similar to Lumbriconereites hibbardi. Lumbriconereites austini Foerste (1888) resembles Lumbriconereites hibbardi , except that the denticles are less pronounced, and the bight on the outer margin is much deeper. An undescribed jaw figured by Searight (1923), (plate I, fig. 5) is similar to Lumbriconereites hibbardi in some ways. Lum- briconereites cooperi Eller (1938) corresponds well, except for the type of denticles, surface details, and width of jaw, with Lumbriconereites hibbardi. Both have the difference in shape of the right and left jaws. The muscle fossa and arrangement of the denticles are similar in both species. Genus Eunicites, Ehlers, 1868 Eunicites vertex sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate III, fig. 6 The jaw is elongate and is widest at the mid-region. A straight inner margin bears a series of fourteen sharp, conical or hooked den- ticles which decrease slightly in size posteriorly but do not reach the end of the jaw. The first few denticles point slightly forward or are 12 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII perpendicular to the inner margin; the remaining ones are directed backward. The first denticle is small and adheres to the second one. The anterior end is acute while the posterior end is quite blunt. In the posterior half of the jaw the outer margin is curved slightly to form a small shank and then gently curved to the posterior extremity. A small, rounded ridge is discernible along the posterior part of both the inner and outer margins. The lower surface is irregular and con- cave at the posterior end. No other species resembles this form closely. Hinde described a species, Staurocephalites serrula Hinde (1880) but later placed it in the genus Eunicites (1882). This species, according to both of Hinde’s papers, is of the same general type as Eunicites vertex. Staurocephalites niagarensis Hinde (1879), which might possibly belong to the genus Eunicites , is similar to Eunicites vertex. Stauffer (1933) described several forms, Staurocephalites acutidentatus Stauffer, Staurocephalites dentatus Stauffer (fig. 32), and Staurocephalites antiquus Stauffer which are of the same general character as Eunicites vertex. Eunicites acuminatus Eller (1934) resembles Eunicites vertex except that the for- mer has a wider anterior end and a more acute posterior extremity. Eunicites petasus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate III, figs. 7-8 The jaw is in the form of a simple forceps without denticles on the inner margin. In cross-section the jaw is nearly round. The posterior end is very wide and tapers anteriorly to a pointed fang which is slightly hooked. The fossa is very large and round. The margins around the fossa are usually broken but there is evidence that they were thick and the edges well rounded. Jaws or forceps of this kind are common in many genera of recent and fossil polychaeta. Hinde (1879) (1882) described a form Eunicites simplex Hinde which is similar except that the posterior end is wider and the fang not so hooked. Hyalincecites subulatus Stauffer and Hyalincecites plenus Stauffer (1933) resemble Eunicites petasus in a general way. If the description of Stauffer’s genus Hyalincecites was not so specific, Eunicites petasus might be included under that cate- gory. Except for its very short body, Arabellites ? conus Eller (1938) resembles Eunicites petasus in its other characteristics. The writer feels that those species having a simple forceps of this kind should probably be grouped under a new genus but hesitates to do so at the present time. 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 13 Leodicites gen. nov. Maxilla II, plate VII, figs. 1-4 This genus includes those forms in which the jaws of maxilla II are without a fang or primary denticle. The jaw is medium in size, more or less triangular in shape, and may be either highly convex or flat- tened. A straight or curved inner margin bears a series of denticles which are variously shaped and which are not always uniform in ar- rangement. The anterior margin is round or slightly incurved to form a blunt or an acute shank. A large bight or indentation is pres- ent on the outer margin just posterior to the shank. The fossa is large and may occupy from one-half to three-quarters of the jaw length. Genotype, Leodicites variedentatus , n. sp. It is with some hesitation that the writer has concluded to erect a new genus for jaws of this type. Jaws of this kind were originally included by Hinde (1879) under the genus Arabellites but were later placed by him (1882) in the genus Eunicites. He (1879) described several species, Arabellites lunatus Hinde, Arabellites cristatus Hinde, Arabellites cervicornis Hinde, Arabellites similis Hinde, and Arabellites politus Hinde, which possess this type of jaw and might perhaps be referred to this genus. In looking over the literature on recent forms, I have found that jaws of this kind, Leodicites, maxilla II, exist in many recent genera. Some recent genera which have a maxilla II of this type are Onuphis, Leodice, (Enone , Nematonereis , Eunice, Diopa- tra, Paramorphysa, Aracoda , Marphysa, and Lysidice. Leodicites is similar to Ildraites except that it does not have a fang and is a maxilla II. Ildraites has a prominent fang and is a maxilla I. The posterior areas of both genera are similar. Leodicites variedentatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate VII, figs. 1-4 The jaw is rudely triangular in shape and measures from .61 mm. to 1.1 mm. in length. Along the curved inner margin a series of eleven to fifteen, sharply pointed, conical denticles extends practically to the narrow but blunt posterior extremity. The denticles are not uniform in size but usually point in a backward direction. A small or medium sized first denticle is often supplemented by a larger, second or third denticle. The second, fourth, and fifth denticles may be small or minute. The remainder of the denticles are larger and decrease 14 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii regularly in size toward the posterior end. The anterior margin is rounded from the fang and then slightly incurved to a pointed shank. A deep, crescent-shaped bight on the outer margin emphasizes the acuteness of the shank. The fossa is deep, fairly wide, and extends for about two-thirds the length of the jaw\ A thickened margin with well rounded edges is present around the fossa. The upper surface is highly convex and the lower surface is flattened or slightly concave. Leodicites variedentatus resembles Arabellites similis Hinde (1879) and Eunicites cristatus (Hinde) (1882). There is a slight resemblance between Leodicites variedentatus and Eunicites hebes Hinde (1882). Stauffer (1933) described a species, Arabellites contritus) which seems to agree rather well with Leodicites variedentatus in some of its details. Arabellites magnificus Stauffer, Arabellites falciformis Stauffer and several other similar species of Stauffer (1939) conform in many ways with Leodicites variedentatus. Genus Arabellites, Hinde, 1879 Arabellites oviformis sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate I, figs. 10, 11 The jaw is oblong and has parallel margins. With the fang, there are from eight to twelve, conical, blunt or sharply pointed, backward directed denticles which extend to the posterior end of the inner margin. The denticles usually decrease slightly in size posteriorly. The strongly hooked fang is of medium length. The posterior ex- tremity of the jaw is obliquely truncate. The inner margins are straight with well rounded edges. In most specimens the inner mar- gin, which bears the denticles, is quite close to one of the outer margins. The lower surface is only gently convex and may be slightly concave in the central part parallel to the length of the jaw. Except for the fossa, the upper surface is convex. A large, shallow fossa, just pos- terior to the fang, is present and has a broad and well rounded an- terior part. It narrows slightly to the posterior extremity. An average specimen is 1.3 mm. in length. The fossa of Arabellites rectidens is similar to that of this species but the other characters, such as general outline, size, position of the denticles and hook, do not correspond. In most species of Arabellites the fossa is not known or has not been included in the descriptions or figures. Where known, it is usually found only in the posterior third. Arabellites oviformis is thus very interesting because of the large fossa which extends to the anterior part. The general outline, denticles, fang, and lower surface, are similar to other species of Arabellites. 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 15 Arabellites plenidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate II, figs. 12, 13 The jaw is narrow and elongate, measuring from 1.7 mm. to 2.5 mm. in length. There are from eighteen to twenty-one, small, sharp or blunt denticles extending along the inner margin almost to the rounded posterior extremity. The denticles are directed backward with no appreciable decrease in size at the posterior end. The fang is short and in the smaller specimens thin and sharply pointed but thick and blunt in the larger jaws. The outer margin of the jaw is nearly straight or gently curved. The upper surface is convex and quite smooth; the lower surface is irregular. A rather large fossa is located in the posterior third of the jaw. The anterior end of the fossa is deep and wide but becomes narrow and quite shallow pos- teriorly. The margins around the fossa are thickened and the edges rounded. No other forms correspond closely to this species. This is due to the narrowness of the jaw, the large number of denticles extending from the anterior to the posterior extremities, and the short, abruptly hooked fang. The jaws are rather large for this fauna, being nearly twice the size of any other species in this collection. Arabellites rectidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate III, figs. 1-5 The jaw is oblong in its general shape but rather irregular in out- line. The inner margin is formed by a low ridge on the lower surface. It bears a series of six, sharp, backward directed denticles which do not reach the posterior end. The elongate fang does not form a hook but points in a more forward direction. The posterior end is widely truncate but is thin and broken in most specimens. The inner mar- gins are thick with the edges well rounded. The under surface "is convex, as is the upper one except for the concave fossa. Typical specimens measure about 1.0 mm. in length. There is a surprising similarity between this form and Arabellites spicatus var. contractus Hinde (1880) from the Wenlock group of Eng- land, later changed by Hinde (1882) to Arabellites contractus in the description of the forms from the Silurian of Gotland. Arabellites rectidens differs only in the smaller size of the fossa, the thicker outer margins of the jaw, and the lesser number of denticles. Arabellites spicatus Hinde (1880) has “an elevated spike-like projection at the corner of the base,” which makes it, together with the differences men- 16 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII tioned for Arabellites contractus (1882), dissimilar to Arabellites rectidens. Arabellites spicatus Hinde (1882) from the Silurian of Got- land may be differentiated from Arabellites rectidens by the short, thick fang and the deep indentation or bight at the posterior end of the jaw. Except in side view, Protarabellites hamiltonensis Stauffer (1939) is similar to Arabellites rectidens . Genus Nereidavus, Grinnell, 1877 Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate II, figs. 1-11 The jaw measures from .57 mm. to 1.70 mm. and is elongated. A series of often more than fifty, extremely small, needle-shaped den- ticles is on the inner margin. Starting close to the first denticle or fang, the denticles either point backward or are perpendicular to the inner margin. They are very compact and extend only two-thirds the length of the jaw. On some jaws the denticles appear to be missing, while on others there are only stubs, often on the under side of the margin. The denticles measure about .016 mm. in diameter. It is probable that in many cases they were broken off during burial, al- though in some specimens the denticles seem to be just small, rounded, tubercle-like teeth. The denticles are not uniform in length, longer ones may appear almost any place along the margin but usually they are found in the anterior end. The fang is short, either heavy and quite straight or thin and strongly hooked. The fang is more or less oblique to the plane of the lower surface of the jaw, often approaching a right angle. The inner margin, which is straight or gently curved, usually incurves abruptly to the fang. The outer margin is straight or slightly curved. The posterior of the left and right jaws differs fundamentally. In the right jaw the posterior is truncate while in the left jaw there is a large bight in the outer and posterior margins. This bight in the posterior part radically changes the shape of the fossa. In the left jaw the deep fossa which is rounded anteriorly, narrows abruptly, and follows the area near the inner margin to the posterior end. The fossa in the right jaw is deep and rounded but becomes shallow or convex posteriorly. This shallowness is reflected by a convex area on the lower surface. A wide and heavy margin, often flattened but with rounded edges, surrounds the fossa in both left and right jaws. The upper and lower surfaces are irregularly convex but near the fang on the lower surface the jaw is often quite flattened and concave. The majority of the specimens in the present collection are of this species. As is often the case in scolecodonts, the right and left jaws differ from each other. If only a few specimens were available, and if 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 17 it were not possible to take some of them from the matrix, it is con- ceivable that four species might be described from the present material. Dr. Hinde placed forms of this kind in the genus (Enonites, but the writer feels, at least for the present, that they belong in the genus Nereidavus. However, they have many characteristics of the genus Arabellites. Hinde (1882) described a form, (Enonites aspersus Hinde, from the Silurian of Gotland which is similar to this species in most of its characteristics. Both forms have the same outline, the same type of fang which is in a position oblique to the plane of the jaw, and both have very minute denticles. They differ chiefly in the anterior part. In Enonites aspersus Hinde, the denticles continue along the inner margin to the end of the jaw, while in Nereidavus invisibilis they stop about one-third the distance from the end of the jaw. The fossa of the left jaw of Nereidavus invisibilis is much wider and more rounded in the anterior part than in Enonites aspersus Hinde. Nereidavus antiquus Hinde (1880), and Nereidavus perlongus Eller (1934), re- semble Nereidavus invisibilis in a general way. Zebera (1935) de- scribed the species, Arabellites perneri Zebera and Arabellites kettneri Zebera, which have a similarity to Nereidavus invisibilis. From the figures, it is apparent that the posterior extremities in Zebera’s speci- mens are missing, which makes it difficult to form definite conclusions. The anterior end of Pronereites naviculiformis Zebera (1935) is similar to that of Nereidavus invisibilis. In its general characteristics, Nereida- vus invisibilis is similar to Nereidavus ontarioensis Stauffer (1939). Genus (Enonites, Hinde, 1879 (Enonites parvidentatus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate III, fig. 9 The outline of the jaw is irregularly triangular. Anterior to the mid-region the jaw widens. The inner margin is straight and bears a series of twelve, blunt, backward-directed denticles which posteriorly decrease irregularly in size. The fang is small and points forward. The outer margin is well rounded anteriorly and curves to an ir- regularly-shaped shank. Posterior to it is a small bight. The inner and outer margins form an acute posterior extremity. The lower sur- face is slightly concave and the upper surface, containing the fossa, is convex. This form is similar to Enonites curvidens Hinde (1882, fig. 32), especially the outer margins. Except for the outer margin, Enonites 18 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII kopfi m. resembles CEnonites parvidentatus. The fang and denticles are very much alike. CEnonites parvidentatus is similar to CEnonites dignus Stauffer, CEnonites tacitus Stauffer, and CEnonites inornatus Stauffer (1933), but the outer margin is quite different. CEnonites levis sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate III, fig. 10 The jaw is small and sub-triangular in shape. Along the inner margin a series of eleven, sharply pointed, conical, slightly backward directed denticles extends to the posterior extremity. On the whole, the denticles are rather large for the size of the jaw. The first denticle or fang is rather small but the second denticle is larger than any of the others. The next two denticles are blunt but wide and were proba- bly broken off at some time, then worn round. The remaining den- ticles become slightly smaller toward the posterior end. The outer margin is angular in outline and bears a small shank or angular process just anterior to the mid-region. The lower surface is convex except in the area of the shank where it is flattened. A narrow fossa is pres- ent just anterior to the shank. In a general way this species resembles a form described by Hinde (1880) as Ardbellites pectinatus Hinde from the Cincinnati Group at Toronto, Ontario. CEnonites tacitus Stauffer and CEnonites inornatus Stauffer (1933) have the same general outline but differ in the shape of the denticles. CEnonites albionensis sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate III, fig. 11 The jaw is oblong and tapers posteriorly to form an acute end. Along the inner margin is a series of twelve to fourteen, blunt, angular denticles which extends almost to the posterior extremity. The fang, which begins some distance from the anterior end, is not large and is usually perpendicular to the inner margin. The next one or two denticles are minute. Following these, the denticles are large, point back, and gradually decrease in size to the posterior end. The outer margin is irregular. At the anterior end a large shank is present, fol- lowed by the usual bight. The margin continues in a straight line to the posterior end where it curves slightly. The surface of the upper and lower sides is gently convex. The fossa extends from the shank to the posterior extremity. These jaws do not seem to agree closely with any other known forms. 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 19 The presence of a shank on the outer margin is similar to that of (Enonites kopfi m. and CEnonites fornicatus m., but the anterior end is unlike these. CEnonites coalescens sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate III, fig. 12 The jaw is elongate and is widest at about one-third the distance from the anterior end. Both anterior and posterior ends taper gradu- ally to acute points. The inner margin is gently curved and a series of nineteen, pointed, conical, and triangular-shaped denticles extends almost to the posterior extremity. The fang is long and thin. The second denticle is smaller but heavier than the first. It is braced in such a manner that it probably acted as a support and together with the first, functioned as the fang. Both of these denticles are either perpendicular to the inner margin or are directed slightly forward. A space exists between the second and third denticles. The next three or four denticles are small but increase in size gradually to about one- third the distance from the posterior end. From this point there is a rapid decrease to the last denticle, which is minute. The outer margin is curved from the anterior end to the widest part of the jaw and then gently incurved to the posterior end. The lower surface is convex except for the mid-region where it is slightly flattened. The upper surface is convex or nearly flat. The fossa extends from about the mid-point to the posterior end. It is rather difficult to determine whether this form belongs to the genus Eunicites or (Enonites . Species, similar to the form described above, have been placed in both of these genera. However, in review- ing the literature, it is apparent that for forms of this kind more species have been described under the genus (Enonites than under Eunicites. The species conforms satisfactorily to the following analysis of the genus by Hinde: “Jaw with a more or less curved an- terior hook, followed by a series of smaller teeth, similar in character to those of the existing genus (Enone ” Hinde (1879) described several specimens from the Cincinnati Group of Toronto, Canada, as Eunicites various (Grinnell). These jaws in outline are similar to (Enonites coalescens , but differ in the width of the jaw and the type of denticles. If these specimens of Eunicites various (Grinned) could be seen from the other side, they might prove to be altogether different types. Species of a similar nature, Eunicites contortus Hinde and Eunicites clintonensis Hinde (1879), were subsequently found by Hinde (1882) to be side views of Lumbriconereites obliquus Eichwald. (Enonites 20 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII curvidens Hinde (1872) resembles (Enonites coalescens rather well except for the outer margin which has, according to Hinde, “in the central portion an inflated, obliquely directed, process. The denticles are similar, especially the closeness of the second denticle to the fang.” Specimens of the same species, Hinde (1879), from the Cincinnati Group from Toronto, Canada, do not correspond so well. Caley (1936) described a species, Eunicites trentonensis Caley which is similar to (Enonites coalescens except that the anterior area is not so wide and the first few denticles are of a different character. (Enonites staufferi sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate III, fig. 13 The jaw is narrow at the anterior end, increasing in width toward the mid-region, and then tapering to an obtuse posterior extremity. On the inner margin, a series of sharp triangular shaped, backward pointing denticles extends almost to the posterior end. The denticles are large anteriorly but rapidly decrease in size toward the posterior region. The fang is small and abruptly hooked. The outer margin is irregular and curves gently to the fang. The upper and lower sur- faces are irregular. The fossa extends from about the mid-region to the posterior end. This species does not resemble very closely any other known form. Enonites regularis Hinde (1880) is similar but it has a more angular outline. Enonites excelsus Stauffer and Enonites paratus Stauffer (1933) are slightly similar to Enonites staufferi. The maxilla II of Arabellites alfredensis Eller (1934) resembles, especially in the anterior region, that of Enonites staufferi. (Enonites fossulus sp. nov. Maxilla I ?, plate III, fig. 14 The jaw is long with the anterior end tapering to a long, acute extremity. Along the inner margin is a series of nine, rather large, blunt, backward pointing denticles which extends nearly to the pos- terior end. The fang is large and is situated at about one-third the distance from the anterior end. It is directed backward in an acute angle with the inner margin. The second denticle is minute. The outer margin is nearly straight; the inner margin is gently curved. An elongate fossa is present on the upper surface. It begins anterior to the fang but does not continue to the end of the jaw, stopping at about a third of the distance from the last denticle. The lower surface is gently convex. 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 21 Only one specimen of this species is present in the collection and it is broken into four parts. All but the anterior tip was recovered. The jaw is quite different from that of other forms, especially in the anterior region with its long and sharply pointed extremity and the acutely, backward directed fang. Even though it is badly broken, the writer feels this specimen should be figured and described. Stauro- cephalites serrula Hinde (1880, fig. 20) later recorded as Eunicites serrula (Hinde), 1882, is similar to CEnonites fossulus, except that it does not have the anterior end extended so much. Stauffer (1933) describes a form, Staurocephalites dentatus Stauffer, fig. 32, which also is slightly similar to CEnonites fossulus. CEnonites kopfi sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate IV, figs. 1-3 The jaw is triangular in outline, measuring in average .8 mm. in length. In most specimens the inner surface is rather flat while the outer is quite convex. The inner margin, bearing the denticles, is straight from the anterior end for about two-thirds of its length, at which point it arches slightly and, with the outer margin, forms a slightly concave area. There are from 16 to 19 denticles on the inner margin. The fang, or first denticle, is small, conical, and slightly curved and points in a forward direction. Following it, there is a series of small, blunt, compact denticles which extends to the end of the jaw. In most specimens the denticles are uniform in size, perhaps slightly decreasing toward the posterior end. The outer margin is round and thick, except at the anterior end. At the posterior end, on the right side of a left jaw and on the left side of a right jaw, the outer margin is much wider and forms a flange which is one side of the rim of the concave area. The outer margins enclose a large fossa which extends two-thirds of the length of the jaw. The fossa is wide and rounded anteriorly but becomes narrow at the posterior end. This species is common in the fauna. The large fossa makes the jaw a very formidable, grasping apparatus. Hinde, 1882, described a form, CEnonites radula Hinde from the Silurian of Gotland, which re- sembles this species in so many ways that the writer was tempted to place it under that category. It differs, however, in the structure of the outer margin. In Hinde’s species the margins unite anteriorly and acutely to form the fang, whereas in CEnonites kopfi the margin follows the rounded fossa and is not so prominent anteriorly. The fang of kopfi does not seem to be in the same plane or a part of the 22 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII outer margin, as in Hinde’s species. The inner surface of CEnonites radula Hinde is more concave than CEnonites kopfi. From the figures of CEnonites radula Hinde it appears that the denticles in this species do not extend the full length of the inner margin; in CEnonites kopfi more denticles are present and they extend the full length of the mar- gin. There is a general resemblance between CEnonites alpencensis Eller (1938) and CEnonites kopfi , although the outer margins and the denticles do not correspond. The flange on the outer margin of CEno- nites kopfi is similar to a structure found on the variety described by Hinde (1882) as CEnonites radula cristula Hinde. CEnonites fornicatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate IV, figs. 4-6 In outline, the jaw is a curvilinear triangle and its margins taper posteriorly to form either an acute or an obtuse angle. Both the inner and outer surfaces are convex. The inner margin bears a series of small, blunt, fairly compact denticles along the first three-quarters of its length. The number of denticles varies between thirteen and fifteen; the majority of jaws, however, bear fifteen. The denticles are rather uniform, with only slight reduction in size posteriorly. The fang is small, conical, straight or slightly hooked, and usually points in a for- ward direction. The anterior margins are irregularly curved; the an- terior part is extended into a pointed shank. The fossa is large and extends nearly the full length of the outer margin. These jaws probably represent maxilla II and were used for crushing as well as grasping. The large fossa with its muscle made the jaw very powerful. The form is similar to CEnonites kopfi m. in general shape, but its outlines or margins are not so straight and the presence of a shank make it a distinct species. There are also fewer denticles and they do not extend to the posterior end as in CEnonites kopfi. The inner surface of CEnonites kopfi is quite flat, while the same surface of CEnonites fornicatus is convex. CEnonites radula Hinde (1882), is similar to CEnonites fornicatus in size and especially in the arrangement of the denticles. CEnonites fornicatus differs from CEnonites radula Hinde in the irregularity of the margins, the convexity of the inner surface, and the presence of a distinct flange on the anterior part of the outer margin. In CEnonites securis Hinde (1882), the front por- tion is curved and continues into an upward projecting shank some- what similar to that of CEnonites fornicatus. The outer margins of CEnonites fornicatus remind one of CEnonites alpencensis Eller (1938). 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 23 (Enonites peracutus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate IV, figs. 7, 8 The jaw is narrow, triangular in outline, and has straight margins that curve posteriorly to form a slightly obtuse but not truncate posterior extremity. Including the fang, there are usually a series of eighteen denticles which begin well to the anterior end and extend along the inner margin almost to the posterior end. The denticles are of various shapes. Those at the anterior end are long, conical and sharp, while those at the posterior end are often small, blunt, and compact, but in some specimens they may be slightly hooked. Many of the denticles have the appearance of being worn or broken and this may be the reason for the various shapes and sizes. A long, thin, rather straight, sharply pointed fang is directed from the jaw at about right angles with the inner margin. The fossa is broadly oval, deep, medium sized, and located in a plane more perpendicular to the denticles than parallel to them. The margins of the fossa are thickened into a round or slightly flattened rim. An average specimen measures 1.3 mm. in length. This rather delicate species is represented by only a few complete specimens and a number of fragments. It does not resemble any other species very closely due to the position and character of the fossa and the number and arrangement of the denticles. The jaws have certain characteristics which are common to the genus Arabellites and the writer was hesitant to place it in the genus (Enonites . There is a slight similarity between (Enonites ? injrequens Hinde (1879) and the lower surface of Enonites peracutus. If the upper surface of Eunicites trentonensis Caley (1936) were known, it might resemble Enonites peracutus except for its larger denticles. (Enonites flexus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate IV, figs. 9, 10 The jaw is elongate with a straight inner margin and a gently curved outer margin. There are from twelve to sixteen, sharp, or blunt, conical shaped denticles distributed along the inner margin almost to the posterior extremity. The large conical, sharply pointed fang, and often the adjacent denticle, points in a forward direction. The remainder of the denticles point backward and usually diminish in size posteriorly. The last few denticles are often minute. The fossa is long and oval in shape and extends almost the complete length of the jaw. Hinde (1879) described a species, Enonites amplus Hinde from the 24 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Clinton of Dundas, Ontario, which is very similar in its general shape to (Enonites flexus but which differs in the arrangement of the den- ticles, the width of the jaw, and the straightness of the outer margin. (Enonites naviformis Hinde (1880, 1882) from England and Gotland, corresponds in a general way but is not closely related due to the presence of a notch or a bight on the outer margin. Searight (1923) figures (plate I, figure 1), but did not name or describe, a form which is similar to Enonitus flexus except that the outer margin is not as gently curved, the fossa is not in the same position, and the fang is curved backward instead of pointing forward. Stauffer (1933) de- scribed three similar forms, Enonites tacitus Stauffer, Enonites dignus Stauffer, and Enonites inornatus Stauffer which generally may be correlated with Enonites flexus. Enonites orthodontus Eller (1938) is similar to Enonites flexus, particularly in the arrangement and form of the denticles, but it differs in the acuteness of the anterior end and in the prominence of the fang. (Enonites exactus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate IV, figs. 11, 12 The jaw is elongate and widest at the anterior end but narrows gently to form a slightly hooked posterior extremity. The inner mar- gin is straight except for the most posterior part which curves gently. Along the inner margin a series of from fourteen to sixteen, sharp, conical, backward pointing denticles extends almost to the posterior end. The fang, or first denticle, is only medium sized and it is followed by a very small denticle. The next denticle in the series is very much larger than any of the others and was probably used more as a fang than as the first tooth. Next in order are two small denticles followed by three larger ones. The remaining denticles are of various sizes except at the posterior end where they gradually decrease in size and become minute. The third denticle appears to begin well toward the outer margin and because of its large size a concave area is present just posterior to it. The outer margins are curved and their edges well rounded. The upper surface, except for the fossa, is convex, and the lower surface is flat or slightly concave. The fossa is oval in shape at the anterior end and tapers to an acute posterior extremity. The fossa begins about one-third of the distance from the anterior end and well behind the large, third denticle. The interesting feature of this species is the consistency in number and the diversity in sizes of the denticles in all the specimens examined. No particularly close relationships to this species have been noted. 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 25 However, several species have a general similarity to CEnonites exactus. CEnonites amplus Hinde (1879) from the Clinton of Ontario is an ex- ample. Several specimens described as CEnonites naviformis Hinde (1880, 1882) may be brought into this category. The figured, but un- described form from the Cedar Valley Limestone of Iowa, Searight (1923, plate I, fig. 1), is similar to CEnonites exactus. Three specimens described by Stauffer (1933) from the Middle Ordovician of Minne- sota, CEnonites dignus Stauffer, CEnonites inornatus Stauffer, and CEnonites tacitus Stauffer, may be considered as having slight simi- larity. If Lumbriconereites cooperi Eller (1938) is viewed from the upper side, (Plate XXVIII, fig. 3), it would show a close resemblance to CEnonites exactus. In outline, shape of fossa, and arrangement of the denticles Lumbriconereites cooperi is quite similar and might easily be mistaken for CEnonites exactus. However, if Lumbriconereites cooperi Eller or any other related forms are viewed from the under surface, it is evident at once that there is no relationship between them and CEnonites exactus. CEnonites permistus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate IV, fig. 13 The jaw is sub-triangular in outline and measures 1.1 mm. in length. In a typical specimen a series of twenty-three denticles is present along the inner margin. The inner margin is straight for most of its length, but curves posteriorly. The first thirteen denticles are conical, very sharply pointed, and perpendicular to the inner margin of the jaw. The second denticle is the largest and, together with the slightly smaller first denticle, it acted in the capacity of the fang. Following the large second denticle is a series of nine small, rather uniform teeth. They are followed by two larger denticles. The remaining denticles are of a different character, being rather blunt in comparison, triangular in outline, and directed backward. They extend to the posterior end. The outer margin is straight from the curved anterior end to a point about mid-way, where it forms a sharp angle and incurves to the acute posterior extremity. The wide fossa begins just anterior to the mid- region and narrows abruptly to the posterior end. The upper and lower surfaces are gently convex with some irregularities in the extreme posterior region. The arrangement and character of the denticles of this species are of particular interest. This is especially true of the second denticle which is larger than the first and probably served as the fang. This position gives it a better foundation on the jaw. If, in a mechanical 26 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII sense, the muscle and the fossa acted as a fulcrum, it is probable that a fang-like denticle located a little closer to the center (or closer to the muscle) would have more strength and holding power. On the other hand, this position of the fang would lessen the reaching ability. The tendency of a larger, fang-like denticle to appear second or even fourth in position is not uncommon. Among the forms described in this paper, (Enonites exactus and CEnonites levis have an anterior denticle, other than the first one, developed in the form of a fang. By and large, this species does not resemble closely any of the others. There is a similarity, in general outline and in position of the fossa, of CEnonites naviformis Hinde (1882) and CEnonites permistus. CEnonites exactus m. and CEnonites levis m. have characters which are somewhat similar to those of CEnonites permistus. CEnonites lewistonensis sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate V, figs. 1, 2 The jaw is small, measuring only 0.6 mm. in length. A series of nine, blunt or sharply pointed denticles extends along the inner margin to about one-fourth the distance from the posterior end. The fang is large, pointed, and strongly hooked. Adjacent to and more or less coalesced with the fang are two, compact, forward pointing denticles. There is a small space between them and the next denticle. The re- maining denticles are fairly large for the size of the jaw and are directed backward. The irregularly curved outer margins continue around the posterior extremity to the inner margin where they meet in a slightly acute ending. The fossa is long, narrow, and deep. It begins well in the anterior part of the jaw and continues around the posterior end. The upper and lower surfaces of the jaw are generally convex, al- though there are areas which are irregular and slightly concave. This form cannot be closely correlated with any other described species. However, the anterior end, including the fang and first denticles, is like that of certain species of Lumbriconereites. There is a slight similarity to CEnonites naviformis Hinde (1882) but in CEnonites lewistonensis the posterior end is wider and the denticles are of a dif- ferent character and arrangement. CEnonites bidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate V, figs. 3-5 The jaw is small and elongate. From nine to thirteen, sharp, conical, mostly backward directed denticles are present on the curved 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 27 inner margin. The fang and second denticles are practically mirror images of each other and are more or less coalesced. Both denticles are directed slightly forward. Following these teeth is a vacant space on the margin about one-third the distance from the anterior end. From this point the denticles are small but increase in size to about the middle and then decrease in size to the posterior end. The outer margin is broadly curved from the front end to just anterior to the mid- region where it is gently incurved to an acute posterior extremity. The fossa is small, oval, and is in the posterior half of the jaw. Both the upper and lower surfaces are convex except for the area adjacent to the second denticle and the inner margin. An average specimen measures .65 mm. in length. Specimens of this kind are not very common in the collection. This species demonstrates the tendency of a second denticle to support the fang. (Enonites coalescens m. is very similar in outline and general character to this species. It differs by being much larger and by lack- ing the space on the inner margin between the second and third den- ticles. The adhesion of the second denticle to the fang is a similarity in both species. (Enonites triangulus sp. nov. Maxilla II, plate V, figs. 6, 7 The jaw is triangular in cross-section and measures about .60 mm. in length. Along the strongly incurved or arched inner margin is a series of twelve, blunt, compact denticles which extends to the pos- terior end. In the anterior part the denticles are fairly large but they diminish rapidly in size in the posterior region. The first denticle or fang is slightly larger than the others and points in a forward direc- tion. The outer margins are curved with well rounded edges. The upper surface is highly convex. The lower surface is gently concave. The fossa extends nearly the full length of the form; it is not very wide at the center and narrows to an acute angle at both the anterior and posterior ends. This form is similar to (Enonites radula Hinde (1882) from the Silurian of Gotland except that it is more strongly arched, less tri- angular in outline, and the fossa is not so wide. Enonites triangulus resembles Enonites kopfi m. in a general way. It differs by having a more curved or arched inner margin, a fossa which is not as wide at the anterior end, and a less triangular outline. Enonites triangulus also differs from Enonites kopfi m. by having the outer margin rounded 28 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII from the anterior end instead of being straight or incurved to a sharply pointed shank. (Enonites (?) franci sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate V, figs. 8, 9 The jaw is narrow and elongate, measuring 1.1 mm. in length. A straight inner margin bears a series of ten to twelve, large, backward directed denticles which does not extend to the posterior extremity. They diminish in size posteriorly. The fang is large, oval in cross- section, and is strongly hooked. The outer margins are parallel and slightly curved to the blunt posterior extremity. The lower surface is mostly convex but in some specimens it is slightly concave or flattened just adjacent to the denticles and the posterior end. The upper sur- face is strongly convex, except for the fossa and a small area at the posterior extremity. The fossa, which is fairly deep, long, and oval, extends about two-thirds the length of the jaw, almost to the pos- terior end. There is some doubt as to the genus in which this form should be placed. It might be placed in the genus Arabellites. Hinde (1879) described Arabellites (Maxilla I), as a “Jaw with an extremely promi- nent anterior hook, and a row of smaller teeth on a wide base.” This species conforms with the first qualification but it does not, however, possess a wide base. In CEnonites (?) franci , in the writer’s opinion, the large fossa, which extends almost to the anterior end, and the small posterior extremity, are not quite characteristic for the fossil genus Arabellites. Likewise, such characteristics are not found, so far as the writer is aware, in the Maxilla I of the recent genus Arabella. The posterior extremity of the jaws of Maxilla I of the genus Arabella is usually truncate and there are surfaces present for articulation with the carriers. In species of Arabellites with truncate posterior ends, the fossa or areas for muscle attachment are small and are located in the posterior third of the jaw. Hinde (1879) erected the genus CEnonites to include forms having “Jaws with a more or less curved anterior hook followed by a series of smaller teeth, similar in character to those of the existing genus CEnone .” The form described above does not conflict with any of the characters of CEnonites and for the present the species will be included in that genus. There is a slight resemblance between CEnonites serratus Hinde (1879) and CEnonites franci. Euni- cites trentonensis Caley (1936) has the same general shape as CEnonites franci , but in the former the anterior denticles begin close to the fang. 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 29 (Enonites acinaces sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate V, figs. 10-14 The jaw is short and narrow, measuring from 0.57 mm. to 1.18 mm. in length. Along the straight inner margin is a series of nine or ten, large, conical, sharply pointed denticles extending to the posterior extremity. The first denticle, or fang, is very long, straight or slightly hooked, oval in cross-section, and usually pointed in a forward di- rection. The next two or three teeth are smaller and are followed by a large flattened denticle. Of the remaining five denticles, the first three are small and the remaining two are somewhat larger. The denticles are usually perpendicular to the inner margin but may be directed slightly backward. The outer margins are parallel and are curved to the posterior extremity and last denticle. The anterior margin is quite straight and terminated with the outer margins in a sharp point. The fossa is long, very narrow, and opposite the inner margin. At the anterior end, the fossa opposite the fang is slightly enlarged. The margins of the fossa are narrow and the edges rounded except at the anterior end where they are wider and quite flat. The upper surface is arched or convex while the lower surface is concave. In some speci- mens both surfaces are gently convex or flattened. The very large, formidable denticles situated on such a small base, together with a narrow fossa, make this form very interesting. Per- haps the long sharp denticles counteract the ineffectiveness of the weak muscles which are indicated by the small fossa. In specimens where surfaces are slightly convex or flattened, it is difficult to tell whether the jaws are right or left ones. CEnonites acinaces does not correspond readily with other species of (Enonites although it possesses the char- acters of that genus. Genus Ildraites, Eller, 1936 Ildraites geminus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate VI, figs. 1-5 The jaw is elongate, quite wide anteriorly, and tapers to an acute posterior extremity. Length of the specimens ranges from .60 mm. to 1.42 mm. On the gently curved inner margin a series of from sixteen to twenty-three conically shaped denticles extends almost to the pos- terior end. The first two denticles, which constitute the fang, are small and thin, and may be coalesced or separated by a small space. They are slightly hooked and usually point in a backward direction, oblique to the lower surface. The next six to eleven denticles are very small and are perpendicular to the inner margin or may, especially the 30 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii anterior teeth, point in a forward direction. The remainder of the denticles are large and gradually diminish to a minute size at the pos- terior extremity. The inner margin is notched in the posterior part by a deep, wide crescent-shaped bight. From the acute shank formed by the bight, the outer margin incurves to the anterior end. The fossa is of medium size and is limited to the posterior half of the jaw. Thick margins with well rounded edges surround the fossa. The upper surface of the jaw is highly convex while the lower surface is usually concave and irregular. This form is similar to Ildraites duplex m. but differs by having denticles, smaller in size and different in shape, along the whole inner margin. Ildraites geminus is more arched, the lower surface more concave, and the shank more acute than in Ildraites duplex m. Stauffer (1939) described three species, Lumbriconereites expansus Stauffer, Eunicites grandis Stauffer, and Arabellites priscus Stauffer, which, judging from the figures, seem to resemble each other quite closely and correspond, except for the second denticle, to Ildraites geminus m. Ildraites horridus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate VI, figs. 6-9 The left and right jaws are asymmetrical, rudely triangular in shape, and measure from 1.01 mm. to 1.59 mm. in length. A broadly curved inner margin bears a series of conical, sharply-pointed denticles, eight on the right jaw and from eleven to thirteen on the left jaw. The fang of the right jaw is very large, conical, and points in a backward di- rection. On the left jaw the fang is smaller and extends in a forward direction. In most specimens the second denticle is usually small but may be quite large. Two specimens do not have a second denticle in the usual place. The third denticle is very large in both right and left jaws. The remaining denticles are of various sizes and are not ar- ranged in any particular order. The denticles point in a backward di- rection and extend along the narrow posterior to the blunt extremity. The anterior margin incurves to a long, acutely pointed shank. A deep, crescent-shaped bight on the outer margin emphasizes the narrow shank. Two-thirds of the length of the jaw are taken by a wide, deep fossa. The outer margins of the fossa are not thickened but the edges are well rounded. The upper and lower surfaces are convex except for a slight concave area at the third denticle on the lower surface. Most of the jaws were found in a broken condition, but a few com- plete specimens made a description possible. The jaws are rather unique, being unlike any other species except possibly Arabellites cervicornis Hinde (1879) and Arabellites anglicus Hinde (1880). 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 31 Ildraites duplex sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate VII, figs. 5-6 The jaw is elongate with a rather wide anterior region. Measure- ments in length range from .71 mm. to 1.48 mm. Along the gently curved inner margin a series of nine to fourteen triangular shaped denticles extends nearly to the acute posterior extremity. The first and second denticles are very large, the second usually slightly larger than the first. These two denticles are very close together and act as the fang. A vacant space is present between these two denticles and the next tooth. On some specimens the third, fourth, and fifth denticles are minute. Following them, are several large teeth which gradually diminish in size posteriorly. The first two denticles are di- rected forward or are perpendicular to the inner margin, the remainder are pointed in a backward direction. The outer margin is slightly curved to about the mid-region where it is notched by a shallow, crescent-shaped bight. The fossa is deep and of medium size. Its margins are thick and the edges well rounded. The upper surface is strongly convex. The lower surface is usually slightly convex but may be concave in the mid-regions and near the fang. This form is related to several other species and is similar to them except for a difference in the first two denticles. The interesting ar- rangement in which the first and second denticles are almost of the same size and act as a fang was noticed also in other species of this fauna. Arabellites angustus Hinde, Arabellites arcuatus Hinde, and Arabellites anglicus Hinde (1882), agree with Ildraites duplex , but only in a general way. A slight similarity exists between Ildraites ( Ara- bellites) marcellusensis (Eller) (1934), Ildraites bipennis (Eller) (1936), Ildraites peramplus m., and Ildraites duplex. Ildraites peramplus sp. nov. Maxilla I, plate VII, figs. 7-9 The jaw is long and wide, measuring from 1.1 mm. to 1.6 mm. in length. On the straight inner margin is a series of nine or ten, conical, pointed denticles which are directed sharply backwards. The first five or six denticles are rather large and uniform in size. The remaining denticles are smaller and continue nearly to the acute posterior ex- tremity. A large fang is curved backward, oblique to the plane of the lower surface. The outer margin is straight from the fang to about two-thirds of the length of the jaw where it is notched by a deep, crescent-shaped bight. A long wide fossa, beginning at about the base of the fang and extending to the posterior extremity, is present on the 32 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII upper surface. The fossa is deep or concave near the margins but flattened or slightly convex in the central area. The margins of the fossa are narrow; the edges rounded. The lower surface is convex but in some specimens it may be slightly flattened in the middle region. Hinde (1880, 1882) placed species of this kind under the genus Arabellites . The writer (1936) erected a genus, Ildraites, for forms with the anterior end similar to Arabellites but having a posterior end and outer margin notched by a deep, crescent-shaped indentation or bight. Hinde (1879), in erecting the genus Arabellites , included forms with “(2). Sickle-shaped jaws and allied forms” and further explained “the second resemble the second pair (Maxilla II)” of Arabella ( CEnone ) maculata Edwards, as figured in Cuvier’s “Regne Animal.” The forms described under the genus Ildraites are of Maxilla I; have a different type of muscular attachment, and do not possess any apparent sur- faces for the articulation of carriers. Hinde (1882) described a species, Arabellites spicatus Hinde, and under “remarks” said, “This jaw appears to represent the pincers (Maxilla I), although there is not indication of any attachment as there is in the normal types of the existing genus Arabella .” There is a close resemblance between Ildraites ( Arabellites ) marcellusensis (Eller, 1934) and Ildraites per- amplus. Ildraites bipennis (Eller, 1936) is similar to Ildraites per- amplus, except for the denticles, which, in the former, do not extend as far along the inner margin. 1940 Eller: Silurian Scolecodonts of Niagara Gorge 33 BIBLIOGRAPHY Hinde, A. J. 1879. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. 35, pp. 370-389, pis. 18-20. 1880. Idem., Vol. 36, pp. 368-378, pi. 14. 1882. Bihang till k. Svensk Akad. Handl., Vol. 7, N: 05, pp. 1-28, pis. 1-3. Foerste, A.F. 1888. Amer. Geologist, Vol. 2, pp. 412-419. Searight, W. V. 1923. Iowa Acad. Sci., Vol. 30, pp. 433-436. Stauffer, C. R. 1933. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. 44, pp. 1173-1218. 1939. Jour. Paleon., Vol. 13, No. 5, pp. 500-511, pis. 57, 58. Eller, E. R. 1934. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. 22, pp. 303-316. 1934. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. 24, pp. 51-56. 1936. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. 25, pp. 73-76. 1938. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. 27, pp. 275-286. Zebera, K. 1935. Bull. Inter. Acad. Sci. Boheme, pp. 1-9. Caley, J. F. 1936. Can. Dept. Mines, Mem. 202, pp. 21-90. 34 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE I Figures magnified about 35 times. Numerals in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue numbers of the respective specimens. Fig. 1. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, side view (17751). Figs. 2, 3. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw (17754). Fig. 2. Under side. Fig. 3. Upper side. Fig. 4. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, side view (17749). Fig. 5. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, side view (17755). Fig. 6. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, side view (17750). Fig. 7. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17756). Fig. 8. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17753). Fig. 9. Lumbriconereites hibbardi sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17752). Figs. 10, 11. Arabellites oviformis sp. nov. Maxilla I, righ. jaw. (17769). Fig. 10, under side; Fig. 11, upper side. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate I Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York. 36 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE II Figures magnified about 35 times. Numerals in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue numbers of the respective specimens. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17765). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17763). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17760). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17759). Nereidavus invisibilis sp.nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17758). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17766). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17762). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17757). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17764). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17765). Nereidavus invisibilis sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17767). Arabellites plenidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17775). Arabellites plenidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17774). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate II Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York. 38 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE III Figures magnified about 35 times. Numerals in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue numbers of the respective specimens. Figs. 1, 2. Fig. 3. Figs. 4, : Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Arabellites rectidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw (17770). Fig. 1. Under side. Fig. 2. Upper side. Arabellites rectidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, side view (17772). Arabellites rectidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw (17771). Fig. 4. Under side. Fig. 5. Upper side. Eunicites vertex sp. nov. Maxilla II, right jaw, under side (17749). Eunicites petasus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17768). Eunicites petasus sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17749). CEnonites parvidentatus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17787). CEnonites levis sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, under side (17791). CEnonites albionensis sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, under side (17749). CEnonites coalescens sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17786). CEnonites staufferi sp. nov. Maxilla II, right jaw, under side (17792). CEnonites fossulus sp. nov. Maxilla I ?, left jaw, upper side (17782). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate III Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York. m 40 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV Figures magnified about 35 times. Numerals in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue numbers of the respective specimens. Fig. 1. CEnonites kopfi sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, upper side (17790). Fig. 2. CEnonites kopfi sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, under side (17749). Fig. 3. CEnonites kopfi sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, under side (17790). Fig. 4. CEnonites fornicatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, upper side (17789). Fig. 5. CEnonites fornicatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, under side (17749). Fig. 6. CEnonites fornicatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, under side (17774). Fig. 7. CEnonites peracutus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17763). Fig. 8. CEnonites peracutus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17783). Fig. 9. CEnonites fiexus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17778). Fig. 10. CEnonites fiexus sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17772). Fig. 11. CEnonites exactus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17788). Fig. 12. CEnonites exactus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17773). Fig. 13. CEnonites permistus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17779). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate IV Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York. 42 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANTION OF PLATE V Figures magnified about 35 times. Numerals in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue numbers of the respective specimens. Figs. 1, 2. Enonites lewistonensis sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw (17784). Fig. 1. Upper side. Fig. 2. Under side. Fig. 3. Figs. 4, 5. (Enonites bidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17781). (Enonites bidens sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw (17793). Fig. 4. Under side. Figs. 6, 7. Fig. 5. Upper side. (Enonites triangulus sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw (17780). Fig. 6. Upper side. Fig. 7. Under side. Figs. 8, 9. (Enonites fr anci sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw (17785). Fig. 8. Upper side. Fig. 9. Under side. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. (Enonites acinaces sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17776). (Enonites acinaces sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17785). ( Enonites acinaces sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17777). (Enonites acinaces sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17808). Enonites acinaces sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17785). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate V Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York. 44 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI Figures magnified about 35 times. Numerals in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue numbers of the respective specimens. Fig. 1. Ildraites geminus sp. nov. Fig. 2. Ildraites geminus sp. nov. Fig. 3. Ildraites geminus sp. nov. Fig. 4. Ildraites geminus sp. nov. Fig. 5. Ildraites geminus sp. nov. Fig. 6. Ildraites horridus sp. nov. Fig. 7. Ildraites horridus sp. nov. Fig. 8. Ildraites horridus sp. nov. Fig. 9. Ildraites horridus sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17803). Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17794). Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17795). Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17796). Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17804). Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17797). Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17798). Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17799). Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17800). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate VI Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York. 46 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII Figures magnified about 35 times. Numerals in parentheses at the right indicate the Carnegie Museum catalogue numbers of the respective specimens. Fig. 1. Leodicites variedentatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, upper side Fig. 2. (17761). Leodicites variedentatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw, under side (17807). Figs. 3, 4. Leodicites variedentatus sp. nov. Maxilla II, left jaw (17806). Fig. 3. Upper side. Fig. 4. Under side. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Ildraites duplex sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, under side (17778). Ildraites duplex sp. nov. Maxilla I, right jaw, upper side (17805). Ildraites peramplus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, upper side (17802). Ildraites peramplus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17785). Ildraites peramplus sp. nov. Maxilla I, left jaw, under side (17801). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate VII Scolecodonts from Silurian of New York. ART. III. PLEISTOCENE FOSSILS FROM THE BELCHER ISLANDS IN HUDSON BAY By Horace G. Richards Research Associate, New Jersey State Museum Trenton, New Jersey* Through the kindness of E. R. Eller of the Carnegie Museum, I have had the opportunity of examining some Pleistocene fossils obtained by an expedition to the Belcher Islands, Hudson Bay, Canada, led by J. Kenneth Doutt and Arthur C. Twomey of that museum. The narrative of the ex- pedition and the summary of results have already been published (Doutt, 1939; Twomey, 1939). The following information on the localities is taken from the field notes of Mr. Doutt: *Also Research Associate, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 47 sued March 25, 1940. OGT 48 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII A. Tukarak Island, Belcher Islands, about 56° 10' N. lat., 78° 55' W. long., about 100 feet above sea level near the south end of Long Lake. The shells had been dug out of the bank by lemmings (Station 5320). B. Tukarak Island, about 300 feet above sea level in a clay bank that had been pushed to the surface by ice pressure. C. Mukpollo Peninsula, Flaherty Island, about 56° 00' N. lat., 79° 15' W. long. A shell bed about 10 inches thick near the top of the hills. Beneath this layer was a layer of black sand with shells that extended down at least 12 or 14 inches (Station 5311). D. About 1 mile north of C. and about 50 feet above sea level (Station 5312). List of Species No attempt is made here to give an exhaustive account of the distribu- tion of the various species. The notes on the Pleistocene distribution are taken from lists in the following papers: Hudson and James Bays (Rich- ards, 1936) ; Newfoundland (Richards, 1937) ; St. Lawrence Valley and New Brunswick (Dawson, 1872); Lake Champlain (Goldring, 1922; Howell and Richards, 1937); Maine (Clapp, 1907; Little, 1917); and Greenland (Richards, unpublished). The notes on the recent distribution of the species are obtained from Dawson (1872), Whiteaves (1901), Johnson (1934) and data from various museums. The original set of fossils is in the Carnegie Museum, while duplicates have been deposited in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Pelecypoda Saxicava arctica Linne ( S . rugosa Linne) Common at all four localities. Pleistocene : Hudson and James Bays; Greenland; Newfoundland; St. Lawrence Valley; New Brunswick; Maine; Champlain Valley of New York and Vermont. Probably the most abundant of all northern Pleis- tocene species. Recent: Greenland to the West Indies. Llowever, the heavy, coarse variety typical of the Pleistocene is limited to Arctic and Sub-Arctic seas. 1940 Richards: Pleistocene Fossils from Hudson Bay 49 Mya truncata Linne Localities A, B and D. Pleistocene: Hudson and James Bays; Newfoundland and Labrador; Riviere du Loup, Montreal and St. Lawrence Valley; New Brunswick; Maine; Greenland. Recent: Greenland to Massachusetts; Hudson Bay. Astarte striata Leach Localities A and B. Pleistocene: Charlton and Cary Islands in James Bay; Stag Island in Rupert River; Newfoundland; Maine; Greenland. Recent: Davis Strait to Massachusetts Bay; rare. This species has been confused with A. banksii Leach and A. compressa Linne and consequently it is difficult to ascertain its complete range. Astarte borealis Schumacker Locality D (rare). Pleistocene: Charlton and Cary Islands, James Bay; Labrador; Maine; Greenland. Recent: Of northern distribution, the exact range is uncertain because it has been confused with A. arctica Gray (Greenland). Mytilus edulis Linne Localities A, B and D, frequently broken. Pleistocene: Various localities in James Bay; Newfoundland; Greenland; Riviere du Loup and St. Lawrence Valley; Lake Champlain Valley; New Brunswick and Maine. Recent: Greenland to North Carolina; James Bay. Pecten islandicus Muller Locality D, numerous perfect specimens. Pleistocene: Hudson and James Bays; Newfoundland and Labrador; St. John, N. B.; Maine. Recent: Greenland to Cape Cod. 50 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Leda pernula Muller Fragments at locality A. Pleistocene: James Bay (abundant); Riviere du Loup; Lawlors Lake, N. B. ; Maine. Recent: Greenland to Massachusetts Bay; Hudson Strait. Gastropoda Acmaea testudinalis Muller Localities A, B and C. Pleistocene: Charlton and Cary Islands, James Bay; Labrador. Recent: Labrador to Connecticut; Hudson and James Bays, Gulf of St. Lawrence. Puncturella princeps Mighels and Adams (P. noachina Linne) Locality B (rare). Pleistocene: Riviere du Loup and Quebec. Recent: Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence and in deep water to North Carolina. Brachiopoda Rhynchonella psittacea Gmelin Locality D. Pleistocene: Charlton and Cary Islands, James Bay; Riviere du Loup, Montreal and St. Lawrence Valley. Recent: Abundant on stony or rocky ground throughout northern seas including Hudson Bay. Crustacea Balanus sp. Localities C and D. Significance of the Fossils The marine Pleistocene deposits of the Hudson Bay region are usually regarded as of early post Wisconsin age. The ice was then retreating which caused Hudson and James Bays to rise because of the increased 1940 Richards: Pleistocene Fossils from Hudson Bay 51 water released by the melting ice. The land was lower than at present due to the weight of the ice. It is believed that there was a differential uplift of the land in post Wisconsin time, when the earth had recovered from the weight of the ice, greater to the north where the weight of the ice had been greater. Abandoned shorelines up to 500 feet above the shore of Hudson Bay are evidences of this post Wisconsin uplift. That James Bay was deeper and more saline than at present is shown by the finding of numerous shells on the beaches of Charlton and Cary Is- lands (85 miles north of Moose Factory) that are not at present living in James Bay. It was suggested (Richards, 1936) that these shells were Pleistocene fossils, having lived in post Wisconsin time when the Bay was of greater size than at present. Since a marked similarity is shown between the fossils from Charlton and Cary Islands and those from the Belcher Islands, it is suggested that the two faunas are contemporaneous and that rather uniform conditions prevailed over the region. The finding of brackish water fossils on the James Bay Coastal Plain south of Moose Factory (Kindle, 1924) suggests that this region was covered by a shallow brackish sea not unlike James Bay today. Marine shells are reported in this paper up to about 300 feet above sea level or to almost the highest point on the Belcher Islands. It is therefore most probable that the entire group of islands was covered by the sea in post Wisconsin time. Therefore the flora and fauna of the islands must be of recent introduction. However, since the Belchers lie only about 60 miles west of the mainland and since the Bay is frozen solid for several months of the year, the re-population of the islands would have been relatively easy. BIBLIOGRAPHY Clapp, Frederick G. 1907. Complexity of the Glacial Period in Northeastern New Eng- land. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 18, pp. 505-556. Dawson, J. W. 1871. Notes on the Post-Pliocene Geology of Canada. Canadian Nat. Quat. Jour. Sci., n.s., vol. 6, pp. 19-42, 166-187, 241-259, 369-416. Reprint, 112 pages (1872). Doutt, J. Kenneth. 1939. The Expedition to Hudson Bay. Carnegie Magazine, vol. 12, pp. 227-236. 52 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Goldring, Winifred. 1922. The Champlain Sea. N. Y. State Mus. Bull., 239-40, pp. 53-94. Howell, B. F. and Richards, H. G. 1937. The Fauna of the “Champlain Sea” of Vermont. Nautilus, vol. 51, pp. 8-10. Johnson, Charles W. 1934. List of Marine Mollusca of the Atlantic Coast from Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 40, no. 1. Kindle, E. M. 1924. Geology of a portion of the Northern Part of the Moose River Basin, Ontario. Canadian Geol. Surv., Summ. Rept. for 1923 (Cl), pp. 21-41. Little, Homer P. 1917. Pleistocene and Post Pleistocene Geology of Waterville. Maine. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 28, pp. 309-322. Richards, H. G. 1936. Recent and Pleistocene Marine Shells of James Bay. Amer. Midi. Nat., vol. 17, pp. 528-545. 1937. Pleistocene Fossils from Newfoundland Collected by Ex- peditions from Princeton University. Amer. Midi. Nat., vol. 18, pp. 457-459. Twomey, Arthur C. 1939. The Walrus Hunt. Carnegie Magazine, vol. 12, pp. 291-296. Whiteaves, J. F. 1901. Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada. Geol. Surv. of Canada. ART. IV. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECENT MOLLUSCA OF NEWFOUNDLAND By Stanley Truman Brooks and Betty Watt Brooks The following summary constitutes the final report covering the collec- tions made by us between 1934 and 1938 upon the island of Newfoundland. We feel that in Newfoundland we have found a territory of critical value in the study of animal distribution. The several species found within the confines of the Great Island, which are not known from the United States and Canada, will lead many to believe that they have been introduced through commerce. This may well be, but if attention is paid to the localities in which many of these species live, the uninhabited islands off the rocky shores, the deep fastnesses of the Rocky Downs, and other localities along this ancient shore, then the conviction will grow that we have found a natural fauna distributed by nature through the centuries that have passed. The majority of these forms witnessed the Ice Age and through that troublous time retained the stations they inhabit today. Introduction through commerce may have occurred not only once but many times within certain areas such as the city of St. John’s. However, this locality is the least important and probably the most barren of all. Before one may form a conclusion it should be remembered that all of the shipping to this country has been done by fishermen and by merchant- fishermen. None of these has imported much garden material and the small islands along the Southern Shore, which has been found to be the critical area, have scarcely been touched by the foot of man. Some of them are uninhabitable even for a frugal goat. True, the fisherman may have drawn up his nets from the sea and spread them out to dry or at the most, he may have pastured a few sheep upon their rocky summits. In the main, however, these islands and these headlands may be thought of as uninhabited areas. Resume of Travels The first trip1 to Newfoundland was made in 1934. This was accom- plished by the senior author alone and was a survey from the east to the 1 Brooks, S. T., The Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Newfoundland. Annals of the Carnegie Museum, vol. 25, p. 83-108, pis. 12, 13, 1936. 53 Issued, July 3, 1940. oer i a is*. 54 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII west, along the track of the overland railway, and thence north to the deep fiord of Bonne Bay on the west coast. This trip, which we consider now as a journey of reconnaissance, was fruitful in bringing to light many forms heretofore unknown from this region. Not only did new species come to light, but also the major divisions of the fauna were then deter- mined. This will be discussed later in this paper. The second trip, which also included only the senior author, was accom- plished partly through the kindness of Captain “Bob” Bartlett of the Schooner “Morrissey.” Eight days with Captain “Bob,” whose cargo in- cluded a cow, a calf, two dozen hens and innumerable gold fish and “guppies,” landed him at Brigus where field work started. Leaving Brigus, trips were made to some sixty-three ports along the northeastern coast of Newfoundland and southern Labrador. In most instances the time was too short, or the paucity of specimens made collecting a discourag- ing business. Three weeks were spent at the Grenfell Hospital at St. Anthony, partly in field work for molluscs and partly in researches in human parasitism.2 The shores near this port were traversed for miles in each direction and only in rare cases were good collecting localities found. The encroachment of vegetation in the many lakes and ponds in this vicinity has made a situation inhospitable to molluscs and whatever fauna once lived there has now been lost in oblivion. Wherever one finds patches of blue grass or hardwood trees one finds a few specimens. The third trip to Newfoundland allowed a greater coverage of territory. Mrs. Brooks and the three children, all ardent collectors, located on the Southern Shore at the village of Ferryland, Lord Baltimore’s former home. There intensive and exhaustive collecting brought to light the largest number of forms yet to be collected in Newfoundland. While Mrs. Brooks filled her five months sojourn with travels in and along the south- ern coast, the writer engaged in many short trips over the Avalon Penin- sula and went north for an extended trip to Labrador. The collections made in the summer of 1937 brought to light the fact that several interesting European species occur in Labrador and on the islands off the shore of Ferryland. It was therefore planned to concen- trate during the summer of 1938 on making a collection from these islands. This was accomplished by Mrs. Brooks at Mobile, on the numerous rocky islands in that district, and in the deep indentations at Placentia, North- east Arm, and Southeast Arm of Placentia Bay. On nearly every island 2 Brooks, S. T., A Short Study of Human Parasitism in the Middle North. The Journal of Parasitology, vol. 23, No. 1, p. 104, Feb. 1937. 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 55 the fauna that we had discovered the year before at Ferryland was dupli- cated. But only two months of the summer could be allowed for this work as our ultimate goal was England and the extensive collections of the British Museum. Definition of the Newfoundland Fauna With the exception of a few species and subspecies that are unique to this island, the molluscan fauna of Newfoundland today is the same as that which existed in this area during and very likely even before the Pleistocene, and before the separation of Newfoundland from the main- land. In our study we have made a division of this fauna into two groups: (1) The circumboreal species that have migrated from their Holarctic centers of origin down into the contiguous land areas and ; (2) Those species characteristic of the continental areas which have been derived from an earlier migration of progressive forms. Under the circumboreal species we include those with a truly circum- polar distribution as well as those which now show greater affinities to the east than to the west. It is the belief of the authors that all of the forms herein united under the heading circumboreal will, in the future, be found in either fossil or recent state in the unknown portions of northern Canada and Siberia. It may be possible, however, that, due to geographical con- ditions so far unknown to us, there was an influx of so-called European species into eastern America from Holarctica and that these were prevented from spreading and joining with their fellows of eastern Europe. Our only criterion for this statement is that the majority of these are not known from Siberia, Alaska, and the great spaces of Canada, but are common to eastern Canada, Newfoundland, Labrador, and in many cases to Green- land and Iceland. Again we must realize that there exists a paucity of collections from these extensive areas and that we will be able to determine the exact range of our “European Species” in North America only when more careful studies are made of these regions. This, it may be said, has long been one of our most enticing dreams and perhaps one of the most important. It also may be stated that in the main , these so-called “Euro- pean Forms,” are not importations through commerce, but are a part of the distribution of the basic species via Holarctica. The evidence pos- sessed by us will be discussed under the various headings. Of the entire Newfoundland fauna 41.7 per cent is included in the circumboreal group. Around 58.3 per cent then must fall within the other group which had its development upon the North American continent. This brings us to 56 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII another interesting observation. In Newfoundland we find a very definite eastern and western distribution. The forty-six species occurring on the western side of the island are predominantly of American origin, whereas the eastern fauna, consisting of thirty-nine species, is predominantly Holarctic in origin and contains the so-called “European forms.” It is very doubtful whether there is anything significant in the fact that these dual faunas occupy the areas of the g'eosynclines,3 the Acadian and the St. Lawrence, while there is an obvious paucity in the central region or that of the New Brunswick Geosyncline. The activity of the former two geosynclines, is probably responsible for the present ecological con- ditions that enable these eastern and western faunas to live, but it is interesting to note that the map of this billion-year old scene of oro- graphical activity is also the one of the present molluscan distribution. Much knowledge is still hidden in the rocks and folds of this rugged island, for Newfoundland is an ancient land, the major portion of it having been above the surface of the sea for the last one-hundred million years. Twenhof el4 tells the story of the subsequent folding, faulting, and erosion. During the Tertiary, Newfoundland was a low plain with the drainages following the structure of the ancient formations, much the same as they are today. In the middle or late Tertiary there came an uplift and tilting which raised the region of the Long Range (western) some 2000 feet and the northeastern coast to some 700 feet, with a subsequent sinking to the south. A greater submergence of the shore line occurred following the glaciation, which accounts for the great bays of the eastern portion of the island as well as the drowned valleys along the western periphery (forma- tion of Bonne Bay and the Bay of Islands). It is with this latter sub- mergence that the many interesting islands fringing the shores of the Avalon were formed. In the late Pleistocene,5 the submergence also caused the formation of the Bay of St. Lawrence and the Strait of Belle Isle, which separated Newfoundland from the American continent. Now one thing is obvious and that is that the fauna of present-day Newfoundland attained its place in that island subsequent to any total 3 Twenhofel, W. H., Newfoundland: Geology and Peoples. Sigma Xi Quarterly, vol. 27, p. 103-112, 121, 1939. 4 Twenhofel, W. H., Physiography of Newfoundland. American Journal of Science, vol. 33, p. 1-24, 1912. 5 Schuchert, C. and Dunbar, C. O., Stratigraphy of Western Newfoundland. Memoirs Geol. Soc. Am., no. 1, 1934. 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 57 glaciation that may have occurred. We are assuming that a total glacia- tion would cause the extermination of the flora and fauna of the region it occupied. If the glaciation was total , then all populated areas would have been covered and no plant or animal could have existed or lived through that time. Just when such an absolute glaciation may have occurred in Newfoundland is not yet known. There are various conflicting evidences and theories but one thing is certain. The snails seem to indicate that no disastrous glaciation has occurred since their last migration into this island. Chamberlin (1895)6 states that the evidences in Newfoundland give the impression “that the glaciation of the isle was more probably at- tributable to the development of local ice sheets than to an extension of the ice fields of the mainland.” As to the Avalon Peninsula he says that “no granitic erratics from the interior nucleus, or at most extremely few, mingle with the local red sandstone and gray crystalline rocks in the drift. These facts indicate an extremely local derivation.” Coleman (1926)7 indicates that the glaciation of the critical (for land snail evidence) Southern Shore was quite ancient; either Kansan or Jerseyan and was of several hundred feet in thickness. No true moraines occur along the present shore, but a few large, transported blocks do occur at Fermeuse. He says that, although the evidences are sparse, he would conclude that: (1) there was an ice cap spreading out from the center of the peninsula, and; (2) there were probably two invasions of the ice; one in the early Pleis- tocene and another in the late, the latter corresponding to the Wisconsin Sheet of the mainland. There was no indication of powerful ice action and it was not heavy enough to depress the shore. Twenhofel (1912)8 described the western portion of the Island, the Long Range, as a remnant of an extensive peneplain, cretaceous in origin, which was elevated and then dissected. This region shows extensive glacial activity and erratics of glacial origin are found on the tops of the highest “peaks” (table lands) of the Long Range. Physiographically, Twenhofel divides the island into three parts: the Long Range and coastal region; 6 Chamberlin, T. C., Notes on the Geology of Newfoundland. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., p. 467, 1895. 7 Coleman, A. P., The Pleistocene of Newfoundland. The Journ. of Geology, vol. 34, no. 3, pp. 200-204, 1926. loc. cit. 58 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII the central region between the Long Range and Placentia and Trinity Bays; and the Avalon Peninsula. All evidences point to a greater glacial activity in the western and central portion, with the least activity in the Avalon. However, there is an indication that the southern region of the Long Range was not glaciated. Valley glaciers have deposited boulder clay and erratics only to an altitude of 500 feet and the table lands show little glacial activity and no erratics. In his later paper, Twenhofel (1939) states that during the Ice Age most, if not all, of Newfoundland was covered by the ice. His reaction to the finding of what presumably are plant relicts, as indicating unglaciated areas, is that this evidence may well exist but that more work must be done in this field. He also correlates the last glaciation with the Wis- consin advance and believes that the ice had disappeared from 25,000 to 50,000 years ago. Following this there were some submergences of the coast during which time the larger bays and long salients were formed. In the more northerly part of the island there has been a reversal of the sub- sidence, but to the south there is a continued sinking. The Species and Their Significance Euconulus fulvus is a species of the eastern, central, and western por- tions of the island. In the aggregate, the Euconulids are circumboreal in distribution and as fossils are first found in the Pliocene beds. Vertigo modesta and its races form one of the most important of the circumboreal complexes. The genus is widespread in the Pliocene having then attained a distribution which, at present, is restricted to some extent by subsequent glaciations, especially in western America and in Siberia. In Newfoundland it is limited to the western area and the northern peninsula. The races of this group include V. krausseana of Siberia and Alaska; V. arctica of Lapland and Alaska (?); V. hoppi of Greenland; and V. modesta and varieties of North America. In our study of V. arctica and V. hoppi in the British Museum, and of the former in the Bryant Walker Collection of the University of Michigan, we have come to the conclusion that they are both V. modesta. In a collection made this past year in the islands of the Belcher Group, Hudson’s Bay, by Dr. Arthur C. Twomey, of the museum staff, we have specimens of true modesta that are absolutely identical with arctica and which prove to our satisfaction the unity of these species. The Newfoundland specimens are all more typical of the southern American forms. Pupilla muscorum is another circumboreal species which has occurred 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 59 since the Pliocene and is now found in Newfoundland at various localities in the Long Range (west coast) and on an island off the Southern Shore , at Ferryland. This species is noted for its “spotty” distribution in America and to the present time has been found only in the two regions in New- foundland, the Long Range and the Avalon Peninsula. Vallonia pulchella, another Pliocene, circumboreal, immigrant is found only on the Avalon Peninsula, and Columella edentula only in the western area. Zoogenetes harpa and Punctum pygmaeum both occupy the region between Trinity Bay and the west coast of Newfoundland, while Cochli- copa lubrica is found generally over the entire island. Limax arborum is a species, which in a natural state, is new to North America. It had previously been found in greenhouses in Colorado by T. D. A. Cockerell. In the same manner as Cockerell we approached this astounding find through dissection and, upon finding the penis sheath bearing its unmistakable flagellum, we decided that it could be no other. We collected it at seven localities along the shore from Aquaforte and Ferryland, along the Southern Shore, to Brigus on Conception Bay, and more strikingly found it on a small island, Fox Island, off the shore at Torr’s Cove. It is difficult to see how it could have been introduced into all of these localities. Only two specimens of Limax maximus have been identified from New- foundland; one from St. John’s, and one from Bay Bulls. In the latter locality the specimen was darker, and the respiratory orifice was typical of flavus and not of maximus. A dissection, however, did not show the rectal appendix or caecum of flavus. Deroceras laeve and D. agrestis, probably, are both circumboreal in dis- tribution and both have been introduced over much of the world. The former is found sparsely in the central, western, and eastern parts of New- foundland, and the latter generally over the entire island. Zonitoides nitidus is found only on the Avalon Peninsula while Vitrina limpida is found on the islands of the east coast , and on the western coast and northern peninsula. The Vitrinas in the aggregate, including V. alaskana , V. limpida , V. pellucida, V. angelicae, and V. exilis , form an- other circumboreal complex, such as Vertigo modesta, and also have an equally long geological history, appearing in the late Eocene. Retinella electrina (the American form of the European R. hammonis), is another widely spread form and in Newfoundland is found over the en- tire island. Another widely spread species is Stagnicola palustris, for, with its varieties, it may be collected over the entire island. 60 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Helix hortensis is undoubtedly a circumboreal form, but at present it is known only from Europe and North America; the Asiatic localities being in some doubt. It is spread over the entire island of Newfoundland with its greatest population being along the face of the moist Long Range. This species was first discovered in America in the Pleistocene of Maine, and is now found in Massachusetts, Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Connecti- cut, and New York. It has been reported from the Amur Valley in Siberia; from “debris” of Indian camps in Nebraska, and it lives in goodly numbers in the Province of Quebec, and on the islands of Michelon and St. Pierre. Trochulus striolatus (Hygromia rufescens), is known to occur in Siberia, Europe, Labrador, and Quebec. It has been found in large numbers by us in the vicinity of St. John’s and Placentia. Helicigona arbustorum, an inhabitant of northern Europe, Iceland, and Quebec, was reported from St. John’s, Newfoundland, by Whiteaves, in 1863. We had questioned its presence in Newfoundland since no amount of labor on our part had succeeded in turning it up. We were assured, however, by the workers in the British Museum, that Whiteaves had not made a mistake, and that it either had become extinct through destruction of its habitat or that we had not yet discovered its lair. V allonia excentrica was found in great numbers on the headlands around St. John’s and along Conception Bay at Harbour Grace. Arion ater, a presumably introduced form, is commonly found from St. John’s south along the Southern Shore. Finding it in the tangled fast- nesses of the uninhabited Rocky Downs, miles from any semblance of gardens and farms, might point to an earlier migration than that of man might afford. Since it occurs in Maine, it should, if an ancient migrant, ultimately be found along the intervening shores. In this regard we be- lieve that more extensive collections from the islands of our eastern coast and from those farther north must be made to more fully know the dis- tribution and past history of many of these so-called introductions. Arion hortensis occupies the Avalon and the west coast of Newfoundland although not in great numbers. Arion subfuscus ( =fasciatus ), has been reported from Trepassey and Whitbourne and has been collected by us from the islands of the Avalon Peninsula and along the shore from the southern reaches of the eastern shore north to St. Anthony on the northern Peninsula. It is undoubtedly generally distributed. Arion circumscriptus is here reported for the first time from Newfoundland. It is much more common along the eastern shores than is hortensis. The dissection of this form showed genitalia typical of the species. 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 61 Vertigo alpestris is one of our most important finds. Its distribution is given as “Europe,” and Mozley, in a personal communication with us, listed it from Vladivostock, Lake Baikal, and Irkutsk, Siberia. In New- foundland it was first found by Mrs. Brooks on a small rocky island (Nancy’s Portion, at Ferryland, the Southern Shore), in 1937. Here it occurred in great numbers which stimulated us to seek it on more islands along the shores of the Avalon. During the summer of 1938, Mrs. Brooks again found it on small islands in the deep arms of Placentia Bay. No one of these islands could be or ever has been occupied by man. Some of them are mere heaps of stone rising only a few feet above the highest tides. The snails were found deep among the stones and rubble under a moisture-holding moss ( Dicranum sp. and Hypnum sp.), feeding upon a whitish mould covering the lower dead layers of moss. In some instances they were over a foot below the visible surface. On Nancy’s Portion they were found in blue grass and were feeding upon the bleached tests of sea urchins and other limy shells dropped by the gulls. So far, this species has not been found on the mainland. Associated with it were Vitrina limpida, Helix hortensis (ranging smaller than the mainland forms) and other species. We feel that this is an ancient migrant to Newfoundland and by no means an introduction. Its isolation on the small islands has enabled it to persist to this day although it has disappeared (as far as we can ascertain) from the mainland. The subsidence and formation of these islands occurred during the late Pleistocene. Oxychilus lucida is found all along the Southern Shore of the Avalon. Discus rotundatus is another mystery shell found in the summer of 1937 for the first time in North America. Mrs. Brooks collected large numbers of this species in the ruins of buildings at Ferryland, on the South Shore. It was not found on the islands but only in this one district. Where it occurred, Discus cronkhitei and Discus cronkhitei anthonyi were not found. Its isolated occurrence is not one to offer much evidence for a natural migration. It may later be found in other parts of the island and will, if found, become more important to our problem. The distribution of Discus cronkhitei and Discus cronkhitei anthonyi in Newfoundland is interesting. The former is a species of the western mountainous area of America, extending north throughout the coastal region of Canada and Alaska. The latter is confined to the more southern limits of North America, but even then attaining a distribution north to Great Slave Lake. The presence of Discus cronkhitei in Newfoundland, and not in the 62 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII intervening spaces, can be explained by assuming that the species formerly had a continuous distribution from west to east. The absence of this species in the marls and loess of the intervening spaces may be explained by assuming that the distribution was a northern one and that the species did not penetrate into the southern limits (of the subspecies) before the advance of the ice destroyed its continuitjL But again there is no reason to believe that the two species gained their dispersal into Newfoundland simultaneously. Discus cronkhitei is logically the oldest form and there- fore could have made its way into Newfoundland at an early time. Then the strong American subspecies found it possible to encroach upon the entire southern territory of the parent (?) species and in so doing it spread over all the areas now occupied. However, the subspecies had an early start and gained a very wide dispersal before the period of island formation in the late Pleistocene. Radix pereger is a versatile species found in Europe, Iceland, and in New- foundland. Formerly it had been confused with the variety geisericola of Iceland, but according to F. C. Baker the Newfoundland variety is lacustris Leech. We collected it in great numbers in the small lakes at Whitbourne and in goodly numbers in Clam Cove River far to the south of the Avalon Peninsula. It occurs only on the Avalon. There is little evidence that this species was introduced into Newfoundland from Europe. Whitbourne is in the more populous part of the island and this species could have found its way into the lakes there from some kind of railway shipments, but Clam Cove River is a small stream far out of the beaten track (crossed by a spur of the railway that once served the Southern Shore), and it would stretch one’s credulity to imagine any of the local fishermen accidentally seeding the area with this species from any kind of imports. We have confidence that this will prove to be one of the nat- ural migrants of the Pleistocene or earlier periods. Succinea groenlandica is to be viewed with some suspicion. We have been unable to compare our specimens with any from Greenland, but they have been authoritatively determined to be of this species. However, its scanty distribution in the Bonne Bay (Lomond) district does not stimulate much faith in its importance in a study of distribution. Margaritana margaritifera is found over the entire island of Newfound- land. The late great student of the molluscs, Bryant Walker, put forward the theory that America has been the recipient of two distinct immigra- tions of this species; one by the western route (Siberia), and the other by an easterly route from Europe. The reasons he gave for this theory are 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 63 the absence of this species in the extensive central region of North America, and its presence in both the eastern and western areas. However, as Pilsbry and others have stated, the past history of the molluscs extends so far back into geological time that various geographical changes may have altered the apparent pattern of their distribution. This species is one of the most ancient of any of the forms with which we shall have to deal. Therefore, we do not feel that any especial pattern of distribution must be delineated in order to explain the present range. It is obviously a species from the Holarctic realm which followed the same path later trod by the more recent migrants. This Holarctic realm was not necessarily limited only to the one portal, the Siberian doorway, but was the emerged cir- cumpolar mass which held in common embrace the northern reaches of Asia, Europe, and North America. In no other way are we able to explain our distributional phenomena and in so doing we are following the geo- logical findings of Schuchert and Chamberlin, and the paleontologic- taxonomic expressions of Matthew and Pilsbry. There is, however, suf- ficient evidence among the molluscs to cause one to think of a migration limited within the Holarctic realm to those species of western Europe , and it is these species that we have been discussing. But the possibility remains that the fauna of the contiguous areas may have been exterminated by some force of nature which would thus render Walker’s picture untenable. However, the possibilities of a migration from western Europe are suf- ficient to pique the curiosity. It is hardly necessary to enumerate the species forming the large group of American origin (58.3% of the fauna), as they are all included in a “chart of the species,” which follows. They are typically American in their affinities although some are known from Asia ( Zonitoides arbor eus ), and nearly all are from circumboreal genera. We feel that the presence of Discus cronkhitei in Newfoundland, and in its present range in America, points to its early dispersal throughout North America, inclusive of New- foundland. The dual character of its distribution within Newfoundland again indicates that nature extirpated many of these forms from the greater part of Newfoundland and then allowed a later influx of more recent forms. That there have been successive waves of migration into the Newfoundland area by the American species seems to be above doubt. It then follows that the Holarctic-European aspect of the eastern coast of Newfoundland would indicate a more ancient dispersal, the members of this fauna having been able to withstand the subsequent vicissitudes of the vacillating ice sheet. Not only are these remnants found in Newfoundland 64 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII but also to a limited degree in Laborador, eastern Canada, and New England. It would seem that this dispersal took place before the for- mation of the Strait of Belle Isle and the St. Lawrence Gulf, during the late Pleistocene. Conclusions 1. In Newfoundland there exist the relicts of two major dispersals of molluscan life: (a) those species of Holarctic origin; (b) those of American origin. 2. The majority of those more closely related to the present European fauna are found in eastern Newfoundland (the Avalon Peninsula). 3. In Newfoundland, the majority of the species of American origin are found in the western portion of the island. 4. This populating of Newfoundland took place (once or many times) before the submergence, forming the Strait of Belle Isle and the Bay of St. Lawrence, occurred. 5. The species of Holarctic origin are of two groups: (a) those truly circumboreal in distribution ; (b) those not known to be truly circumboreal, but which are of the the western European fauna (including Greenland and Ice- land). 6. In view of the lack of evidence for any absolute extermination of life, no total (therefore fatal) glaciation of Newfoundland has occurred since the depression of the Strait of Belle Isle and the Bay of St. Lawrence. 7. The species found on the islands of the Southern Shore indicate that there has been no total glaciation of eastern Newfoundland since the forma- tion of the fringing islands of the Avalon Peninsula and since the advent of the species found there. 8. Newfoundland had freshwater connections with Holarctica through which the mussels and aquatic snails, both circumpolar and American in origin, made their way into the various drainage systems. 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 65 List of Localities and Species in Newfoundland* St. John’s 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Helicigona arbustorum (Linnaeus) Reported by Whiteaves in 1863. 3. Trochulus striolatus (C. Pfr.) Collected by us in St. John’s proper at Forest Road, Circular Road, Signal Hill and at Quidi Vidi village. 4. Oxychilus lucida (Draparnaud) Circular Road. 5. Vallonia excentrica (Sterki) Collected in great numbers at Forest Road and on Signal Hill. 6. Limax maximus Linnaeus Rare in Newfoundland. 7. Deroceras agrestis (Linnaeus) 8. Avion circumscriptus Johnston 9. Helisoma campannlata (Say) In Murray’s Pond and Quidi Vidi outlet. 10. Amnicola limosa (Say) 11. Stagnicola palustris perpalustris Baker and Brooks 12. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) The Southern Shore Petty Harbour 1. Avion atev (Linnaeus) Bay Bulls 1. Limax maximus Linnaeus 2. Limax avbovum Bouch. -Chant. 3. Avion atev (Linnaeus) Mobile 1 . Zonitoides avboveus (Say) 2. Limax avbovum Bouch. -Chant. 3. Devocevas agvestis (Linnaeus) 4. Avion civcumscviptus Johnston 5. Avion subfuscus (Draparnaud) equals fasciatus Nils. The Ferryland District (Mainland fauna) 1. Helix hovtensis (Muller) A colony of this species exists at Aquaforte but has not been found in the village of Ferryland. ^Unless otherwise designated all the species listed are in the collections of the Carnegie Museum. 66 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 1. 2. 3. 4. Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii Zonitoides arboreus (Say) Collected at Chance Cove and Spout Pond, Striatura exigua (Stimpson) Collected only at Chance Cove. Retinella electrina (Gould) Collected at Ferryland Village, Chance Cove and Spout Pond. Oxychilus lucida (Draparnaud) Living in Ferryland Village and south in the wilds of Spout Pond. Discus rotundatus (Muller) Collected for the first time in North America in ruins of Church of England (1937), in Ferryland Village. This has not been found in any other locality. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) Neither this nor the following species were found within the rotundatus area but were collected at Chance Cove. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) Limax arborum Bouch. -Chant. Deroceras agrestis (Linnaeus) Arion subfuscus Ferussac Collected at Aquaforte, Chance Cove, Trepassey, and Brigus Cross-Roads. Arion ater (Linnaeus) Chance Cove, Aquaforte. Arion hortensis Ferussac Arion circumscriptus Johnston Fossaria umbilicata (C. B. Adams) Two small streams, Priest’s River and Freshwater R. Radix pereger lacustris (Leach) Clam Cove River and an interesting find. Helisoma campanulata (Say) Spout Pond. Anodonta brooksiana van der Schalie A species described by Dr. van der Schalie from material col- lected in Spout Pond. It is also found at Whitbourne. Margaritana margaritifera (Linnaeus) Spout Pond. The Ferryland District (Island Fauna) Nancy’s Portion Island Helix hortensis (Muller) Euconulus fulvus (M tiller) Zonitoides arboreus (Say) Retinella electrina (Gould) 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 67 5. Vitrina limpida (Gould) 6. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 7. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 8. Vertigo alpestris Alder 9. Pupilla muscorum (Linnaeus) 10. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 11. Deroceras laevis (Muller) 12. Arion subfuscus (Draparnaud) The Isle of Boise 1. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 2. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) Harry’s Island 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 3. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Ship Island 1. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 2. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Gull Island 1. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 2. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 3. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 4. Deroceras agrestis (Linnaeus) 5. Arion subfuscus (Drap.) Fox Island 1. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 2. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 3. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 4. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 5. Deroceras agrestis (L.) 6. Limax arborum Bouch. -Chant. 7. Arion subfuscus (Drap.) Pee Pee Island 1. Vitrina limpida (Gould) 2. Retinella electrina (Gould) 3. Vertigo alpestris Alder 4. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 5. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) VOL. XXVIII 68 Annals of the Carnegie Museum Placentia Bay Village of Placentia (Mainland Fauna) 1. Trochulus striolatus (C. Pfr.) 2. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 3. Vallonia excentrica (Sterki) 4. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) 5. Deroceras agrestis (L.) 6. Avion circumscriptus Johnston Cape Shore Road 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Retinella electrina (Gould) 3. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 4. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Glendon’s Cove, Pointe Verde 1. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 2. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) 3. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Island Fauna of Placentia Bay (Southeast Arm) Verran’s Island 1. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) 2. Vertigo alpestris Alder 3. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 4. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 5. Deroceras agrestis (L.) The Little Island 1. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) 2. Euconulus fulvus (Muller) 3. Vertigo alpestris Alder 4. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 5. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Round Island 1. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) Nameless Island No. 1 1. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland Nameless Island No. 2. 1. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 2. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) Phillips Island 1. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 2. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 3. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 4. Deroceras agrestis (L) Island Fauna of Placentia Bay (Northeast Arm) Seven Islands No. 1. 1. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 2. Euconulus fulvus (Muller) 3. Vertigo alpestris Alder 4. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Seven Islands No. 2. 1. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 2. Vertigo alpestris Alder Seven Islands No. 3. 1. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 2. Vertigo alpestris Alder 3. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) Seven Islands No. 4. 1. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 2. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) St. John’s north to Conception Bay Torbay 1. T rochulus striolatus (C. Pfr.) 2. Oxychilus lucida (Draparnaud) 3. Deroceras agrestis (Linnaeus) 4. Limax arborum Bouch. -Chant. 5. Arion circumscriptus Johnston Conception Bay (Mainland Fauna) Manuels River 1. Arion hortensis Ferrusac 69 70 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii Brigus 1. Vertigo perryi Sterki 2. Amnicola limosa Say 3. Ferris sia caurina Cooper 4. Deroceras agrestis (L.) 5. Limax arborum Bouch. -Chant. 6. Arion circumscriptus Johnston Harbour Grace 1. Vallonia excentrica (Sterki) 2. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) Carbonear and Carbonear Island 1. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 2. Deroceras agrestis (L.) Trinity Bay (Mainland Fauna) Shoal Harbour and Clarenville 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 3. Striatura milium (Morse) 4. Euconulus fulvus (Muller) 5. Retinella electrina (Gould) 6. Punctum pygmaeum minutissimum (Lea) 7. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 8. Discus cronkhitei a?ithonyi (Pilsbry) 9. Succinea ovalis Say 10. Zoogenetes harpa Morse Trinity 1. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 2. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) Whitbourne (on Newfoundland Railway) 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Arion fasciatus Nils, (records of the A.N.S.P.) 3. Arion subfuscus (Drap.) 4. Stagnicola palustris papyracea Baker and Brooks (Type locality) 5. Radix pereger lacustris (Leach) 6. Valvata sincera nylanderi Dali 7. Amnicola limosa porata Say 8. Helisoma campanulata (Say) 9. Margaritana margaritifera (Linnaeus) 10. Anodonta marginata Say 11. Anodonta brooksiana van der Schalie 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 71 Terra Nova (on Newfoundland Railway) 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Succinea ovalis Say Grand Falls (on Newfoundland Railway) 1 . Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 2. Euconulus fulvus (Muller) 3. Retinella electrina (Gould) 4. Deroceras laeve (Muller) 5. Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) 6. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 7. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 8. Succinea ovalis Say 9. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 10. Stagnicola palustris perpalustris Baker and Brooks (Type locality) 11. Helisoma campanulata minor (Dunker) 12. Physa heterostropha Say 13. Amnicola limosa porata Say 14. Margaritana margaritifera (Linnaeus) The Southwest Coast to Cape Ray 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) (from Port au Port) 2. Margaritana margaritifera (Linnaeus) 3. Succinea ovalis Say (in B. Walker Collection, University of Michigan'' Bay of Islands (West Coast) 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) (A.N.S.P.) 3. Euconulus fulvus (Muller) (A.N.S.P.) 4. Retinella electrina (Gould) (A.N.S.P.) 5. Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) (A.N.S.P.) 6. Punctum pygmaeum minutissimum (Lea) (A.N.S.P.) 7. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) (A.N.S.P.) 8. Arion hortensis Ferrusac (A.N.S.P.) 9. Succinea ovalis Say 10. Vertigo gouldii paradoxa Sterki (A.N.S.P.) 11. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 12. Physa heterostropha Say (M.C.Z.) Bonne Bay (West Coast) 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) 2. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 3. Zonitoides nitidus (Muller) 4. Striatura exigua (Stimpson) 5. Hawaii miniscula (Binney) 72 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 6. Euconulus fulvus (Muller) 7. Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) 8. Retinella electrina (Gould) 9. Punctum pygmaeum minutissimum (Lea) (A.N.S.P.) 10. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 11. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 12. Avion hortensis Ferrusac 13. Succinea ovalis Say 14. Succinea avara Say 15. Succinea groenlandica (Beck) Muller 16. Succinea peoriensis “Wolf” Walker 17. Pupilla muscorum (Linnaeus) (A.N.S.P.) 18. Vertigo modesta (Say) (A.N.S.P.) 19. Vertigo gouldii paradoxa Sterki (A.N.S.P.) 20. Vertigo elatior Sterki 21. Columella edentula (Draparnaud) (A.N.S.P.) 22. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 23. Vallonia albula Sterki (A.N.S.P.) 24. Planogyra aster iscus Morse 25. Carychium exiguum (Say) 26. Stagnicola newfoundlandensis Baker and Brooks (Type locality) 27. Fossaria obrussa (Say) 28. Fossaria obrussa brooksi Baker (Type locality) 29. Fossaria umbilicata (C. B. Adams) 30. Gyraulus hornensis Baker 31. Helisoma campanulata davisii (Winslow) 32. Physa heterostropha Say 33. Valvata lewisii Currier 34. Margaritana margaritifera (Linnaeus) Northwest Coast including White Bay 1. Helix hortensis (Muller) (Parson’s Pond) (Pointe Riche) 2. Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) 3. Euconulus fulvus (Muller) 4. Retinella electrina (Gould) 5. Vitrina limpida (Gould) 6. Deroceras agrestis (Linnaeus) (Plumb Point, Brig Bay; La Scie; Starke’s Bight, Goose Cove; St. Anthony ; Port Au Choix; Englee.) 7. Deroceras laeve (Muller) (A.N.S.P.) 8. Punctum pygmaeum minutissimum (Lea) (A.N.S.P.) 9. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) 10. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry) 11. Succinea ovalis Say (A.N.S.P.) 12. Succinea avara Say (A.N.S.P.) 13. Succinea verrilli Bland (A.N.S.P.) 14. Pupilla muscorum (Linnaeus) (A.N.S.P.) 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 73 15. Vertigo modesta (Say) 16. Vertigo modesta parietalis Ancey (A.N.S.P.) 17. Vertigo modesta castanea Sterki (A.N.S.P.) 18. Vertigo gouldii Binney (var.) 19. Vertigo gouldii paradoxa Sterki (A.N.S.P.) 20. Columella edentula (Draparnaud) 21. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller) 22. Vallonia albula Sterki (A.N.S.P.) 23. Zoogenetes harpa Morse 24. Stagnicola palustris (Muller) (A.N.S.P.) 25. Gyraulus parvus (Say) 26. Physa gyrina Say (A.N.S.P.) 27. Valvata lewisii Currier (A.N.S.P.) 28. Margaritana margaritifera (Linnaeus) (A.N.S.P.) 29. Anodonta marginata Say (A.N.S.P.) 30. Arion circumscriptus Johnston (La Scie) 31. Arion subfuscus (Draparnaud) (La Scie; St. Anthony; Starke’s Bight, Goose Cove; Englee.) 74 Annals of the Carnegie Museum yol. XXVIII CHART OF SPECIES SHOWING DISTRIBUTION Newfoundland Distribution Origin Species West Central East Holarctic European American 1. Helicigona arbustorum X X 2. Helix hortensis X X X X 3. Zonitoides nitidus X X 4. Zonitoides arboreus X X X X 5. Hawaii minuscula* X X 6. Striatura exigua* X X 7. Striatura milium* X X 8. Euconulus fulvus X X X X 9. Retinella electrina X X X X 10. Vitrina limpida X X X 11. Limax maximus* X X 12. Limax arbor um*** X . . X 13. Deroceras agrestis X X X 14. Deroceras laeve X X X X 15. Discus cronkhitei X X X X 16. Discus cronkhitei anthonyi X X X 17. Helicodiscus parallelus X X X 18. Punctum pygmaeum minutissimum* X X X 19. Arion ater X X 20. Arion hortensis X X X 21. Arion subfuscus X X X X 22. Arion circumscriptus X X 23. Trochulus striolatus* X X 24. Oxychilus lucida* X X 25. Discus rotundatus*** X X 26. Succinea ovalis X X X X 27. Succinea avara X X 28. Succinea peoriensis* X X 29. Succinea groenlandica* X X 30. Succinea verilli X X 31. Pupilla muscorum X X X 32. V ertigo perry i * X X 33. Vertigo alpestris*** X X 34. Vertigo modesta X X 35. Vertigo modesta parietalis X X 36. Vertigo modesta castanea X X 37. Vertigo gouldi X X 38. Vertigo gouldi paradoxa X X 1940 Brooks & Brooks: Mollusca of Newfoundland 75 CHART OF SPECIES SHOWING DISTRIBUTION Newfoundland Distribution Origin Species West Central East Holarctic European American 39. Vertigo elatior X X 40. Columella edentula X X 41. Cochlicopa lubrica X X X X 42. V allonia albula X X 43. V allonia excentrica* X X 44. V allonia pulchella* X X 45. Zoogenites harpa X X X 46. Planogyra asteriscus* X X 47. Carychium exiguum* X X 48. Radix pereger lacustris X X 49. Stagnicola pulustris X X X 50. Stagnicola palustris papyracea** *** . . . X X 51. Stagnicola palustris per palustris** . . X X 52. Stagnicola newfoundlandensis** . . . . X X 53. Fossaria obrussa* X X 54. Fossaria obrussa brooksi** X X 55. Fossaria umbilicata* X X 56. Gyraulus parvus X X 57. Gyraulus hornensis* X X 58. Helisoma campanulata davisii* X X 59. Helisoma campanulata minor * X X 60. Physa gyrina X X X 61. Physa heterostropha X X X 62. Valvata lewisii X X 63. Valvata sincera var.* X X 64. Amnicola limosa var* X X X 65. Margaritana margaritifera X X X X 66. Anodonta marginata X X X 67. Anodonta brooksiana** X X X Totals 46 16 39 12 16 39 17.90% 23.88% 58.20% Holarctic 10 3 9 European 4 3 16 American 32 10 14 *Marks the species added to the Newfoundland fauna by the authors. **Marks the species new to science. ***Marks the species new to North America discovered by the authors. ART. V. NOTES ON THE REPRODUCTION OF THE NORTHERN COPPERHEAD, AGKISTRODON MOKASEN CUPREUS (RAFINESQUE), IN PENNSYLVANIA By Albert G. Smith University of Pittsburgh While assembling material for a distributional study of the Northern Copperhead in Pennsylvania, certain data on the breeding habits and young were secured which are of interest in connection with the results presented by Gloyd (1934) in his excellent account of the reproduction of this subspecies in Kansas. I am indebted to Mr. M. Graham Netting for guidance in this study, and to the following persons for their helpful assistance: Rev. Maximilian Duman, O.S.B., and Rev. Alfred Grotzinger, O.S.B., Saint Vincent Col- lege, Dr. Howard K. Gloyd, Chicago Academy of Sciences, Mr. Roger Conant, Philadelphia Zoological Society, and Mr. George W. Koehler, Pennsylvania Game Commission. Mating : The only observation upon the mating of the Copperhead in Pennsylvania is Hay’s (1891:107) statement: “My friend, Rev. A. M. Hall, brought me from Western Pennsylvania two specimens of this species, which he took while pairing, on the 28th of August.” In Kansas, Gloyd (p. 591) found that over 35 per cent of spring-collected adult females had mated shortly before capture and he concludes that the mating season there occurs during April and early May. Mating probably occurs in Pennsylvania following the emergence of the snakes from hibernation in late April or early May. In other snakes in which spring mating is customary occasional autumn matings are known, and Hay’s record proba- bly refers to an incident of this nature. Gravid females: Four gravid females were collected in the latter part of August, 1938. Three (AGS 170-2) were taken between 10 a.m. and noon on August 21 in a dirt and rock dam at the Greensburg reservoir. All the specimens were found on the downstream slope of the dam, which is partially covered with vines; two were resting about two feet apart, in- side a crevice, and the third, at a considerable distance from the others, was coiled with about one-half of its body in the sun and the remaining portion in a crevice. The fourth specimen (AGS 160) was taken under a rock in the early afternoon of August 26 at a stone quarry three miles 406 r. s mm 77 Issued August 9, 1940. 78 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII northeast of Lycippus. These snakes were sluggish and refused food in captivity, although they drank water as often as it was offered. Gloyd (p. 591) mentions that the majority of his specimens were found under rocks or in crevices. Parturition: Gloyd (p. 593) states that in his specimens “parturition took place at night in every case except one.” Each of the four females collected near Lycippus in 1938 gave birth to her young sometime be- tween 10 a.m. and 1 p.m., while the writer was attending classes, so that the act of parturition was not observed, with the exception of one oc- casion, when the extrusion of the last individual of a brood was observed at 1 p.m. A female collected at Sunneytown, Montgomery County, in 1934, which was under observation by Mr. George W. Koehler, a Pennsylvania Game Protector, gave birth to the first of a brood of ten young at 6:50 a.m. , on Sept. 27, 1934. Mr. Koehler witnessed the birth of the last five young in this brood and has kindly given me permission to publish his careful observations which are embodied in the following table. TABLE I. Labor Emergence from membrane Order of Birth Begun Completed Duration (minutes) Begun Completed Duration (minutes) 6th 9:25 a.m. 9:37 A.M. 12 11 :20 a.m. 12:31 p.m. 71 7th 9:42 a.m. 9:53 a.m. 11 12:29 p.m. 12:34 P.M. 5 8th 9:59 A.M. 10:08 A.M. 9 12:45 p.m. 12:39 p.m. 15 9th 10:22 a.m. 10:27 A.M. 5 11:23 a.m. 12:27 P.M. 64 10th 10:33 a.m. 10:39 A.M. 6 12:03 p.m. 12:48 p.m. 45' In this portion of one brood it will be seen that the duration of labor decreased rather regularly, but that the average length of time, a little over eight minutes, compares favorably with Gloyd’s (p. 602) statement “The time for a single fetus was about ten minutes.” The intervals between births, which were 5, 6, 14, and 6 minutes, appear to have been unusually brief, for Gloyd (p. 602) reports “the young of two females observed in parturition were expelled at intervals of approximately one hour.” The period between the completion of parturition and the first signs of emer- gence from the prenatal membrane varied in these five young from 96 to 196 minutes, averaging 132. Gloyd (p. 603) mentions that the young snakes usually remained quiet within their membranes for nearly 45 minutes, unless rupture of the membrane had occurred in passage through the cloaca, but he states (p. 594) that in the case of one brood the young remained in the membranes for several hours, the delay being ascribed to 1940 Smith: Reproduction of the Copperhead 79 the unusual coolness and dampness of the day. It would appear, therefore, that environmental conditions may affect the period during which dif- ferent broods remain inactive within their membranes, but that there is great individual variation in the snakes of a single brood as well. Further- more, the length of time between first rupture of the membrane and final emergence, as listed in Table I, is highly variable. Birth dates: About 1 p.m. on August 23, 1937 a female was found under a small log near the top of a sawdust pile. Excavation of this section of the sawdust pile to a depth of about six inches exposed a group of seven young, presumably those of the female collected. The young exhibited prominent umbilical scars and sulphur-yellow tails. It is impossible to state whether or not they had been born on that day. Rev. Grotzinger’s report of a brood born on October 15 represents an unusually late date, but the fact that these young were stillborn may account for their long retention within the body of the female. As indicated in Table II, the dates of birth of Pennsylvania young range from August 23 (or slightly earlier) to October 15, but the majority of births occur between August 28 and September 17. The birth dates of Gloyd’s Kansas cupreus range from August 23 to September 17, which corresponds closely to the dates of normal birth in Pennsylvania. Ditmar’s (1896:23) mention of the birth of one New Jersey litter on August 9 and one on August 10 suggests that young may be born much earlier than August 23 in eastern Pennsylvania. Number of young: The twenty known Pennsylvania broods are listed in Table II. For nineteen of these the size of the brood is given, indicating a variation in the number of young from three to ten, with broods of five occurring with the greatest frequency. The number of young in twenty Kansas broods varied from two to six, with broods of four occurring most frequently (Gloyd, p. 596). Gloyd has also tabulated the brood variation for the entire range of A. mokasen, the extremes being three and nine. Conant (1938:112) mentions two Ohio broods of six and ten young. It is interesting to note that five of the seven females taken at the Greensburg reservoir produced broods of five young. In other species of snakes there is some evidence that the brood size of wide ranging forms tends to be highest in the Appalachian region, and in some instances at least, larger broods in this area appear to be correlated with the larger size attained by the females. In the Copperhead, the size of females producing broods has been recorded in too few cases to justify any attempt to correlate body size of the female and brood size. 80 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII TABLE II. BROODS FROM PENNSYLVANIA FEMALES Date of No. of Source Locality Birth Young FMNH 27252 Westmoreland Co., Lycippus Aug. 23, 19371 7 Atkinson (1901:153) Allegheny County Aug. 28, 1900 6 Stadelman (1929:81) Captive, probably from Penn- sylvania Aug, 28. 1929 Stadelman (1928:67) Captive, probably from Penn- sylvania Aug. 29, 1928 8 Dunn (1915:37) Delaware Co., Haverford Sept. 1 7 AGS 160 Westmoreland Co., Lycippus Sept. 4, 1938 3 CM 18957 Westmoreland Co., Greensburg Reservoir Sept. 4, 1939 4 AGS 170 Westmoreland Co., Greensburg Reservoir Sept. 6, 1938 7 AGS 171 Westmoreland Co., Greensburg Reservoir Sept. 6, 1938 5 CM 18958 Westmoreland Co., Greensburg Reservoir Sept. 7, 1939 5 Grotzinger2 Westmoreland Co., Greensburg Reservoir Sept. 8, 1939 5 Ditmars (1907:425) Monroe Co., Delaware Water Gap Sept. 11 9 Grotzinger2 Westmoreland Co., Greensburg Reservoir Sept. 14, 1939 5 AGS 172 Westmoreland Co., Greensburg Reservoir Sept. 17, 1938 5 CM 7726 Montgomery Co., Sunneytown Sept. 27, 1934 10 Grotzinger2 Westmoreland Co., Lycippus Oct. 15, 19394 4 CM 9688 Montgomery Co., Sunneytown 1935 5 St. Vincent Dept. Biol. Westmoreland Co. 5 St. Vincent College Mus. Westmoreland Co. 5 Koehler3 Lycoming Co., Little Bear Creek 9 1 See explanation above. 2 Letter to the author of Jan. 15, 1940. 3 Letter to M. Graham Netting of Oct. 30, 1934. 4 Young stillborn. 1940 Smith: Reproduction of the Copperhead 81 SUMMARY 1. Mating probably occurs in late April or early May. 2. Four gravid females were found in crevices and under rocks in late August. 3. Parturition, in five known cases, took place during the day. 4. In the last five specimens of one brood the duration of labor for a single fetus varied from 6 to 12 minutes, average, 8. The period between extrusions was from 5 to 14 minutes, average, 8. The young snakes remained within the prenatal membrane from 96 to 196 minutes, average, 132. 5. Although the dates of birth for twenty litters ranged from August 23 to October 15 the majority occurred from August 28 through September 17. 6. The number of young per litter, in nineteen cases, varied from three to ten, with five being the most common. LITERATURE CITED Atkinson, D. A. 1901. The reptiles of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. Ann. Car- negie Mus., 1:145-157. Conant, Roger. 1938. The reptiles of Ohio. Amer. Midi. Nat., 20. no. 1:1-200, pi. 1-26, maps 1-38. Ditmars, Raymond L. 1896. The snakes found within fifty miles of New York City. Abs. Proc. Linn. Soc. New York, no. 8:9-24. 1907. The reptile book, xxxii+472 p., 136 pi. New York: Doubleday, Doran and Company. Dunn, E. R. 1915. Number of young produced by certain snakes. Copeia, no. 22:37. Gloyd, Howard K. 1934. Studies on the breeding habits and young of the copperhead, Agkistrodon mokasen Beauvois. Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters, 19:587-604, pi. 1-3. 82 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Hay, O. P. 1891. On the breeding habits, eggs, and young of certain snakes. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1:106-120. Stadelman, R. E. 1928. The poisoning power of the new-born copperhead with case report. Bull. Antivenin Inst. Amer., 2, no. 3:67-69, fig. 8. 1929. Further notes on the venom of the new-born copperhead. Bull. Antivenin Inst. Amer., 3, no. 3:81. Surface, H. A. 1906. The serpents of Pennsylvania. Bull. Div. Zool., Pennsyl- vania Dept. Agric., 4, no. 4-5: 114-206, pi. 15-42, fig. 1-22. ART. VI. CHANGES IN BIRD LIFE AT PYMATUNING LAKE PENNSYLVANIA :■ \)s •SVf cT By Ruth Trimble S' v .A,; ?i€ Annals of the Carnegie Museum Vol. XXVIII, p. 83-132, 1940 s' Issued Oct. 4, 1940 Pittsburgh, Pa. v ' ^ : ■ ■ a " I r ■ ■ \ ' v.' ;• - ' ' ‘ f f , ■ '> , • 'R. f' mk* ,' ih* V.£*p ., a- ! 0:y "1 ; ;k'.' "V'v Via ) 'iljy-; > ,^. / 'V - , I ' 'k/M: ' if vV vWfe- 'll ; ^ >J| ^ t (a ;i a AjjjKj -k:| tv'K'K. , lisSSifo'H ■“ , { i ' / Vi > ysf A . , •I A S 7iv V ivsv ?; 0; VavAy &:-*m * VA ^ W 7 VAv '.>■■ r' v ■■■' -V y V : . VV av; > '-tv. : y V > i. 7 VV7fyV VV /VV 7/ /i 7 7~ A; v'- V'At 7 V 7‘ V ; w-'v V-’ 1 '■■■- - V-I\&r:l 7 : •:'. y / V'1 7 V VrVV V W "mi t - ■ - ■ - -. '. H ■ • ■ ’ ' ' 1 ‘ ! ' ■ - • ‘7 , 1 l l 7 a ■ ' '. ' ;. :■■• 1 ', ' ■ , V> V \,A VV3,- v. ■ i-"r' ■ ■ »■ ■ ■ ' .■■ !,■ . ■■ " 7 ; il ... ?J ~ i ■ , if, ,. y..yy ! ■ & ii ' ' ,v ^T^'U'7 r4ltvA',^77:V^ vv— 7 'irs^A ' ' ’ v •) ^ < : ; (..fry* . ,/"K -rC- 7,/^;j4A,7 ' 7 ,a: ;< 7 : i ;:^,:-'v:>;(, J J,: i. . i:\vi i I [ !. \.< 7 , :,; ..'V . 1; ' '■ ■ !■■■•'■■ V ■•■' J:. 0 '—.■■•■;■' 7; ! \7>^5 V . ../, "V. / <). 7" \y J .V; A !'-■<<»: c /■>, ■■'■>; f y \ •if ■:. ' : i '•': ■ ^7,;\: , ;''y:f‘:;'.;:;:{i7iy7f>'i ■ v ' -'. ■ , '%7f' ■ •>»• .', '. ^'>'j'’-/ ■’hi 'fe- ,/r ;s>jy.r. *'■■ *.■'''/ 1 7(, 1« ; i • ;7v a..',v ;avr^.\A7v;vru.v^;^/J'A‘^:,>,>' ' •' _ ■■■■/V 7 Vs 1 ■' | '■}- >0 ' C ' 7,'V! 'i ' 7 ‘.V - '< A':G \ yj -.k^, ,: V 1 . ■ k'7 V c. 7 '■- f! ...X; ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate VIII. Courtesy, Pennsylvania Game Commission . ART. VI. CHANGES IN BIRD LIFE AT PYMATUNING LAKE, PENNSYLVANIA By Ruth Trimble (Plates VIII-XI) In the eight years that have elapsed since the watercourses of Pymatun- ing Swamp in Crawford County, Pennsylvania, and Ashtabula County, Ohio, were dammed to create Pymatuning Lake, the ecological picture of the region has been greatly changed. The purpose of this paper is to out- line the changes that have occurred in the bird life of the region as a result of converting a great forested swamp into a vast expanse of open water. The most outstanding developments are naturally those involving species that are directly affected by the presence of water, and only these species will be discussed at the present time. The clearing of the forest has de- stroyed much of the habitat formerly utilized by many woodland species and has thereby greatly reduced the numbers of this component of the avian population. Bird-lists made during the period from 1932-1940 indicate, however, that the usual species still occur in the wooded areas that are intact. How greatly the modified ecological conditions will affect the boreal species that breed there remains to be seen. George M. Sutton, in a complete report on the bird life of Pymatuning Swamp,1 estimated that the original swamp accommodated more nesting pairs of birds per square mile than any area of equal size in Pennsylvania. His total list of 244 species (137 breeding species) included those observed within Pymatuning Swamp and at Conneaut Lake as well. Most of the records of water birds applied to Conneaut Lake, where waterfowl were occasionally abundant as migrants but rare as summer residents. The small, open ponds of Pymatuning Swamp — Crystal Lake, Mud Lake, and Dollar Lake — did not attract water birds in any numbers. The absence of mud-flats and sandy beaches accounted for the dearth of shore- 1 Annals Carnegie Museum, vol. 18, p. 19-239, pis. 2-10, 1 map (March 31, 1928). 83 ®ST25 m Issued October 4, 1940. 84 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII bird records. It was assumed that most of the migrating waterfowl passed over the area completely in an uninterrupted flight from Lake Erie to the Atlantic Coast. In comparing present conditions at Pymatuning Lake with those of the former Pymatuning Swamp, I have excluded all Dr. Sutton’s records that applied to Conneaut Lake and have considered only those made within the swamp proper. Only in consequence of great changes in ecological conditions has it been possible to add to Dr. Sutton’s comprehensive investigations. Each year since 1932, when the impounded water first began to rise, we have watched with acute interest the development of Pymatuning Lake. To R. L. Fricke, of the Carnegie Museum staff, was delegated the task of making collections and observations of its avifauna. Mr. Fricke’s ex- tensive records, gathered primarily for incorporation in W. E. Clyde Todd’s “Birds of Western Pennsylvania” (1940), have with Mr. Todd’s permission been utilized in this report. Messrs. Todd and Fricke have likewise co-operated generously and enthusiastically with the writer on many of her numerous excursions to Pymatuning Lake to study its birds. Grateful acknowledgment is made to them and to Burt L. Oudette, repre- sentative of the Pennsylvania Game Commission and keeper of the refuge at Linesville, who has also assisted greatly in advancing these studies. Many friends have participated in numerous field-trips to Pymatuning Lake, and their enthusiastic interest has contributed to the success and enjoyment of the work. The Pennsylvania Game Commission kindly supplied the engraving for the map used as a frontispiece in this paper. The illustrations have been reproduced from photographs taken by Mr. Fricke. The dates and localities of field-trips undertaken by the writer are as follows: 1933: May 19-20, Linesville; May 21-22, Hartstown. 1934: April 17-19, Linesville, Springboro, and Shermansville; May 22-25, Linesville, Hemlock Island, and Hartstown. 1935: May 15-18, Linesville and Hartstown. 1936: May 18-20, Linesville and Hartstown; June 6-7, Hartstown, Linesville, and Andover; July 12, Linesville and Andover; October 23, Jamestown, Linesville, and Hartstown. 1937: April 5-7, Linesville and Hartstown; April 10-11, Jamestown, Linesville, Andover, and Hartstown; May 17-22, Linesville, Shermansville, and Hartstown; November 6-7, Hartstown, Linesville, Shermansville, and Jamestown. 1938: April 23-24, Linesville; May 27-30, Hartstown and Linesville; August 25-26, Hartstown, Shermansville, and Linesville; October 13, Linesville. 1939: October 28, Jamestown and Linesville. 1940: April 6, 1940 Trimble : Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 85 Jamestown, Andover, and Linesville; April 27-28, Jamestown, Andover, Linesville, and Hartstown. Pymatuning Lake has attracted many students of birds, and they have recorded in current ornithological journals numerous important observa- tions. In addition, a great fund of manuscript notes has been submitted to Mr. Todd for use in his book, and these have most generously been placed at my disposal. The chief contributors have been: Willard Dilley, Grant M. Cook, Lawrence E. Hicks, Howard M. McQuiston, Burt L. Oudette, Stanley J. Seiple, and Merit B. Skaggs. The observations of the group as a whole have covered every season of the year, so that there has been ample data for analysing the status of each species. Published records are indicated in the text by the year of publication in connection with the name of the authority. The origin and character of Pymatuning Swamp For many years Pymatuning Swamp invited the attention of naturalists and ecologists who recognized in it a unique natural laboratory for the investigation of ecological succession in one of the few remaining “bog- type” areas in the eastern United States. Located mainly in Crawford County, Pennsylvania, it extended slightly across the eastern boundary of Ashtabula County, Ohio. In configuration like a great horseshoe, about sixteen miles in length, the swamp stretched northward from Adamsville through Hartstown and west of Shermansville; it curved west and northwest south of Linesville, and then bordered the Shenango River in a narrow belt south to the Espyville-Andover road. In area the swamp covered about twenty-five square miles. Geological studies (Leverett, 1902 and 1934; Hice, 1903) have revealed that in preglacial times the streams of western New York, Ohio, and western Pennsylvania drained to the north and northwest as far as the present basins of Lake Erie and Lake Ontario. Pymatuning was then a valley in this northward drainage. The glaciers, travelling southward across the region, dammed the outlets of the ancient streams and forced them southward into new channels; the thick deposits of glacial drift and the recessional moraines converted the valley into a large postglacial lake. In the thousands of years that have elapsed since then, the lake has gradu- ally filled in, “partly because of washed-in material, but mostly because of the encroachments of the plant associations bordering its margins. 86 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII As the plants that were adapted to shallow water throve and added their detritus to the edges of the lake, they built up, as it were, a false shore- line, consisting of a dense mat of vegetation. In this floating mat the plants of less wet habitats could, in turn, succeed in establishing them- selves. Thus, as fast as the pioneer species built the shore-line farther out in the lake, behind them dry-land plants came in to establish a swamp forest.”2 Three small open lakes — Crystal, Mud, and Dollar — remain as reminders of the much larger body of water that in former years covered the entire area, and illustrate in the vegetational successions around their margins the process of development from an open-water succession through bog forest and alder-sumac association to swamp forest of hemlock and red maple, and finally the climax forest of sugar maple and beech. Within the confines of Pymatuning Swamp, natural conditions provided for the continued existence of northern plants — relicts of a northward- moving vegetation — and an appreciable number of bird and animal species of northern affinities. According to O. E. Jennings (1927), the topography of the land previously covered by the ice, with its undrained or poorly drained kettle-holes and other depressions, is favorable for the retention of boreal islands of vegetation. In time, however, these islands slowly disappear. He believes that the tardy disappearance of the Pymatuning bog may, in part, be due to cool spring waters that feed into the deep depressions. The sphagnum-tamarack bog harbored the pitcher plant ( Sarracenia purpurea) and sundew ( Drosera rotundifolia) , the calla ( Calla palustris), clintonia ( Clintonia borealis ), cranberry ( Vaccinium macrocarpon) , cassandra ( Chamaedaphne calyculata ), and several rare bog orchids. The boreal component of the avifauna was expressed by such breeding species as the Yellow-bellied Sapsucker ( Sphyrapicus v. varius), Slate-colored Junco ( Junco h. hyemalis), Grinnell’s Water-Thrush ( Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis), Brown Creeper ( Certhia americana familiaris), and Red-breasted Nuthatch (. Sitta canadensis ). This northern element was limited to isolated areas that were slowly but surely being superseded by a Carolinian, or southern, fauna and flora. Botanical studies of the original swamp have been made by A. Dachnowski (1912), O. E. Jennings (1913-15), John Bright (1916), W. R. Van Dersal (1933), and L. E. Hicks (1934). As previously stated, a complete report on the bird life of the area was published by George M. Sutton (1928). 2 Netting, M. G., and W. R. Van Dersal, Cardinal, vol. 3, p. 152 (January, 1934). 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 87 History of Pymatuning Lake3 Although the natural features of Pymatuning Swamp and the preserva- tion of its original biota were of primary interest and importance to the scientific minority, more utilitarian-minded persons entertained a different view. The earliest suggestions for developing the swamp to “ benefit mankind” dealt largely with the possibility of draining it to improve highways and to provide land for agricultural pursuits. The first drainage proposal on record was made in 1843. By an act of the General Assembly of Pennsylvania in 1868 a survey was made of the practicability of “re- claiming” Conneaut and Pymatuning marshes. No further action was taken at that time, but again in 1907 legislation authorized the State Highway Department to determine “the best course and method of making channels for draining the same [Pymatuning Swamp] and improving the highways therein . . . provided, however, that the plans shall be ap- proved by the Water Commission.” The drainage plan submitted was protested on the ground that the swamp was a valuable storage area and helped to maintain the flow of the Shenango River in dry weather. The Water Supply Commission refused to approve the drainage plan, and at its suggestion was provided by an Act of Legislature in 1911 with an appro- priation to examine into the feasibility of a reservoir project. Upon the Commission’s favorable report, the Legislature in 1913 passed the “Pyma- tuning Dam Act,” which authorized establishing a reservoir by the con- struction of a dam at the outlet of Pymatuning Swamp. Subsequent legislation dealt largely with appropriations for the acquisition of lands. The State of Ohio also passed enabling legislation for the purchase by public subscription of the Ohio lands (a little more than 5000 acres) that would be affected by the proposed reservoir. The total land areas acquired for the Pymatuning reservoir project are as follows: Acres Area in Pennsylvania 20,050 Area in Ohio 4,740 Total 24,790 Area to be flooded 16,730 Area not flooded, 8,060 3 Condensed in part from the report of the Chief Engineer, Charles E. Ryder, in Proceedings Engineers' Society of Western Pennsylvania, vol. 48, no. 5, p. 103- 140 (May, 1932). 88 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII In 1925 the control of the Pymatuning Reservoir Project was transferred from the Water Supply Commission to the Department of Forests and Waters. By an amendment in 1931 to the Pymatuning General Act, pro- vision was made that “the reservoir and land surrounding it acquired by the Commonwealth in connection with the project, or portions of such reservoir and land, may be developed and used for fishing, hunting, game refuges, recreation, park or other purposes; provided, such use or uses will not, in the opinion of the Water and Power Resources Board, materially interfere with the primary purpose of the reservoir for conserving the water entering Pymatuning Swamp and regulating the flow in the She- nango and Beaver rivers.” About this time also the original plan for a single dam was modified to include a secondary dam to be formed by the railroad and highway embankment that cross the reservoir south of Linesville. The secondary, or upper, reservoir was designated as a wild- life refuge. To increase its efficiency in this respect, provision was made for constructing a spillway to maintain a constant water level of 1,010 feet in this portion of the reservoir. The area includes 2,500 acres of water and marsh as well as 1,170 acres of land, where no clearing has been under- taken. The upper reservoir is only a few feet in depth except where the old stream beds cut through. The shallow margins have an abundant growth of aquatic plants essential as food and cover for waterfowl. Many small islands, some several acres in extent, provide feeding and nesting sites within the sanctuary. Credit for maintaining this area as a wildlife refuge goes to former Governor Pinchot, the Pennsylvania Fish and Game Commissions, and many individuals and organizations interested in conservation. On Ford Island, which is accessible from the road south of Linesville, the Game Commission has built a small museum, where a num- ber of locally collected specimens of waterfowl are exhibited. Control of the refuge has been vested in the Pennsylvania Game Commission. The entire area is posted against trespassers, although permission to enter may be received upon application to the Commission. Hunting in the refuge is, of course, prohibited at all times, but it is permissible on the lower reservoir during the prescribed open seasons. The State of Ohio, through its Conservation Commission, has also established several refuges on the west shore of the lower reservoir. The construction of the main dam near Jamestown, Pennsylvania, was begun on October 6, 1931. Clearing the forest was started on January 11, 1932, under the able direction of R. J. Ferris. The gate of the upper dam was closed December 5, 1933, and that of the main dam on January 23, 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 89 1934. The two reservoirs have a capacity of 64,275,000,000 gallons. The lower reservoir is subject to fluctuating level as the need arises for drawing off water during the dry weather to maintain a normal flow in the She- nango River. The completed reservoir covers an area of 16,420 acres, or 25.7 square miles. It is 16 miles long and 1.6 miles in average width (2.2 miles maxi- mum width, where the highway crosses from Espyville, Pennsylvania, to Andover, Ohio) ; it has a shoreline of 70 miles and a maximum depth of 35 feet. It is now the largest lake in Pennsylvania, being almost eighteen times the size of Conneaut Lake; in water-area it exceeds Lake Chau- tauqua in New York by almost 3,000 acres. About one quarter of Pyma- tuning Lake is located in the State of Ohio. Pymatuning Lake as a Waterfowl Refuge The conversion of a forested swamp into a 16,000-acre lake with a 70- mile shore-line has provided entirely different ecological conditions and has set the stage for a variety of new events. Netting and Van Dersal (1934) attempted to forecast the future of the region from the standpoint of its fauna and flora. Aside from expressing an opinion that the water- fowl population would increase, they offered no specific data on the changes in the bird life. When Pymatuning Lake became a certainty, the ornithologically- minded hoped that it might become an important resting and feeding ground for migrating waterfowl. It lies directly on the route of the great Atlantic Waterfowl Flyway,4 which extends from the Atlantic Coast west to the Allegheny Mountains and curves northwestward across northern West Virginia, western Pennsylvania, and northeastern Ohio to the west- ern end of Lake Erie. Many of the ducks and geese that breed in the North and in the interior of the Northwest follow this route in travelling to and from their wintering ground on the Atlantic Coast. Pymatuning Lake also lies not far distant from the Mississippi Flyway, another im- portant migration route that extends through the Mississippi Valley eastward to Lake Erie. Thus advantageously situated, the new lake has attracted migrating water birds in great numbers. More than that, it has become increasingly popular as breeding territory for a number of species. The extensive, ir- regular shoreline is interrupted by many small inlets and marshy bayous 4 Lincoln, Frederick C., The Waterfowl Flyways of North America. U. S. Department of Agriculture Circular, no. 342, 12 p. (January, 1935). 90 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII that are ideal cover for waterfowl. About 8,000 acres of land bordering the lake are owned by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the State of Ohio, and extensive areas in both states have been set aside as wildlife sanctuaries. Ducks of many species, such as the Mallard, Shoveller, Pin- tail, and Blue-winged Teal, that normally nest some distance from the water, profit from the upland areas in the refuge. It is doubtful whether Pymatuning Lake will ever develop into a sum- mer resort even in the portions that may be leased, because of the swampy, unstable character of the shore and the treacherous nature of the lake- bottom, covered as it is with stumps and debris from the clearing. Un- pleasant as such conditions are for human tenants, they will aid in attracting and preserving wildlife. In this respect Pymatuning Lake will be greatly superior to Conneaut Lake, where people have long since crowded out the larger portion of the avian population. The shallow waters of Pymatuning Lake permit the growth of lush aquatic vegetation along its margins. The swampy shores produce abun- dant stands of cat-tails ( Typha latifolia), which grow out into the water to a depth of a foot. Interspersed with the cat- tails in the shallow water are several kinds of rushes ( Scirpus ), sedges ( Cyperus , Carex ), bur-reed (Spharganium), arrowhead {Sagittaria) , pickerelweed ( Pontederia ), smart weed (Polygonum), Virginia arum ( Peltandra ), and others that are important factors among waterfowl food plants. In water from one to six feet deep are found the water willow (Decodon verticulatus) , white water lily (Castalia odorata ), purple water shield (Brasenia schreberi ), and spatter-dock (Nymphaea advena), the seeds and tubers of which are eaten by many kinds of ducks. Growing on the bottom of the lake are important waterfowl foods such as pondweeds (Potamogeton spp.), wild celery (Vallisneria spiralis ), waterweed (Elodea canadensis ), and coontail (Ceratophyllum demercum). Duckweeds (Lemna, Spirodela ) float on the water and densely cover the surface in many places; these tiny plants are themselves especially valuable as food for young ducks, and in addition harbor insect larvae, crustaceans, and mollusks that contribute to a balanced diet. Comparison of Van Dersal’s list of plant species for the Pymatuning region5 with McAtee’s list of wildfowl food plants6 reveals that the native 5 Van Dersal, W. R., An Ecological Study of Pymatuning Swamp. (Doctor’s Dissertation, M.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1933). 6 McAtee, W. L., Wildfowl Food Plants, p. i-x, 1-141, pis. 1-17, text-figs. 1-4 (Ames, Iowa, 1939). 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 91 growth includes 70 per cent of the plant families known to be utilized as food by waterfowl. The species already mentioned as occurring com- monly at Pymatuning Lake are those that McAtee considers of prime importance. The abundance of a natural food supply is without doubt an outstanding factor in determining the extent of the waterfowl population of the lake. To supplement the natural growth until it becomes estab- lished, the Pennsylvania Game Commission has provided for artificial plantings of American lotus, wild celery, sago pondweed, floating-leaved pondweed, delta duck potato, bur-reed, pickerelweed, Pennsylvania smartweed, muskgrass, wampee, and water plantain. Most of these species, it may be noted, were already present in the area. Attempts to introduce wild rice ( Zizania aquatica ) have been unsuccessful. In the refuge fields bordering the lake, certain grains, such as wheat, corn, kaffir corn, buckwheat, etc., have been planted for feeding. Much of the grain is harvested and reserved for the peak flights in spring and fall, but at least a third of it is left standing in the fields, where it is accessible to the thousands of waterfowl that visit the region. Numerous species of fish occur in the lake and are important dietary items for herons, egrets, bald eagles, and mergansers. There is an over- abundance of carp in the reservoir, and their presence may have a harmful effect on the growth of the water plants. The damage they do consists in uprooting the bottom growth, and continued roiling of the waters cuts off the light and prevents the re-establishment of the vegetation. Carp have been seined from the lake in enormous quantities, and wire screening at the spillway tends to keep them from the Upper Lake. Many aquatic insects, crayfish, frogs, and snails also contribute to the local food supply for waterfowl. Conforming with current terminology, I shall use the name Pymatuning Lake for this newly established body of water. The Pennsylvania refuge is the Upper (or Linesville) Lake. Waterfowl occurring at Pymatuning Lake MIGRANTS Pymatuning Lake thus provides a suitable habitat for waterfowl, and in the sanctuaries at least the birds are free from molestation by man. Be- yond question, these are the factors that have permitted the development of the water-bird population. To the previous list of migrants at Pyma- 92 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii tuning Swamp have been added within a six-year period the following species : Red-throated Loon Double-crested Cormorant Snowy Egret American Egret Lesser Snow Goose Blue Goose European Widgeon Canvas-back Old-squaw White-winged Scoter Caspian Ruddy Turnstone Hudsonian Curlew Golden Plover Pectoral Sandpiper White-rumped Sandpiper Red-backed Sandpiper Eastern Dowitcher Marbled Godwit Northern Phalarope Ring-billed Gull Tern Shore birds were formerly extremely uncommon in the Pymatuning region because of its unsuitability as a feeding ground. In the absence of sandy beaches or mud-flats and because of the abruptness of the shores and the thickness of the vegetation around the small lakes, most of the migra- ting shore birds passed over the area without stopping to feed or rest. Now, the situation has been altered, and the beaches and low-lying islands afford shelter that is sought by even the rarer migrants. Certain species formerly considered stragglers to the region are now regular migrants: Little Blue Heron Whistling Swan Duck Hawk Black-bellied Plover Unusual visitors that have fortuitously appeared at Pymatuning Lake in recent years are: (?) Great White Heron Western Willet American Brant Wilson Phalarope Red Phalarope Breeding Species Perhaps the most startling development in connection with the new lake is the increase in the number of breeding species. At the time Dr. Sutton published his report, breeding waterfowl were rare. There were a few records for the Mallard and Black Duck, species that now nest in great numbers at Pymatuning Lake. The Great Blue Heron, Pied-billed Grebe, and Blue-winged Teal, for which Dr. Sutton had no actual nesting records, now occur abundantly as summer residents, and many of their nests have 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 93 been examined in the course of our investigations. The Black-crowned Night Heron, previously considered a straggler, has become established in a thriving rookery. Dr. Sutton cited a single record of the Black Tern nesting at Conneaut Lake in 1910. A colony of a hundred or more has existed at Pymatuning Lake since 1934. The Common Tern, too, is ap- parently breeding there. Among the ducks that have recently been found nesting are the Gad- wall, Baldpate, Pintail, Green-winged Teal, Shoveller, Redhead, Ring- necked and Ruddy ducks. In several instances this development repre- sents a considerable eastward extension of the normal breeding range. The easternmost breeding record for the Baldpate is from northern Indiana (Hogback Lake, Steuben County, May, 1889), 7 but the species is not common east of the Mississippi River. For the Gadwall, the western shore of Lake Michigan is the normal eastern boundary of its breeding range, although Cooke8 reports one instance of its nesting at St. Clair Flats, Ontario. At the time John C. Phillips published his “Natural History of the Ducks” (1922-26) this was still considered an unusual and isolated occurrence. The Redhead has a comparatively restricted range in northwestern United States and southwestern Canada. Phillips cites early records (1880 and 1912) from St. Clair Flats, Michigan, as the east- ernmost breeding localities. Of its migration he says further ( l.c ., vol. 3, p. 166): “In most of the area east of Lake Michigan the species is seen primarily or almost exclusively in autumn. It appears that the Redhead at this season takes a rather roundabout route going almost due east to reach its winter quarters on the Atlantic coast, while in spring a more di- rect line is chosen, up the Mississippi River Valley.” At Erie Bay, Todd9 found it “a regular migrant, most numerous in the fall, but never abun- dant.” Such has been its status in western Pennsylvania until our in- vestigations at Pymatuning Lake in 1936 proved otherwise. The normal breeding range of the Ring-necked Duck lies west of the upper Mississippi Valley, and its main migration route is along the course of this river. A limited number of Ring-necks migrate to the Atlantic 7 Butler, A. W., Birds of Indiana. Indiana Department Geology and Natural Resources, 22nd Annual Report, p. 601 (1898). 8 Cooke, W. W., Distribution and Migration of North American Ducks, Geese, and Swans. Bulletin Biological Survey, U. S. Department of Agriculture, no. 26, p. 27 (1906). 9 Todd, W. E. Clyde, Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. Annals Carnegie Mu- seum, vol. 2, p. 518 (1904). 94 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Coast by way of the Great Lakes, but until recent years the records for our region have been comparatively rare. The breeding of this species in western Pennsylvania was an unexpected development. The accepted eastern breeding limits were southwestern Ontario, northeastern Minne- sota, and eastern Wisconsin. The breeding locality closest to our region is a recent one mentioned by Pirnie,10 who found Ring-necked Ducks nest- ing on the Upper Peninsula, Michigan, in 1928 and 1930. In connection with these records should also be mentioned the breeding grounds recently discovered (or rediscovered?) in Maine and New Brunswick.11 Such species as the Shoveller, Ruddy, and even the Pintail have been known to breed irregularly in the East — whether as relicts of a former more extensive distribution, or as pioneers in range-extension is not apparent. Pymatuning Lake, as indicated above, is so completely disassociated from the recognized breeding territory occupied by the other above-mentioned species of ducks that the discovery of their nesting in western Pennsylvania is nothing less than sensational. The significance of these occurrences, which have been repeated in successive seasons, is not completely under- stood. It has been supposed from migration studies of waterfowl that lines of flight are traditionally inherent, not only for the species but for individual birds as well. “There appears to be a readily demonstrable natural law to the effect that, although groups of birds of the same species may share a common breeding ground, they are so strongly in- fluenced by their ancestral lanes of migration that they will continue to follow them even though conditions en route or on the wintering grounds may become distinctly adverse to their welfare.” (Lincoln, l.c., 1933, p. 10). What hereditary nesting ground, then, has been forsaken by the species that have settled at Pymatuning Lake? If the Ring-neck, Red- head, and Gadwall once nested at Lake Erie, the Finger Lakes, or Con- neaut Lake, the time is so long past that history has no record of it. It does not seem likely, therefore, that the Pymatuning incident is one of re-occupation of an ancient nesting territory. Some authors have sug- gested that the recent appearances of these western species in the Atlantic states may be a result of midwestern drought and dust-storms, which have followed extensive drainage and agricultural operations in what was once exceptionally favorable breeding territory. Another explanation, 10 Pirnie, M. D., Michigan Waterfowl Management, p. 26 (Lansing, Mich. (1935). 11 Mendall, H. L., Ring-necked Duck Breeding in Eastern North America. Auk, vol. 55, no. 3, p. 401-404 (July, 1938). 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 95 perhaps, is that under protected conditions a favorable habitat will be populated regardless of prescribed ranges. May it then be supposed from this development that these waning species will utilize as breeding terri- tory other refuges that conservationists may in time establish along the major flyways? If so, the course of events at Pymatuning Lake may have significant and far-reaching implications in the program of restoration and conservation of the fast- vanishing waterfowl of North America. Tabulation showing comparison in 10- year Period A comparison of the present status of certain species with that which obtained at the time of Dr. Sutton’s investigations follows: Species Common Loon Red-throated Loon Holboell’s Grebe Horned Grebe Pied-billed Grebe White Pelican Double-crested Cormorant . . (?) Great White Heron Great Blue Heron American Egret Snowy Egret Little Blue Heron Eastern Green Heron Black-crowned Night Heron American Bittern Eastern Least Bittern Whistling Swan Common Canada Goose. . . . American Brant Lesser Snow Goose Blue Goose Common Mallard Common Black Duck Gadwall European Widgeon Baldpate American Pintail Green- winged Teal Blue- winged Teal Shoveller Wood Duck 1928 Report Migrant Migrant (rare) Migrant Breeding (?) Straggler (rare) Breeding (?) Straggler Breeding Breeding Breeding Migrant (rare) Migrant Breeding Breeding Migrant Migrant Migrant Breeding (?) Migrant Breeding Present Report Migrant Migrant (rare) Migrant Breeding (!) Straggler (rare) Migrant Straggler (rare) Breeding (!) Migrant (common) Migrant (regular) Migrant Breeding Breeding Breeding Breeding Migrant (regular) Breeding (feral) Migrant (rare) Migrant Migrant Breeding Breeding Breeding Migrant Breeding Breeding Breeding Breeding (!) Breeding Breeding 96 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Species Redhead Ring-necked Duck Canvas-back Greater Scaup Duck. Lesser Scaup Duck. American Golden-eye. . . . Buffle-head Old-squaw White- winged Scoter Ruddy Duck Hooded Merganser American Merganser Red-breasted Merganser. Northern Bald Eagle Osprey. Duck Hawk King Rail Virginia Rail Sora Yellow Rail Black Rail Florida Gallinule American Coot Semipalmated Plover. . . . Kill deer American Golden Plover. Black-bellied Plover Ruddy Turnstone American Woodcock Wilson’s Snipe Hudsonian Curlew Upland Plover Spotted Sandpiper Solitary Sandpiper Western Willet Greater Yellow-legs Lesser Yellow-legs Pectoral Sandpiper White-rumped Sandpiper Least Sandpiper Red-backed Sandpiper. . Eastern Dowitcher Semipalmated Sandpiper . Marbled God wit Red Phalarope 1928 Report Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Breeding (?) Migrant Migrant Occasional Migrant Migrant (rare) Migrant Breeding Breeding Migrant (rare) Breeding Breeding (rare) Migrant (rare) Breeding Migrant (rare) Breeding Breeding Breeding Breeding Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant (rare) Migrant Present Report Breeding Breeding Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Breeding Breeding (?) Migrant Migrant Breeding Migrant Migrant Breeding Breeding Breeding Breeding Breeding Breeding (common) Migrant (common) Breeding Migrant (rare) Migrant (regular) Migrant Breeding Breeding Migrant (rare) Breeding Breeding Migrant Migrant (rare) Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant (rare) Migrant (common) Migrant Migrant Migrant Migrant Straggler (rare 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 97 Species 1928 Report Present Report Wilson’s Phalarope Straggler Northern Phalarope Migrant Herring Gull Migrant Migrant Ring-billed Gull Migrant Bonaparte’s Gull Migrant Migrant Common Tern Migrant Breeding (?) Caspian Tern Migrant Black Tern Migrant Breeding Pymatuning Lake is, therefore, ecologically suitable for providing shelter, a natural food supply, and freedom from molestation for water- fowl. Twenty-two migrants and five accidental visitants have been added to the list of birds previously recorded from the region. Fifteen species have been added to the list of breeding birds, and the supposed breeding of three species has been verified. Annotated list of Species Gavia immer immer (Briinnich). Common Loon. The Common Loon was recorded by Sutton as “a regular, but never abundant, migrant.” His records, mainly from Conneaut Lake, included only one from the Pymatuning region — Lower Lake, Hartstown, May 30, 1923. A few sporadic occurrences were reported from Hartstown be- tween 1925 and 1932. Since 1935 this species has commonly been ob- served on Pymatuning Lake during the spring migration. Although most reports are of single birds or pairs, as many as seven have been seen at one time. The only fall record available is that of a single loon at the main dam near Jamestown, October 23, 1936 (Trimble). The shallow waters of Pymatuning Lake seem to be no deterrent for this diver. The earliest spring record is March 28, 1932, for Hartstown (Seiple); and the latest is May 20, 1937, for Linesville (Trimble). Gavia stellata (Pontoppidan). Red-throated Loon. The Red-throated Loon must be considered a rare and irregular migrant. There are but two records for Pymatuning Lake: Linesville, April 10 and April 20, 1938 (Bergner, 1938; Skaggs, 1938). Colymbus grisegena holboellii (Reinhardt). Holboell’s Grebe. The only record of this rather rare migrant in the Pymatuning region is that given by Sutton from Crystal Lake, Hartstown, on May 13, 1922. 98 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. XXVIII Colymbus auritus Linnaeus. Horned Grebe. Sutton considered the Horned Grebe a regular migrant at Conneaut Lake and listed as well several occurrences at Crystal Lake, Hartstown. It is now regularly observed on Pymatuning Lake. Most of the records have been made in April (April 4-26) ; but there is one record for March 28, 1937, from Linesville (Skaggs) and one for the same locality for Octo- ber 23 and 25, 1936 (Trimble; Skaggs). Podilymbus podiceps podiceps (Linnaeus). Pied-billed Grebe. In Sutton’s report the Pied-billed Grebe was listed as “a fairly common migrant,” that “doubtless occasionally nests . . . but we have no certain breeding records for the Pymatuning region at the present time.” The first evidence of its breeding was obtained by S. J. Seiple, who ob- served an adult with three young at Hartstown on July 21, 1931. Latterly the floating islands of Pymatuning Lake and the marshy cat-tail growth along its irregular shoreline have been superlatively attractive as nesting territory for this species. On May 29, 1934, R. L. Fricke collected a set of six eggs. Since that time many of the floating, shapeless mats of decayed aquatic vegetation that hold the eggs of the Pied-billed Grebe have been discovered. “The young birds are a very common sight, in summer, swimming and diving within plain view from the roads that cross the lake” (Trimble, 1937). The birds nest during the latter half of May; from five to eight eggs comprise the usual set. When the incubating bird leaves the nest, it covers the eggs with water-soaked vegetation. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Gmelin. White Pelican. The White Pelican is a rare straggler in the Pymatuning region. To Sutton’s report of one “taken in May, 1905, at Pymatuning” we can now add the record of a pelican that remained on Pymatuning Lake, near Linesville, from June 19 until June 23, 1935 (Oudette, 1937). Its occur- rence there, of course, is merely accidental, since the normal range of this species lies farther west. Phalacrocorax auritus auritus (Lesson). Double-crested Cormorant. Since 1936 the Double-crested Cormorant has been seen each spring at Pymatuning Lake (Linesville) ; hence it may now be considered a regular, if not common, migrant. R. L. Fricke saw a single cormorant on June 20, 1936; on May 23, 1937, he observed five. On April 24, 1938, I saw a flock of six. B. L. Oudette reports having seen this species on numerous oc- casions. According to Mr. Todd, the June record does not imply breeding. 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 99 Ardea occidentalis Audubon. Great White Heron. Perhaps the most startling episode in the story of the bird life of Pyma- tuning Lake occurred at Linesville on May 14, 1938, when B. L. Oudette secured a specimen that has been identified as a Great White Heron. The normal range of the species is in peninsular Florida, and there are but few undoubted outlying records. This unusual visitor was first detected by Mr. Oudette on May 11 in the sanctuary. The first judgment of the report, naturally, was that the specimen was an albino Great Blue Heron. Mr. Todd and I compared the mounted specimen with authentic examples of the Great White Heron and found the results puzzling indeed. Its size was somewhat smaller than that of the average given for Ardea occidentalis but within the limits for the species as a whole. The feathers of the crest were similar to those characteristic of occidentalis , and the legs were bright yellow in color. Later Dr. Harry C. Oberholser examined the mounted specimen and pro- nounced it (1939) an undoubted Great White Heron. Measurements as we found them were: bill, 142 mm.; wing, 438 mm.; tarsus, 175 mm. As given by Christy (1938) they were: bill, 5.75 inches; wing, 18 inches; tarsus, 8 inches. Even more amazing than the specimen collected in May is a motion- picture record made on October 21, 1938, by C. Gordon Krieble of an individual exactly like it at the same locality. The picture, according to Dr. Oberholser, substantiates Mr. Krieble’s claim that this bird also had the yellow legs characteristic of the southern species. Although it is admittedly unwise to question the opinion of experts, this alleged occurrence of a species that is normally restricted to southern Florida and exceedingly rare elsewhere, naturally leads to the suspicion expressed by Mr. Todd (1940) that “it is possible that after all the Great Blue Heron is actually a dichromatic species (like certain other herons), with its white phase localized in southern Florida but appearing rarely and fortuitously in other parts of its range.” Ardea herodias herodias Linnaeus. Great Blue Heron. Sutton regarded the Great Blue Herons of the Pymatuning region as regular and fairly common migrants. He suspected that they might nest in the area but stated that “no nest with eggs has been found in the region to the best of my knowledge.” Pymatuning Lake has certainly been a factor in the shifting of populations and in the increasing numbers of this species. From March until November the Great Blue Heron is a common 100 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. XXV II and spectacular figure, and occasionally a bird may linger through the winter months. The first rookery in the vicinity was discovered by L. E. Hicks (1933) in the “Jumbo Woods,” near Wing, Pennsylvania, in June, 1931. This rookery, according to local report, had been in existence for about fifteen years. In 1932 it contained twenty-one occupied nests; in 1933, according to Mr. Hicks, thirty-four nests were in use. A year or so ago the tract of timber was cut, and the heronry despoiled. Another rookery was located in the northwest corner of Pymatuning Swamp, near the property of J. G. Crumb. At the time of our first visit on May 19, 1933, it contained about fourteen nests, already occupied by young birds. In the following years, the colony increased to more than forty nests, but by 1938 it had broken up. In 1934 we examined a small rookery, consisting of eight or ten nests, about three miles north of Hartstown. The Great Blue Herons apparently have recognized the safety of the Pymatuning sanctuary, and there is now an extensive rookery within the refuge. According to B. L. Oudette, more than fifty pairs nested there in 1938. Access to the rookery is very difficult, so that there is little danger of the herons being disturbed. The usual time for nesting is during the latter half of April. We found young birds in the nests on May 19, 1933; but in 1937, when the spring season was cold and wet, the herons were obviously still incubating on May 18. Casmerodius albus egretta (Gmelin). American Egret. The first record of the American Egret in the Pymatuning region was made by S. J. Seiple (1930), who observed a single individual in the Harts- town marsh on July 26, 1929. From July 8 until September 10 in 1930, he watched one, and sometimes two, American Egrets on the same marsh (Seiple, 1931) ; but his most extensive observations were made during the season of 1933 (in Christy, 1934). The first arrival was seen on July 12, and during the ensuing months faithful watch of the area produced an interesting tally of dates and numbers of specimens. The dates range from July 26 until September 23, when a lone specimen was seen for the last time that season. The period of greatest abundance was in early August, and the maximum number of twenty-five birds was recorded on August 5. The occurrence of American Egrets in the Pymatuning region was part of a widespread invasion in the northern states.12 It can be attributed to 12 Lyon, W. I., Bulletin Illinois Audubon Society (1931); Hicks, L. E., Wilson Bulletin, vol. 43, p. 268 (1931) ; and Christy, B. H., Cardinal, vol. 3, pp. 164-169 (1934). 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 101 an increase in the numbers of this beautiful species as a result of rigid protection in its southern breeding grounds. For this tropical wanderer, Pymatuning Lake is an equally suitable and much more commodious stopping-place than the Hartstown marsh, which has accommodated fewer specimens in recent years. Willard Dilley (in Christy, 1934) reported a single American Egret in the flooded area near Espyville on September 29, 1933. In subsequent years, the American Egret population of Pymatuning Lake from July until September has steadily risen. It is estimated that at least one hundred and fifty birds occupied the area during August, 1938. I counted forty-five individuals flying to roost on a little island in the Upper Lake on the evening of August 26. The late summer appearances of this species may normally be expected in suitable areas. Most of the birds are presumably young of the year — as attested by specimens collected at Hartstown in 1933 — the invasion representing the normal postbreeding wandering. The significance of cer- tain spring records remains to be determined. R. L. Fricke observed one egret near Linesville on May 14, 1934. I was a member of a party that detected another on May 17, 1935, in the same area. This was doubtless the same bird that was seen by Edmund Arthur (1936) on May 11 of the same year. It is not altogether unlikely that the American Egret may in the future choose Pymatuning Lake as a breeding station. Egretta thula thula (Molina). Snowy Egret. Like the American Egret, this smaller species has apparently profited from the efforts of conservationists. S. J. Seiple’s record (1931) of a single Snowy Egret at Hartstown on August 1, 26, 28 and on September 10, 1930, seemed to indicate that then it might be accounted a rare visitor in our region. Much more gratifying are recent developments in the vicinity of Pymatuning Lake. Merit B. Skaggs (1937) observed one bird on Sep- tember 27, 1936, and again on October 4, 1936, near Linesville. R. L. Fricke found several there on August 25, 1937 ; and on September 13, 1937, he collected two young males. Other published records for the same locality are by I. N. Boggs (1937), who reported two specimens on September 4, 1937; and R. T. Peterson (1938), who recorded two on September 18, 1937. Manuscript records include Willard Dilley’s report of several Snowy Egrets on Linesville Creek, September 6, 1937, and my own per- sonal observation of four in the refuge on August 26, 1938. On that date 102 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII B. L. Oudette told me he had counted eleven birds at one time during August. In view of the above records, one may logically suppose that the area will continue to attract a growing number of Snowy Egrets, and that the species may now be considered an uncommon but regular visitant. Florida caerulea caerulea (Linnaeus). Little Blue Heron. The nomadic tendencies of the heron tribe bring many of its repre- sentatives north of their normal breeding ranges. Generally the birds observed in this postbreeding movement are immature. Such are the white-plumaged examples of the Little Blue Heron that are occasionally detected in our region. Sutton reported a single bird at Lower Lake, Hartstown, August 29, 1925. From the same area S. J. Seiple (1931) re- corded two in company with the American and Snowy Egrets on August 1, 26, and 28 and on September 10, 1930. During August, 1935, L. E. Hicks observed one in the region of Pymatuning Lake. M. B. Skaggs (1937) saw one along the margin of the Lake near Linesville on September 27, 1936. At the same locality I saw three on August 26, 1938, in flight with several American Egrets and one Snowy Egret. Pymatuning Lake has become a mecca for this species as well as other members of its family. Thus far only the white-plumaged, or immature, examples have been observed. Butorides virescens virescens (Linnaeus). Eastern Green Heron. Sutton considered the Green Heron an abundant migrant and summer resident in the Pymatuning region and recorded a number of nests in the vicinity of Hartstown. It is now commonly observed at Pymatuning Lake, which is in all ways well adapted for providing more extensive nest- ing territory and a corresponding increase in the numbers of this species. It arrives shortly after the middle of April and is common until the end of September. May is the usual time for nesting. Nycticorax nycticorax hoactli (Boddaert). Black-crowned Night Heron. On the basis of four records — all from Conneaut Lake — Sutton termed the Black-crowned Night Heron a “rare summer resident, or possibly merely a summer wanderer.” During the spring of 1934 (April 2, Dilley; May 28, Fricke) adults were noted at Pymatuning Lake, near Linesville. The following year on May 18, R. L. Fricke observed an immature Black- crown. On May 14, 1936, one-half mile west of Linesville he discovered a 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 103 breeding colony that consisted of thirty pairs. During the summer of 1936, and indeed until October 24, these birds were commonly seen fishing in the waters of Pymatuning Lake, where they were particularly active at dusk. On May 17, 1937, we saw several at the site of the rookery west of Linesville, but it was not occupied that season. A new colony, however, was established within the sanctuary, and there were two others not far away. In 1938, according to B. L. Oudette, the Black-crown nests num- bered approximately ninety. The birds were already nesting when we visited the area on April 24. The Lake, with its abundant supply of fish and small aquatic animals, and the safety of the refuge are the factors that have permitted the Black-crowned Night Heron to become established there as a breeding species. Botaurus lentiginosus (Montagu). American Bittern. “A common migrant throughout the region, and a locally abundant summer resident in the marshy areas of Pymatuning Swamp” (Sutton). The nests recorded by Sutton were found in the Hartstown region. L. E. Hicks (1933) reported finding two nests in the Ohio portion of the swamp on July 11, 1928. The creation of Pymatuning Lake has greatly extended the area suitable for colonization by the American Bittern, and field-work from 1933 until 1940 has indicated that the species is taking advantage of the new territory.' Numerous nests have been found, and this bittern is common throughout the summer. It arrives in April, and nesting is under- way by the middle of May. The latest fall record for Pymatuning Lake is October 23, 1936 (West, 1936). Ixobrychus exilis exilis (Gmelin). Eastern Least Bittern. PI. XI, fig. 2. “A fairly common migrant and irregular and local summer resident in the marshy sections of Pymatuning . . . .In the cat-tail marshes of Pymatuning it was not detected prior to June 29, 1927, on which date several were noted, but no nests found” (Sutton). “Two nests with eggs were found in Pymatuning Bog [Ohio portion] on July 11, 1928” (Hicks, 1933). The open-marsh habitat created by the clearing and flooding of Pymatuning Swamp has reacted beneficially for the Least Bittern, and its numbers are increasing. This species is more secretive than the American Bittern, and its nest is not easily detected. R. L. Fricke’s records, how- ever, indicate that it is common as a breeding species. In June of 1936 he found eight nests containing either eggs or young; on June 19, three nests; 104 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII and on June 21, five nests. A set of five eggs collected on June 19 was half incubated. The Least Bittern nests later in the season than the American Bittern and apparently chooses a wetter and less accessible location. Cygnus columbianus (Ord). Whistling Swan. “A rather rare and irregular migrant, which sometimes occurs in im- mense flocks, and then again may be absent for years at a stretch . . . On November 26, 1904, Mr. Kirkpatrick saw a flock near Linesville. . . . On December 21, 1924, a swan, believed to be of this species, was seen at Crystal Lake by Merl Hutchens and others . . . On April 1, 1925, several citizens of Hartstown observed a flock of seventeen at Crystal Lake” (Sutton). Each year since 1933 Pymatuning Lake has been a stopping-place during the spring and fall for scores of migrating Whistling Swans, so that now this species is a regular and fairly common transient. It is observed oftener in the spring; the earliest record for this season is March 10, 1936 (Oudette), and the latest, April 27, 1933 (Dilley). One bird that lingered for several weeks in May, 1935, presumably was injured. Fall occurrences are usually in October and November (October 28, 1934, Seiple; November 3, 1935, Skaggs; November 7, 1937, Oudette). Branta canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus). Common Canada Goose. “A common and regular migrant . . . While these great birds customarily stop at Conneaut Lake, they are also often seen at Crystal and Lower Lakes, where they have been known to remain for several days at a time” (Sutton). The wide expanse of Pymatuning Lake has proved much more attractive than the tiny lakes of the old swamp, and every year since 1933 many migrating Canada Geese have stopped there to rest and feed. The Lake is directly on the course of the flyway from the wintering grounds on the coast of the southeastern states. In spring the main flights occur in March and April, although February records are not unusual. The return movement in the fall takes place during late October and November. Great flocks of geese sometimes alight to feed in grain fields many miles from the Lake. In 1936, about fifty pinioned geese were released in the refuge by B. L. Oudette. These birds nested in the sanctuary in May, 1937, according to R. L. Fricke. Mr. Oudette reports finding nests in 1938 of birds fully able to fly; he supposed them to be progeny of the captive geese. Branta bernicla hrota (Muller). American Brant. The Brant is essentially a maritime species that seldom occurs on in- 1940 Trimble : Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 105 land waters. B. L. Oudette’s record (1936) of a flock of Brant on Pyma- tuning Lake near Linesville is, therefore, of unusual interest. On March 15, 1936, he saw four birds, and on the following day there were thirty -one. The Brant were in that part of the sanctuary where grain was being scattered as food for waterfowl. They remained in the vicinity until March 20. They may have been driven from their normal course by storms that prevailed a few days earlier. Chen hyperborea hyperborea (Pallas). Lesser Snow Goose. The Lesser Snow Goose apparently passes through western Pennsyl- vania on its migration flights, but records of its occurrence are sufficiently rare to be noteworthy. “B. L. Oudette reports having seen a single snow goose in early March, 1938, at Pymatuning Lake and three on October 20, 1939” (Todd, 1940). The species in life could be confused only with the Greater Snow Goose, an Atlantic Coast form that is unlikely to occur so far inland. Chen caerulescens (Linnaeus). Blue Goose. “The Blue Goose nests in Baffin Land and Southampton Island, and migrates along the east coast of Hudson Bay and though the Mississippi Valley to winter on the coast of Louisiana. Our region thus lies to the east of its regular route of migration” (Todd, 1940). B. L. Oudette (1937) reports this species on Pymatuning Lake from October 14 until October 23, 1936, the number of birds varying from seven to twenty. He ob- served several in the refuge on November 7, 1937 ; in early March of 1938 he saw seven; and he writes (1940) that “on Friday, October 20, [1939] while in the vicinity of Polick Bridge, north of Espyville, on the Pyma- tuning Lake, I flushed sixty Blue Geese.” These and additional recent records from Lake Erie fix the status of this species as a semi-regular transient. Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos Linnaeus. Common Mallard. Sutton listed the Mallard as “an abundant migrant, equally common in spring and fall, an occasional winter resident, and rather common summer resident, which has been known to nest in Pymatuning.” The breeding records supplied by Dr. Sutton referred mainly to observations of broods of flightless young; only two nests — both from the Hartstown area — had been recorded at that time. Later, Dr. Sutton (1929) described two nests of eleven and nine eggs found near Shermansville in 1926. As breeding territory, Pymatuning Lake is so much more satisfactory 106 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII and extensive than the old swamp that the Mallard population has multiplied tremendously since 1933. The first nests were found there by R. L. Fricke in May, 1934; and in the ensuing seasons numerous nests have been found in situations varying from low stumps and willow growth just above the level of the water in the shallow areas to marshy fields some distance from the shore. The usual time of nesting is in May, but April nestings are frequent, according to B. L. Oudette. Harold Bergner (1938) reports the finding of a nest with thirteen eggs on April 10. A great influx of Mallards during the fall migration augments the local breeding population. A waterfowl census taken in October, 1935, esti- mated the number of Mallards at 1 190. Anas rubripes rubripes Brewster. Red-legged Black Duck. Anas rubripes tristis Brewster. Common Black Duck. PI. IX, fig. 1. If there are two forms of the Black Duck, as indicated in the American Ornithologists’ Union Check-List , both of them should occur in the Pyma- tuning region, rubripes as the wintering species and tristis as the breeding form. By some authors the character of red legs is considered solely a variation that depends on age. The two races are here considered as one. Sutton produced evidence of the nesting of the Black Duck at Pyma- tuning Swamp near Hartstown. According to report, a nest with twelve eggs had been found in May, 1919; and during Dr. Sutton’s field-work from 1923 until 1927, several broods of young were discovered. Pymatuning Lake is so well adapted for the Black Duck that it has taken possession of the area in great numbers. R. L. Fricke located the first nest for the Linesville region on May 15, 1934. Since that time many nests have been found, and during late May females with broods are a common sight. “In general, the Black Duck nests earlier than the Mallard. . . A brood of young was once noted as early as May 12 (1931)” (Todd, 1940). When we visited Pymatuning Lake on April 24, 1938, Mr. Oudette told us the Black Ducks were already nesting. My notes of nests examined on May 18, 1937, reveal a variety of situations: “one beside a stump on a floating island; one in a clump of willows on a high spot; one under a little pine at the edge of an island.” In the seasons of migration, the Black Duck is one of the most numerous species on the Lake. The spring flight usually begins early in March and continues through April. In the fall this species is most common in October and November and occasionally remains throughout the winter in stretches of open water. 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 107 Chaulelasmus streperus (Linnaeus). Gadwall. Sutton regarded the Gadwall as “one of the rarest members of its family” and had no records for the Pymatuning region. Todd (1940) states that “its main breeding area lies in western United States and adjoining British Provinces. East of the Mississippi it is accounted uncommon even during the season of migration, and it is certainly one of the rarest ducks in western Pennsylvania at large.” It is somewhat surprising, therefore, that the first appearance of the Gadwall on Pymatuning Lake should be as a breeding species. On May 18, 1934, just west of Linesville, R. L. Fricke flushed a female Gadwall from a nest that contained ten eggs almost ready to hatch. On May 22 we visited the nest with Mr. Fricke and discovered that the brood had left, but two unhatched eggs remained in the nest. The eggs contained well-developed young Gadwalls, which were preserved for the Museum collection. The Gadwall has been observed in limited numbers during each subsequent summer. On May 27, 1935, Mr. Fricke saw a female with three young. I. N. Boggs (1939) reported a female and four young on May 22, 1938. On August 25, 1938, I saw a Gadwall fly from Ford Island, and on the following day flushed one from the western edge of the Lake at the old Padanarum Road. B. L. Oudette told me of two broods of nine and seven young birds that he had seen during the summer of 1938; and on June 23, 1939, he found a nest that held eleven eggs. The breeding of the Gadwall so far east of its normal range prompts one to believe that breed- ing ranges are not entirely a question of latitude and longitude, but rather selection of suitable habitat. Mareca penelope (Linnaeus). European Widgeon. “This European duck was at one time thought to be of merely accidental occurrence on this side of the Atlantic, but in recent years so many Ameri- can records have appeared that the latest authority13 is inclined to think that it may breed somewhere in our North Country” (Todd, 1940). There are a number of records of its occurrence in the Pymatuning region, both on Pymatuning Lake and at Hartstown. In chronological order they stand as follows: Linesville: one, April 26, 1936 (Seiple) ; one, October 23, 1936 (Trimble, et al.) ; one, March 27, 1937 (Skaggs) ; one, April 3, 1937 (Skaggs); four, April 6, 1937 (Trimble); seven, October 2, 1938 (Oudette). Hartstown: one, April 10, 1927 (Dilley); five, April 11, 1937 (Cook). The 13 J. C. Phillips, A Natural History of the Ducks, 1923, 2: 176. 108 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii European Widgeon is always associated with its American cousin, the Baldpate. Mareca americana (Gmelin). Baldpate. Sutton listed the Baldpate as “a rather uncommon migrant/’ and gave one record (March 20, 1925) for Lower Lake, Hartstown. Pymatuning Lake lies directly in the path of Baldpates migrating from the Atlantic Coast to their breeding grounds in the interior of the Northwest, and it has thus become a popular stopping-place for this species. During the fall migration particularly, Baldpates are scattered over the Lake in thou- sands, October being the month of greatest abundance. In the spring they occur regularly but in somewhat smaller numbers, although on April 11, 1937, we saw at Hartstown a flock that must have contained a thou- sand or more. March 2 is the earliest date of arrival (Oudette), but the big flights are usually in April. The incident of the Baldpate breeding in the Pymatuning region was a great surprise, and involves a considerable extension of the previously known breeding range. When mated pairs were seen in the sanctuary on June 7, 1936, our suspicions were aroused. In July of that year B. L. Oudette told Mr. Todd of seeing adults with young. In late May of 1937 and 1938 paired adults were seen again; and on August 26, Mr. Oudette told me that he had observed three broods of young. The shallow waters of the new lake and its lush aquatic vegeta- tion provide suitable food for this surface-feeder, and the marshy recesses of its irregular shore insure safe retreat for nesting. Dafila acuta tzitzihoa (Vieillot). American Pintail. PI. IX, fig. 2. The American Pintail “breeds in Canada and the northern United States, commonly in the western parts, but only casually in the East” (Todd, 1940). Sutton found it common as a migrant in the Pymatuning region, since its migration flights between the Northwest and the Atlantic Coast carry it directly over the area. Pymatuning Lake now offers greater advantages than did the small lakes and watercourses of the original swamp. Moreover, the Pintail is one of those species that strangely enough have elected to stop far short of their usual goal and adopt the new lake as breeding territory. The first nests were found by R. L. Fricke in May, 1934, and the Pintail has been observed regularly in the summer of every subsequent year. It is one of the early migrants among the ducks (February 28, 1936 — Oudette), and in the fall lingers well into November. It may even occasionally winter in limited numbers. 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 109 Nettion carolinense (Gmelin). Green-winged Teal. Sutton considered the Green-winged Teal a fairly regular migrant, although he had but few records for the small ponds of Pymatuning Swamp. As compared with the other species of ducks that now frequent Pymatuning Lake, it is by no means common. Our only actual evidence of its nesting there is that supplied by R. L. Fricke, who found a nest with an incomplete set of three eggs on May 25, 1936. No more eggs were deposited, and the nest was later abandoned. Mated pairs were observed late in May of the following year. L. E. Hicks tells me that in the Penn- sylvania refuge, he has seen broods of young ducklings that were from one to two weeks old, and that he has numerous records of nests and young observed and collected along the Ohio shore. The first arrivals are gener- ally noted in March (March 13, 1936 — Oudette; March 25, 1937 — Seiple; March 27, 1937 — Skaggs) ; fall records are mainly for October (October 23, 1936 — Trimble; October 25, 1936 — Skaggs). Querquedula discors (Linnaeus). Blue-winged Teal. According to Sutton, the Blue-winged Teal has always been a common migrant in the Pymatuning region; and, having observed a female along the Shenango River in mid-summer, he suspected that it might breed in the area. L. E. Hicks (1935) considered it “local and rare” as a breeding species in the Ohio portion of the swamp, although more recently it has increased in numbers there. The new lake with its shallow bays and marshy areas provides for the Blue-winged Teal excellent territory that has been abundantly utilized. Commonly observed since 1933, this species was first found nesting on May 16, 1935, and since that time many nests have been located. They are placed in the tall grass of the tiny islands or in the waste fields that border the lake. The largest set of eggs was one of twelve that I found west of Linesville on May 21, 1937. The Hartstown marsh now supports a limited summer population. The Blue-winged Teal is easily observed because of its tendency to frequent the shallow, marshy shores of the lake rather than the stretches of open water. In the spring it arrives in March (March 4, 1936 — Oudette) and is very common until mid-April ; teal seen thereafter may well be considered summer residents. In September, migrants swell the number of Blue-wings on the Lake, and by late October (October 23, 1936) the last have passed through. 110 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Spatula clypeata (Linnaeus). Shoveller. Sutton considered the Shoveller a “ rather rare transient” in the Pyma- tuning region. He suggested that it “may formerly have nested,” but gave no records to substantiate the claim, which was evidently adduced from the fact that the species “formerly or occasionally” (A. O. U. Check- List, 1931) nested in western New York. The Shoveller breeds mainly in the prairie region of the Northwest and in the interior of the United States. W. W. Cooke (1906) and L. E. Hicks (1935) report its breeding on Lake Erie. It was noted on Pymatuning Lake in April of 1934 (Seiple), and when paired Shovellers were still present in May of the following year, nesting seemed to be indicated. To R. L. Fricke belongs the credit for finding the first nest on May 27, 1935. “In this case the Shoveller ap- parently was so enthusiastic about the new territory that to save time it moved in with a Ring-neck Pheasant. When the nest was found, it con- tained eight eggs of the Ring-neck and eight of the Shoveller” (Trimble, 1937). On May 27, 1936, Mr. Fricke located a typical Shoveller nest that contained ten eggs. It was situated in a tussock of high grass in a marshy area of an open field, some distance north of the Upper Lake. The breed- ing population has apparently increased within the last two years, al- though the Shoveller is by no means abundant even in migration, when it crosses the Pymatuning region in passing between its main breeding grounds and its wintering station on the south Atlantic Coast. The spring migrants arrive as early as the middle of March and are commonest in April; the return movement takes place during September and October. Aix sponsa (Linnaeus). Wood Duck. The most important development with regard to the Wood Duck from the standpoint of the new lake and refuge is a gratifying increase in its numbers there. Since the Wood Duck prefers slow-running water and woodland conditions, it is much more generally distributed than other members of its family. Sutton reported it as a common migrant and lo- cally a regular and common summer resident. He cited numerous in- stances of its nesting near the ponds at Hartstown, at Conneaut Lake, and also along French Creek and the Shenango River. The wooded sections that border Pymatuning Lake are well adapted to the breeding needs of this species. The Wood Duck’s habit of nesting in hollow trees makes discovery of its nest rather difficult, but females with their broods are commonly seen during July and August. On June 6, 1936, we saw a female and twelve young on the Hartstown marsh. Three nests located 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 111 by R. L. Fricke in May, 1935, near Linesville, were in natural cavities in beech trees. Nyroca americana (Eyton). Redhead. The Redhead is one of the many species of migrating waterfowl that cross our region diagonally in following the Atlantic Flyway from the main breeding grounds in the central and western parts of North America to a wintering station on the Atlantic Coast. The Redhead has suffered a great deal from the destruction in recent years of its hereditary breeding grounds in the prairie sloughs and marshes of the West, as well as from its popularity with duck hunters. Occasionally it is very numerous on Pyma- tuning Lake in the migration seasons, but usually it occurs in much smaller numbers than the other species of ducks. In the spring it is commonest during the last week of March and the first week or ten days of April; we saw a number of Redheads on April 11, 1937. The autumn migrants arrive in October and remain throughout November if there is open water. Pymatuning Lake is far to the eastward of the normal breeding range of the Redhead, hence it was surprising, indeed, in 1936 to find it among the summer residents there. On July 2, Mr. Todd (1936) collected a few young ducklings to verify the breeding of this species, the females of which are easily confused with those of the Ring-necked Duck. No nests have have yet been found, but it has been estimated that at least fifteen or twenty pairs have been present each summer since 1936. The Redhead “is a typical diving duck and seeks its food by plunging beneath the sur- face, sometimes descending to a considerable depth in search of the aquatic plants and animals which constitute its fare” (Todd, 1940). At Pymatuning it keeps out in the open waters of the lake, where it no doubt finds the deeper channel of the old Shenango River adequate for its method of feeding. Nyroca collaris (Donovan). Ring-necked Duck. Although the Ring-necked Ducks that winter on the Atlantic Coast fly diagonally over the lake region of western Pennsylvania in passing from their breeding grounds in the Northwest, there are comparatively few records available. The normal breeding range of this species lies west of the upper Mississippi Valley. When the waters first began to rise in Pymatuning Lake, a few Ring-necks were observed (Linesville, April 5, 1933, and March 7, 1934 — Dilley). In the following years these ducks were not uncommon, and in May of 1935 and May and June of 1936, 112 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII mated pairs were observed in the sanctuary. On June 19, 1936, R. L. Fricke discovered a brood with a female that he felt certain was a Ring- necked Duck. Since the females of this species are easily confused with those of the Redhead, Mr. Todd secured permission to collect some duck- lings from various broods. These were taken on July 2, 1936, and proved conclusively that both the Ring-necked Duck and the Redhead were breeding at Pymatuning Lake. It was estimated that about fifteen pairs of the former were present during the summer of 1936. That this was not a sporadic nesting, is attested by the presence of equally as many summer- ing pairs in 1937, 1938, and 1939. During the migration period the Ring- neck is now very common. On April 6, 1937, it outnumbered even the Scaups at the baited area in the sanctuary. Nyroca valisineria (Wilson). Canvas-back. The Canvas-back is not a common species at Pymatuning Lake, al- though like a number of other ducks it crosses our region in its flights be- tween the Atlantic Coast and its breeding grounds in the Northwest. It was first observed on Pymatuning Lake in 1935 (November 17 — Skaggs). Since then it has been noted regularly in the spring and fall, although in limited numbers. An early spring date is March 6, 1936 (Oudette), and a late record for this season is April 26, 1936 (Skaggs). It will be interesting to ascertain whether the Canvas-back, like other “diving” species such as the Ring-neck and Redhead, will adopt Pymatuning Lake as breeding territory. At the present time there is no indication that such a condition exists. Nyroca affinis (Eyton). Lesser Scaup Duck. The Lesser Scaup is a regular migrant at Crystal Lake, Hartstown, according to Sutton. A female collected there on June 16, 1898 (not June 28, 1899, as recorded by Sutton) was not considered to be breeding. Since the creation of Pymatuning Lake, the Lesser Scaup has appeared there in increasing numbers during every migration season since 1934. It is com- mon until the middle of May, and a few mated pairs have been observed as late as May 21 (1937). According to L. E. Hicks (1935), it is presumed to breed in Ashtabula County, Ohio, but he feels that individuals seen in the summer are probably not breeding. This species, like others of similar haunts and habits, however, is a potential summer resident. Conclusive evidence such as nests or broods of young, is not yet forthcoming; and in view of the tendency for non-breeding Scaups to linger on many of the 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 113 larger bodies of water in the East, these are the only dependable evidence. In life the Lesser Scaup is not easily distinguished from the Greater Scaup ( Nyroca marila), but, generally speaking, it is a later migrant in the spring. Nyroca marila (Linnaeus). Greater Scaup Duck. Both species of Scaup are common migrants in the Pymatuning region, although they are very difficult to distinguish in the field. Sutton records collecting a pair of Greater Scaups at Crystal Lake, Hartstown, on May 1, 1922 ; the specimens in question, however, are actually Lesser Scaups. The larger species is conceded to be an earlier migrant than affinis (Linesville, March 4, 1936 — Oudette) and is apparently less common, although the paucity of records may be attributed to a laudable tendency to lump sight identifications under the indefinite heading of “scaup.” Harold Bergner (1938) records both species at Linesville on April 10, 1938. The variable character of length of white wing-stripe (presumably more extensive in marila) and the color of the gloss on the head (green in the Greater; dull purple in the Lesser) are too elusive to count for much as field-marks. Glaucionetta clangula americana (Bonaparte). American Golden-eye. Sutton considered the American Golden-eye a fairly common and regular migrant and occasionally a winter resident at Conneaut Lake. He cited E. E. Hunter as authority for records of it at Pymatuning in late February. Its status is much the same at Pymatuning Lake, where it has been ob- served in small numbers since 1934. Its apparent scarcity may be ex- plained by its usual avoidance of shallow waters. It is commoner during the spring migration and is one of the first ducks to arrive (February 4, 1939 — Oudette). Most of the migrants pass through in March, but we saw a number in the sanctuary on April 6, 1937, and on April 28, 1940; R. L. Fricke reports one female as late as May 27 in 1936. Charitonetta albeola (Linnaeus). Buffle-head. This handsome duck is a common and regular migrant in the Pyma- tuning region. It was so recorded by Sutton, who gave several instances of its occurrence on the small lakes at Hartstown. R. L. Fricke considered it very rare on Pymatuning Lake until 1936. Thereafter, however, it has been observed more frequently and in increasing numbers. M. B. Skaggs gives the following dates for the area near Linesville: November 17, 1935 114 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxvm (seven) ; April 19, 1936 (ten) ; April 26, 1936 (ten) ; November 15, 1936 (two) ; March 27, 1937 (six) ; May 8, 1937 (two). On October 23, 1936, we saw a few in the sanctuary; on November 7, 1937, we observed two females ; on April 24, 1938, we found the species fairly numerous on the deeper waters of the Upper Lake; and on April 27 and 28, 1940, a few were ob- served there and at Hartstown. Clangula hyemalis (Linnaeus). Old-squaw. This arctic and circumpolar species winters in the East along the Atlantic Coast and occasionally on the Great Lakes if there is open water. Sutton was unable to cite any records of it on the small lakes of Pyma- tuning Swamp. On April 6, 1937, we found one female among a flock of Scaups at the spillway near Linesville. The Old-squaw, of course, is a deep-water duck, which when it visits Pymatuning Lake usually remains far out in the open water where it is not easily observed. It probably occurs more frequently than our single record indicates. Melanitta deglandi (Bonaparte). White-winged Scoter. The White-winged Scoter winters on both the Atlantic and the Pacific coasts, as well as on the Great Lakes. In migration it is sometimes found on the smaller lakes, where it frequents the deepest water. The shallow waters of Pymatuning Lake are, therefore, not particularly attractive to this species. Sutton (1929) records the capture of a male from a flock of five scoters that alighted on Crystal Lake in the fall of 1928. Floyd Chapman (1937) reports a flock of seven observed on Pymatuning Lake near Linesville on May 16, 1936. This is the only scoter for which there are authentic records from this area. Erismatura jamicensis rubida (Wilson). Ruddy Duck. PI. X, fig. 1. Sutton found the Ruddy Duck common in migration at Crystal and Lower lakes, Hartstown. Its appearance on Pymatuning Lake in 1934, therefore, was not unexpected. The following year L. E. Hicks (1935) observed two broods of flightless young on the Ohio portion of the Lake. J. K. Terres told me of a brood that he had seen in the Linesville section in early July of that same year. On June 7, 1936, we saw eight male Ruddy Ducks in the deeper portion of the Upper Lake; and on June 19, R. L. Fricke found a nest with four eggs in a clump of bur-reed that was growing in about eighteen inches of water. The complete set of seven eggs was collected on June 22 and is the first to have been found in western Penn- 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 115 sylvania. The number of Ruddy Ducks summering at Pymatuning Lake has apparently increased slightly within the last few years. This species breeds in most of the western states and as far north in western Canada as Great Slave Lake. Isolated instances of its nesting in the East are known from Michigan, New York, and parts of New England ; its breeding at Pymatuning Lake is, consequently, not entirely unusual. Lophodytes cucullatus (Linnaeus). Hooded Merganser. The Hooded Merganser is widely distributed throughout the United States and southern Canada. In the breeding season it is not dependent upon large bodies of water for nesting sites but frequents wooded streams as well. The watercourses and small lakes of the original Pymatuning Swamp were well adapted for this species; but Sutton had no evidence of its nesting, although he found it to be a fairly common migrant. In recent years it has been a regular, if not particularly common, migrant at Pyma- tuning Lake. Most of the records are for March and April. May records are surprisingly scarce, and definite information to establish the breeding of the Hooded Merganser in the area is still wanting. Mergus merganser americanus Cassin. American Merganser. The American Merganser occasionally visited the small lakes of Pyma- tuning Swamp during migration (Sutton). Since 1936 it has been fairly common at Pymatuning Lake during the spring migration, and rather less abundant in the fall. Most of the records are for March and April, but B. L. Oudette reports nine individuals arriving on February 10, 1939. On April 24, 1938, which is a rather late date for this species, Mr. Oudette and I saw a flock of a hundred or more fly over the Upper Lake. My only fall record is for October 23, 1936, at the dam near Jamestown. Mergus serrator Linnaeus. Red-breasted Merganser. Sutton cites spring migration records (March and April) for the Red- breasted Merganser from Lower Lake, Hartstown. S. J. Seiple observed it at Crystal Lake in 1926. It has been recorded at Pymatuning Lake regularly each spring since 1932. Most of the occurrences have been in late March (March 28, 1934 — Dilley; March 29, 1934 — Seiple). R. L. Fricke (1931) and M. B. Skaggs have both observed it during May, and a number of females were present at Jamestown and at Linesville on April 27 and 28, 1940. The area is not far removed from the normal breed- ing range ascribed to this species, and one might reasonably expect that it will in the future be found nesting at Pymatuning Lake. 116 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Haliaeetus leucocephalus alascanus Townsend. Northern Bald Eagle. Although Sutton believed that the Bald Eagle must formerly have nested in the Pymatuning region, he listed the species merely as an oc- casional visitor. During our investigations we saw Bald Eagles for the first time at Pymatuning Lake in the spring and summer of 1935. These newcomers were immature birds. In 1936 and 1937 there were at least two pairs in the sanctuary, and in the latter season B. L. Oudette found a nest. A bird as conspicuous as the Bald Eagle is not overlooked, and its predilection for prominent perches on dead stubs makes it easy to observe. An unfailing food supply of fish, and freedom from molestation have at- tracted this all too uncommon species to the area. Although the breeding population is probably limited to a few pairs, the Lake is a focus for migrating eagles. On August 26, 1938, Mr. Oudette made good his boast that Bald Eagles in numbers I had never before witnessed would come to roost on the dead hemlocks of the islands in the Upper Lake. From our lookout on one of the small islands we could count twenty-one Bald Eagles in sight at one time; and as we left the island just at dusk, still another flew in to join the assembly. Some of these were immature birds, but a goodly number were white-headed adults. On a later date Mr. Oudette was able to raise his tally to twenty-eight. This remarkable development at Pymatuning Lake is indeed gratifying. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (Gmelin). Osprey. The Osprey, according to Sutton, is a fairly regular and common migrant at Conneaut Lake, and he gives a record for September 8, 1925, from Crys- tal Lake, Hartstown. It was to be expected, therefore, that this species would appear at Pymatuning Lake. It has been observed there regularly in the spring during every year since 1935, although it is by no means common. No evidence of its nesting in the region has thus far been found. Falco peregrinus anatum Bonaparte. Duck Hawk. “A rare and irregular transient” (Sutton). The facilities of Pymatuning Lake are much better adapted to this species than were the small lakes and watercourses of the old swamp. It is not common, however. R. L. Fricke observed one Duck Hawk on May 24, 1935. In 1938 I saw one in the sanctuary near Linesville on April 24 and again on August 26; according to B. L. Oudette, this bird had been present throughout the summer. 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 117 Rallus elegans elegans Audubon. King Rail. “A rare and infrequently recorded migrant, which sometimes occurs locally in the summer and should occasionally nest, although we have no breeding record at present” (Sutton). S. S. Dickey found an adult with two young in the marsh near Hartstown on June 18, 1922. S. J. Seiple (1931) reported an adult and two young at the same locality in August, 1930. L. E. Hicks (1933) records “an adult with at least four young at Pymatuning Bog on June 16, 1931.” The King Rail is present also in the environs of Pymatuning Lake; it has been observed near Linesville each summer since 1934. At the latter locality on May 23, 1935, R. L. Fricke found a nest containing nine eggs, and definitely established the breeding of the King Rail in the Pymatun- ing region. Our earliest spring migration date at the Lake is April 13, 1934 (Dilley). The King Rail evidently remains quite late in the fall, since Mr. Oudette found a dead bird in December of 1937. Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot. Virginia Rail. Sutton found the Virginia Rail to be an abundant summer resident in the marshy cat-tail growth of Pymatuning Swamp near Hartstown He located many nests on dates varying from May 4 until May 31. The cat- tail areas and open marsh that now border many parts of Pymatuning Lake are suitable territory for this rail, and a great number of nests have been found. Rails are so furtive in their movements that they are ob- served with difficulty, but their presence is quickly detected from their characteristic calls. The Virginia Rail seems to select a rather dry loca- tion for its nest. Complete sets contain ten or eleven eggs that are laid about the middle of May. The eggs of the Virginia Rail are lighter in color, less heavily spotted, and less glossy than those of the Sora. The young are hatched in early June (Blair Road, June 7, 1936). Rails suffer a great deal from predators, their common enemies being snakes, frogs, and turtles, which devour the eggs and young. Sutton refers also to the depredations by severe hailstorms. Porzana Carolina (Linnaeus). Sora. As reported by Sutton, the Sora has long been a common summer resi- dent in the cat-tail marshes near Hartstown, and there is as well an early (1895) nesting record for this species at Linesville. Like the Virginia Rail with which it is commonly associated, the Sora has profited from the in- crease of suitable open-marsh habitat in the vicinity of Pymatuning Lake. 118 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII The summer population of Soras probably outnumbers that of the Virginia Rail. Nests have been found every season since 1932. The usual time for full sets (usually 10 to 12 eggs) is during the latter half of May, although Sutton found newly hatched young on May 25, 1922. The local popula- tion is increased by the arrival of migrants in September, and C. A. Bergstrom gives November 7, 1928, as a late date for the species at Shermansville. Coturnicops noveboracensis (Gmelin). Yellow Rail. Sutton’s efforts to find the Yellow Rail at Pymatuning Swamp were un- successful. L. E. Hicks (1933), however, reports on this species as follows: “No nests found but an adult seen in the Pymatuning Bog [Ashtabula County, Ohio], July 2, 1938, and an immature bird about half grown found dead at the same place on the Pennsylvania-Ohio line, August 9, 1932.” The only other record for the area is that of one specimen observed by H. M. McQuiston two miles west of Linesville on October 6, 1934. Creciscus jamaicensis stoddardi Coale. Black Rail. Sutton’s report of a Black Rail observed along the southern shore of Crystal Lake, Hartstown, on September 7, 1925, still remains the only record at the present time The scarcity of this species may be more ap- parent than real, for it is so seclusive that it may easily be overlooked. Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs. Florida Gallinule. PI. X, fig. 2. Sutton published the first account of the Florida Gallinule breeding in western Pennsylvania. He observed a family group at Lower Lake, Hartstown, on September 5, 1925, and on June 30, 1927, discovered the first nest of this species in the area. It was found “at the very edge of the channel of the Shenango river about four miles north of Hartstown.” In May of 1931, R. L. Fricke (1931) found the Florida Gallinule common in the Hartstown marsh, and in August of that year S. J. Seiple (1931) ob- served a number of birds, including young. Two nests were located by Mr. Fricke in May, 1933 ; the first was practically a floating nest, and the second was in the cat-tails near the edge of the marsh. The Florida Gallinule, like so many other water-loving species, has taken advantage of the situation created by the formation of Pymatuning Lake. It is commonly observed there throughout the summer, arriving in late April and leaving in Sep- tember or early October. A nest of nine eggs was collected by Mr. Fricke near Linesville on May 27, 1936. 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 119 Fulica americana americana Gmelin. American Coot. According to Sutton, the Coot nested near Hartstown, where he saw an adult accompanied by two young birds on May 31, 1923. The species was common as a migrant on the small lakes there. Since 1933 it has been ob- served on Pymatuning Lake. On May 22, 1934, Messrs. Fricke, Todd, and Dilley found four nests with sets of seven, three, and nine eggs. Other nests had just been started. They were in the flooded area that was grown over with cat- tails. Foundations of sticks supported nest linings of rushes and cat-tails. The nests were built up from four inches to a foot above the water, which was then about eighteen inches deep. L. E. Hicks (1935) reported the breeding of this species on the Ohio portion of the Lake in Ashtabula County. “In the two years following, coots became so numerous and their floating nests were so often and so easily found that they were no longer a novelty” (Trimble, 1937). There were hundreds of nesting pairs; during the seasons of migration the coots occurred in thousands ; and some were even observed during the winter. As the cat-tail growth, which practically covered the shallow lake from 1933 until 1936, was gradually flooded out except along the margins, the numbers of summering Coots fluctuated. The diminution was apparent in 1937, although a number of nests were found in the shallow places where the vegetation was more dense. According to B. L. Oudette, how- ever, the coots had been absent from the Lake all summer during 1938, until we saw a raft of several hundred on August 26. They were common that season in the marsh at Hartstown, where their numbers have in- creased greatly since the time of Dr. Sutton’s observations. Charadrius semipalmatus Bonaparte. Semipalmated Plover. The Semipalmated Plover was considered by Sutton a “rather rare migrant” at the small lakes near the southern end of Pymatuning Swamp. The shores of Pymatuning Lake, its floating islands, and sandbars are much more ample as resting and feeding places for this migrant. In the spring it is fairly common from the middle until the end of May. The re- turn movement brings it back about the end of July (Skaggs) ; it is common in August, and has been observed as late as October 14 (Seiple). Oxyechus vociferus vociferus (Linnaeus). Killdeer. “Abundant as a migrant, common as a summer resident, and occasional in winter” was Sutton’s estimate of the status of the Killdeer in the Pyma- tuning region. The statement is still apropos, for the species is one of the 120 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII most common and conspicuous members of the Pymatuning colony. An unusually early record of nesting is that of a set of four eggs found near Mr. Oudette’s home on April 24, 1938. Another unusual record was a set of seven eggs in a nest found by R. L. Fricke on May 16, 1938, near Lines- ville. Pluvialis dominica dominica (Muller). American Golden Plover. The Golden Plover occasionally reaches western Pennsylvania in its southward migration, but spring occurrences are exceptional (Todd, 1940). The only record for the Pymatuning region at the present time is of a single specimen observed by S. J. Seiple near Linesville on October 8, 1938. Squatarola squatarola (Linnaeus). Black-bellied Plover. Sutton gives one record of this “rare and irregular migrant” at Crystal Lake on September 8, 1925. It can now be considered a regular migrant at Pymatuning Lake, where it occurs in both spring and fall, although never in large numbers. R. L. Fricke saw three birds on May 30, 1934. Other dates and authorities are as follows: three, May 29, 1935 (Fricke); two, June 2, 1935 (Fricke); twelve, August 20-21, 1935 (Hicks); eight, October 17, 1935 (Fricke); three, May 18-20, 1936 (Trimble, et al .); four, October 4, 1936 (Skaggs); October 23, 1936 (Trimble) and (West, 1936); thirteen, May 24, 1937 (Fricke). Arenaria interpres morinella (Linnaeus). Ruddy Turnstone. The Ruddy Turnstone was recorded by S. J. Seiple (1931) at Hartstown on August 16, 1930. “During migration it prefers the seacoast, but some in- dividuals traverse the interior of the country and regularly visit the shores of the Great Lakes” (Todd, 1940). There are a number of reports of its occurrence at Pymatuning Lake: September 29, 1933 (Dilley); October 9, 1933 (Seiple); May 26, 1934 (Fricke); May 8, 1937 (Skaggs); May 24, 1937 (Fricke) — the last record was of a flock of seventy-five. Philohela minor (Gmelin). American Woodcock. In 1928 Sutton wrote of the Woodcock in the Pymatuning region: “Today it is common only occasionally as a migrant and decidedly un- common as a summer resident, save in a few favored localities. When Mr. Todd visited the Crystal Lake region in 1895 he found nesting Woodcocks amazingly abundant. Today only a pair or two remain of all that host.” The diminution in numbers was attributed to excessive hunting, natural causes, and the increase of predators, as well as the gradual disappearance 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 121 of suitable habitat. Latterly the Woodcock seems to have regained some ground, and in the vicinity of Pymatuning Lake it is now considered a fairly common summer resident. The protection afforded by the new sanctuary has undoubtedly been an important factor in replenishing — even if slightly — the fast diminishing numbers of this interesting species. Capella delicata (Ord). Wilson’s Snipe. Sutton found Wilson’s Snipe a “common and fairly regular migrant and irregularly common and local summer resident at Pymatuning Swamp.” He has published (1923) a full account of its habits as he studied them near Hartstown, where he located a number of nests. L. E. Hicks (1933), whose observations were made in the Ohio portion of the Swamp, found the Snipe fairly numerous there. “In 1928 a careful census on several suc- cessive evenings indicated that no less than fourteen pairs were breeding in the Ohio portion of the Pymatuning Bog or within three-quarters of a mile of the state line. In 1929 about sixteen pairs bred, in 1930 only six pairs were indicated, in 1931, eleven pairs, and in 1932, eight pairs.” He observed young birds several times, and found one nest on Hemlock Island on May 30, 1931. The Snipe is still relatively common in the area. It is sometimes quite numerous in migration. Willard Dilley reported at least seventy-five birds in a short distance along Linesville Creek on October 14, 1933; and S. J. Seiple observed thirty-five a few miles north of Jamestown on October 12, 1934. Wilson’s Snipe is an early migrant, arriving in March (March 8, 1925 — Bergstrom; March 28, 1930 — Seiple). Indeed, according to Sutton, it sometimes winters in the region. Fall migration dates are mainly for October. The numbers of Snipe fluctuate from year to year, but conditions at Pymatuning Lake seem more favor- able for this species, which inhabits open marsh, low, overflowed meadows or the weedy growth along shore. Phaeopus hudsonicus (Latham). Hudsonian Curlew. The Hudsonian Curlew is a rare and irregular transient in the region of Pymatuning Lake. “On May 23, 1937, G. M. Cook saw a flock of thirteen flying over Pymatuning Lake, north of Andover, Ohio. The following day R. L. Fricke counted twenty-three birds in a flock flying over the lake west of Linesville, calling vociferously” (Todd, 1940). Bartramia longicauda (Bechstein). Upland Plover. The Upland Plover was considered by Sutton a rather rare transient and a rare and very local summer resident in the region of Pymatuning 122 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Swamp. He observed newly hatched young near Hartstown on June 2, 1922, and recorded a nest found by J. G. Crumb near Linesville about 1900. The changed ecological conditions in the area make it more acceptable as breeding territory for the Upland Plover, which is now fairly common. The open, grassy fields that border some parts of the Lake are ecologically suitable for this species, which is primarily characteristic of the Great Plains. It arrives in April (April 9 — Dilley; April 26 — Skaggs), and by mid-July its southward migration is already underway. Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sandpiper. The Spotted Sandpiper is widely distributed as a breeding species. Sutton did not find it common at Crystal and Lower Lakes “because the shores are not satisfactory as feeding or nesting-grounds.” Pymatuning Lake is, of course, well adapted to the needs of this species, and the number of breeding pairs and migrants has greatly increased. The Spotted Sand- piper arrives after the middle of April (April 23 — Dilley ; April 26 — Skaggs). In the fall migration it is most numerous in August, but a few stragglers have been recorded in October Tringa solitaria solitaria Wilson. Eastern Solitary Sandpiper. The Solitary Sandpiper is a common migrant, for which there are a few summer records, but as yet no positive evidence of its breeding. Sutton saw one bird in June, 1922, at Crystal Lake. He further recounts the actions of a mated pair observed from May 9 to 19, 1922; he believed they were searching for a nesting site. There are no recent June records, and July and August dates may pertain to migrating birds. Catoptrophorus semipalmatus inornatus (Brewster). Western Willet. The Western Willet sometimes strays eastward in migration, and Todd (1940) has recorded two specimens that were collected by W. D. Hunter on the edge of Pymatuning Swamp south of Linesville in early April of 1929. Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin). Greater Yellow-legs. Sutton considered the Greater Yellow-legs a fairly common migrant in the Pymatuning region and gave records from Linesville, Shermansville, Hartstown, and Crystal Lake. The marshy shores of Pymatuning Lake are ideal feeding grounds for this species during its spring and fall migra- tion. It arrives there early in the spring (April 6, 1937 — Todd). Non- 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 123 breeding birds have been noted near Linesville in June by L. E. Hicks. The returning migrants appear in July (July 9, 1938 — Seiple), and a late date for Linesville is November 7, 1937 (Trimble.) Totanus flavipes (Gmelin). Lesser Yellow-legs. The Lesser Yellow-legs frequents the same kind of marshy shores that are chosen by its larger relative, T. melanoleucus. Sutton found it to be even commoner than the latter in the region of Pymatuning Swamp. In fact these two species were the only shore birds that regularly visited the small ponds of the swamp. The new lake now attracts these species in far greater numbers. The Lesser Yellow-legs arrives a little later in the spring (April 27, 1929 — Seiple) and has completed its fall migration in October (October 14, 1933 — Seiple). Pisobia melanotos (Vieillot). Pectoral Sandpiper. Sutton wrote of this species: “The wooded Pymatuning is altogether un- suitable as a feeding-ground.” Pymatuning Lake, however, provides the overflowed fields, wet, grassy meadows, shallow pools, and mud flats that this species frequents during its migration through the area in spring and fall. It is common and regular there, flocks of from twenty-five to thirty individuals having been observed both by L. E. Hicks and M. B. Skaggs. The spring migration occurs in April and May (April 6, 1937 — Todd; May 20, 1937 — Trimble). The Pectoral Sandpiper reappears in July or August (July 30, 1937 — Skaggs), and its fall migration is usually completed by the end of October (October 23, 1936 — Trimble; and West, 1936). Pisobia fuscicollis (Vieillot). White-rumped Sandpiper. The White-rumped Sandpiper is rare in western Pennsylvania. There is but one record for Pymatuning Lake: a specimen collected by R. L. Fricke on May 8, 1929, near Linesville. Pisobia minutilla (Vieillot). Least Sandpiper. Sutton considered the Least Sandpiper “a rather rare and irregular migrant, which occurs only along the muddy pools near the roads and in the open fields.” He collected a male near Hartstown on May 13, 1922. During migration the Least Sandpiper is now regularly observed along the marshy shores and on the little sandbars and floating islands of Pyma- tuning Lake. It arrives in May (May 17, 1935 — Todd; May 18, 1927 — Seiple). In the fall migration it appears in late July or early August (July 30, 1937 — Skaggs; August 5, 1935 — Hicks) and all have passed through by mid-October (October 14, 1933 — Seiple and Dilley). 124 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Pelidna alpina sakhalina (Vieillot). Red-backed Sandpiper. The Red-backed Sandpiper is one that frequents only the larger lakes and pools. Formerly it probably covered the distance from the Great Lakes to the bays and estuaries of the Atlantic Coast in a single flight and was for that reason unrecorded from the small ponds of Pymatuning Swamp. The changed conditions created by the new lake favor its occur- rence there, and it has been seen near Linesville on a number of oc- casions: October 14, 1933 (Seiple); May 15, 1934 (Fricke); May 8, 1937 (Skaggs) ; May 20, 1937 (Trimble and Todd) ; October 23, 1936 (Trimble; and West, 1936). Limnodromus griseus griseus (Gmelin). Eastern Dowitcher. The Eastern Dowitcher usually migrates along the Atlantic Coast and is not common in the interior, but conditions at Pymatuning Lake favor its occurrence there in limited numbers. R. L. Fricke (1930) supplied the first record for the region. He observed three birds one mile south of Linesville on May 20, 1930. and collected a female. Mr. Fricke has seen this species in the same locality during May of 1933, 1934, and 1936, in numbers varying from one to a dozen birds. S. J. Seiple has recorded the Dowitcher at Hartstown on May 17, 1930 (three) ; on May 12, 1932 (one) ; and on August 1, 1930 (one). Ereunetes pusillus (Linnaeus). Semipalm ated Sandpiper. During migration the Semipalmated Sandpiper occasionally visited the small lakes of Pymatuning Swamp, according to Sutton. He gave three records of its occurrence at Crystal Lake and Hartstown. S. J. Seip'e (1931) supplies a record of five birds at the latter locality in August, 1930. This sandpiper is now regularly observed in the fall at Pymatuning Lake and occasionally appears there in the spring migration as well. I saw it on May 18, 1936, at Linesville. The return movement begins in July (July 9, 1938: — Seiple) and continues into October (October 23, 1936 — Trimble). Limosa fedoa (Linnaeus). Marbled Godwit. Sutton had no Pymatuning records for this rare straggler, although he reported two specimens that were taken many years ago at Conneaut Marsh and Edinboro Lake, respectively. More recently, W. D. Hunter collected two birds near Linesville on October 2, 1929. There have been no reports of the occurrence of this species since the creation of the new lake. 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 125 Phalaropus fulicarius (Linnaeus). Red Phalarope. The Red Phalarope is primarily a pelagic species that breeds only in the far North. Its occurrence anywhere in the interior of the United States is unusual, as is L. E. Hicks’s report of a female that he collected on the Ohio shore of Pymatuning Lake on July 16, 1937. Dr. Hicks has written me that the specimen is in breeding plumage and that the exact locality for it is “two miles north of the Andover Fill.” Steganopus tricolor (Vieillot). Wilson’s Phalarope. The only authentic record of the occurrence of this Mississippi Valley species in western Pennsylvania has been supplied by R. L. Fricke. He collected a female near Linesville on May 15, 1934. Lobipes lobatus (Linnaeus). Northern Phalarope. According to Sutton, three specimens of the Northern Phalarope were collected at Conneaut Lake. The species was first recorded at Pymatuning Lake by Harold D. Mitchell (1940), who observed one bird at close range near Linesville on October 7, 1939. Larus argentatus smithsonianus Coues. Herring Gull. On the basis of several May records from Crystal Lake, Hartstown, Sutton considered the Herring Gull an irregularly common migrant at Pymatuning Swamp. It is now very common at Pymatuning Lake. There are records for this species in the winter (Andover-Espyville Road, Janu- ary, 1934 — Dilley; and Linesville, January 12, 1934 — Seiple), and im- mature or non-breeding birds even linger through the summer months. The spring migration usually begins in February and extends into May (May 21, 1936 — Todd). In the fall the Herring Gull is most numerous in September. Larus delawarensis Ord. Ring-billed Gull. Apparently the Ring-billed Gull did not occur on the small lakes of Pymatuning Swamp, but it has been common every spring and fall at Pymatuning Lake since 1935. Some non-breeding birds remain there even throughout the summer (June 6, 1936 — Trimble; July 2-4, 1936 — Todd; July 9, 1938 — Seiple). The spring migration takes place in April and May (April 5, 1937 — Todd; April 10, 1937 — Trimble). August marks the be- ginning of the reverse movement (August 5-8 and 20-21, 1935 — Hicks). There are no wintering records for Pymatuning Lake; our latest fall record for the region is November 15, 1936 (Skaggs). 126 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Larus Philadelphia (Ord). Bonaparte’s Gull. “A regular and sometimes abundant transient visitant, occurring not only at Conneaut Lake, but at Crystal and Lower Lakes in Pymatuning and along all the larger water-ways” (Sutton). Pymatuning Lake is a favorite stopping-place for this gull on its migrations from the Atlantic Coast to northwestern North America. It is most abundant during April and May. On May 18, 1937, near Linesville, we saw a flock of about two hundred, all of which seemed to be young birds. The earliest spring date for the region is April 8, 1937 (Todd). A number of Bonaparte’s Gulls were observed at the Jamestown Dam on October 28, 1939. Sterna hirundo hirundo Linnaeus. Common Tern. The Common Tern, according to Sutton, was common and regular as a migrant at Crystal Lake, Hartstown. Since 1926 a successful breeding colony has been maintained at Presque Isle, Erie. Pymatuning Lake has attracted this species each year since 1933, and many Common Terns have been observed there during the summer months (June 7, 1936 — Trimble; July 2-4, 1936 — Todd; August 5-6, 1935 — Hicks). It is quite likely that the birds are breeding there, although no nests have yet been discovered. There is no great extent of sandy beach, such as this species prefers, but the many summer records are suggestive. Hydroprogne caspia imperator (Coues). Caspian Tern. The Caspian Tern was first noted at Pymatuning Lake in 1936 by M. B. Skaggs, who saw three on April 26. It was observed in May of that year by Messrs. Todd and Fricke. Its status is that of a transient, although S. J. Seiple reports a single tern of this species on July 9, 1938. The Caspian Tern is not common on the new lake. Chlidonias nigra surinamensis (Gmelin). Black Tern. PI. XI, fig. 1. Sutton found the Black Tern a fairly regular and sometimes abundant transient on the small ponds and waterways of Pymatuning Swamp. He recorded ( fide Welshons) the instance of its nesting at Conneaut Lake. A nesting colony of about fifty pairs was located in the region of Pymatun- ing Lake northwest of Linesville in May, 1934. On May 21, nesting was just beginning, and on May 30 Mr. Fricke collected a set of eggs. It was placed on water-soaked reeds and grasses floating on water that was about a foot deep. The type and location of this nest are typical of nests that were found in subsequent seasons. The young are flying by the end 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 127 of July (July 29 and 30, 1937 — Skaggs). The Black Tern population of the Upper Lake has continued to grow, and the species is common also on the Hartstown marsh during the summer season. It is not an early migrant in the spring, May 8 (Skaggs) being the earliest date for the Linesville area. The species has disappeared from the Lake in September. REFERENCES The following titles supplement those listed by Sutton (1928). Arthur, Edmund W. An Egret in May. Cardinal, vol. 4, no. 4, p. 95 (July, 1936). Bergner, Harold J. A Field Trip in the Pymatuning Area. Redstart, vol. 5, no. 7, p. 44-46 (April, 1938). Boggs, Ira B. A Field Trip in Northwestern Pennsylvania. Redstart, vol. 3, no. 12, p. 92 (September, 1936). Notes on Two Visits to Pymatuning Lake and Vicinity. Redstart, vol. 5, no. 1, p. 1-3 (October, 1937). Gadwall Nesting at Pymatuning. Cardinal, vol. 5, no. 1, p. 19 (January, 1939). Butler, A. W. Birds of Indiana. Indiana Department Geology and Natural Resources, 22nd Annual Report, p. 515-1187 (1898). Bright, John. Hartstown Trip, May 29-31, 1915. Trillia, no. 4, p. 30-39 (October, 1916). Brooks, Margaret, Editor. Bird-Lore’s Thirty-ninth Christmas Bird Census. Bird-Lore, sup- plement to vol. 41, no. 1, p. 1-56 (February, 1939). Observations at Linesville recorded by Frank A. Hegner, p. 19. Chapman, Floyd B. The Pymatuning Excursion. Cardinal, vol. 4, no. 5, p. 108 (January, 1937). 128 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Christy, Bayard H. The American Egret in Summer. Cardinal , vol. 3, no. 7, p. 164-169 (January, 1934). Great White Heron at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 4, no. 8, p. 202- 203 (July, 1938). Horned Grebe at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 5, no. 3, p. 68 (Janu- ary, 1940). Conklin, W. Gard. Facts and Events Concerning the Pymatuning State Game Refuge. Pennsylvania Game News, vol. 6, p. 8-10 and 18-19 (November, 1935). The Pymatuning State Game Refuge and Museum. Pennsylvania Game Commission Bulletin, no. 19, 40 p., map, numerous figs. (1938). Revised edition (June, 1939). Cooke, W. W. Distribution and Migration of North American Ducks, Geese, and Swans. Bulletin Biological Survey, U. S. Department of Agriculture, no. 26, p. 1-90 (1906). Dachnowski, A. Peat Deposits of Ohio. Geological Survey of Ohio, Series 4, Bulletin 16, 424 p. (1912). Fricke, Reinhold L. Unusual Observations for Western Pennsylvania. Auk, vol. 47, no. 4, p. 572-573 (October, 1930). Water-fowl in Pymatuning Swamp. Cardinal, vol. 3, no. 2, p. 42 (July, 1931). [Sora Nesting in Pymatuning Swamp — a Photograph]. Cardinal, vol. 3, no. 7, opposite p. 154 (January, 1934). Snowy Egrets at Pymatuning Lake, Pennsylvania. Wilson Bulletin, vol. 49, no. 4, p. 302 (December, 1937). The Common Black Duck. Carnegie Magazine, vol. 13, no. 4, p. 116-118 (September, 1939). Hice, Richard R. The Northward Flow of the Ancient Beaver River. Bulletin Geologi- cal Society of America, vol. 14, p. 297-304, pis. 32-36 (August, 1903). 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 129 Hicks, Lawrence E. The American Egret and the Little Blue Heron in Ohio during the Summer of 1930. Wilson Bulletin , vol. 43, no. 4, p. 268-281 (De- cember, 1931). The Breeding Birds of Ashtabula County, Ohio. Wilson Bulletin , vol. 45, no. 4, p. 168-195 (December, 1933). The Original Forest Vegetation and the Vascular Flora of North- eastern Ohio — Ashtabula County. Abstract of Doctors' Disserta- tions, no. 13, p. 109-116 (Ohio State University Press, 1934). Distribution of the Breeding Birds of Ohio. Ohio Biological Survey Bulletin , vol. 32, p. 125-190 (November 10, 1935). Jennings, O. E. Botanical Reminiscenses of the 1914 Trip to the Pymatuning Swamp. Trillia , vol. 4, p. 24-29 (1913-1915). Classification of the Plant Societies of Central and Western Penn- sylvania. Proceedings Pennsylvania Academy of Science , vol. 1, p. 23-35 (1927). The Passing of Pymatuning Swamp. Carnegie Magazine , vol. 7, no. 7, p. 202-207 (December, 1933). Krieble, C. Gordon. The Great White Heron in Pennsylvania. Cardinal , vol. 5, no. 1, p. 15 (January, 1939). Leverett, Frank. Glacial Formation and Drainage Features of Erie and Ohio Basins. Monographs U. S. Geological Survey , vol. 40, p. 132 et seq., and 630 et seq., and fig. 1, p. 89 (1902). Glacial Deposits outside the Wisconsin Terminal Moraine in Penn- sylvania. Pennsylvania Geological Survey , Fourth Series, Bulletin G7, p. 91-116 (1934). Lincoln, Frederick C. The Waterfowl Flyways of North America. U. S. Department of Agriculture Circular , no. 342, 12 p. (January, 1935). McAtee, W. L. Wildfowl Food Plants, p. i-x, 1-141, pis. 1-17, text-figs. 1-4 (Ames, Iowa, 1939). 130 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxvi n Mend all, Howard L. Ring-necked Duck Breeding in Eastern North America. Auk, vol. 55, no. 3, p. 401-404 (July, 1938). Mitchell, Harold D. Northern Phalarope at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 5, no. 3, p. 70-71 (January, 1940). Netting, M. G., and W. R. Van Dersal. The Future of the Ecology of Pymatuning Swamp. Cardinal , vol. 3, no. 7, p. 151-163, 2 maps (January, 1934). Oberholser, Harry C. The Great White Heron in Pennsylvania. Cardinal , vol. 5, no. 1, p. 15-16 (January, 1939). Oudette, Burt L. American Brant on Pymatuning Lake. Cardinal , vol. 4, no. 4, p. 96 (July, 1936). White Pelican at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 4, no. 5, p. 121 (Janu- ary, 1937). Blue Goose at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 4, no. 5, p. 121 (Janu- ary, 1937). Bald Eagle at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 4, no. 7, p. 203 (July, 1938) . Migration at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 5, no. 2, p. 47-48 (July, 1939) . Blue Goose and Snow Goose at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 5, no. 3, p. 68 (January, 1940). Peterson, Roger T. Snowy Egret and Bald Eagle at Pymatuning. Cardinal , vol. 4, no. 7, p. 175-176 (January, 1938). Phillips, John C. A Natural History of the Ducks. Vols. 1-4 (Boston and New York, 1922-1926). PlRNIE, M. D. Michigan Waterfowl Management, p. i-xxi, 1-328, figs. 1-212 (De- partment of Conservation, Lansing, Mich., 1935). Pymatuning Reservoir Project. Department of Forests and Waters, Water and Power Resources Board. 79 p. (Harrisburg, 1926). 1940 Trimble: Bird Life at Pymatuning Lake 131 Ryder, Charles E. Pymatuning Reservoir Project. Proceedings Engineers' Society of Western Pennsylvania, vol. 48, no. 5, p. 103-140 (May, 1932). Seiple, Stanley J. Egret in Crawford County, Pa. Auk, vol. 47, no. 1, p. 74 (January, 1930). White Herons near Hartstown, Crawford County, Pa. Auk, vol. 48, no. 1, p. 113 (January, 1931). Skaggs, Merit B. White Herons in Ohio. Wilson Bulletin, vol. 49, no. 1, p. 47 (March, 1937). Red-throated Loon and Herring Gull in Western Pennsylvania. Wilson Bulletin, vol. 50, no. 3, p. 202 (September, 1938). Sutton, George M. The Birds of Pymatuning Swamp and Conneaut Lake, Crawford County, Pennsylvania. Annals Carnegie Museum, vol. 18, p. 19-239, pis. 2-10, 1 map (March 31, 1928). Bird Notes from Pymatuning Swamp. Cardinal, vol. 2, no. 4, p. 121 (January, 1929). Todd, W. E. Clyde. The Redhead and Ring-necked Duck Breeding at Pymatuning Lake, Pennsylvania. Auk, vol. 53, no. 4, p. 440 (October, 1936). Birds of Western Pennsylvania, p. i-xv, 1-710, pis. 1-23, map (Pitts- burgh, 1940). Trimble, Ruth. Some Recent Developments in the Pymatuning Region, Western Pennsylvania. Cardinal, vol. 4, no. 5, p. 102-108 (January, 1937). Moving Day for the Birds. Carnegie Magazine, vol. 13, no. 4, p. 106-109 (September, 1939). Twomey, Arthur C. and Sarah J.; Loring R. Williams. Selenium and Duck Sickness. Science, vol. 90, p. 572-573 (December 15, 1939). Van Dersal, William R. An Ecological Study of Pymatuning Swamp. [Abstract Doctor’s Dissertation], University of Pittsburgh Bulletin, vol. 30, no. 2, p. 1-7 (November 15, 1933). Manuscript, Thesis Ph.D., p. 1-154, pis. i-vi. 132 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Vogt, William, Editor. Bird-Lore’s Thirty-seventh Christmas Bird Census. Bird-Lore , vol. 39, no. 1, p. 28-72 (February, 1937). Observations at Linesville recorded by Bayard H. Christy, Frank A. Hegner, and Robert Irons, p. 43. Bird-Lore’s Thirty-eighth Christmas Census. Bird-Lore , vol. 40, no. 1, p. 22-71 (February, 1938). Observations at Linesville recorded by M. B. Skaggs, S. J. Seiple, George M. Thorp, and F. A. Hegner, p. 38. West, Russell. The A. O. U. Field Trip to the Pymatuning Region. Redstart , vol. 4, no. 1, p. 4-5 (October, 1936). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate IX. Photograph by R. L. Fricke Fig. 1. Nest and eggs of Black Duck. Photograph by R. L. Fricke Fig. 2. Nest and eggs of Pintail Duck, situated in clump of swamp dogwood (Cornus sp.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate X. Photograph by R. L. Fricke Fig. 1. Nest and eggs of Ruddy Duck, situated in clump of bur-reed (Sparganium) . Photograph by R. L. Fricke Fig. 2. Nest and eggs of Florida Gallinule, in cat-tails ( Typha latifolia). ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate XI. Photograph by R. L. Fricke Fig. 1. Nest and eggs of Black Tern, on floating mass of vegetation. Photograph by R. L. Fricke Fig. 2. Nest and eggs of Least Bittern, in clump of spatter-dock ( Nymphea ad- vena). Duckweed ( Spirodela sp.) covers the water. <£~ ' III • ? .. ART. VII. BELINURUS CARTERI , A NEW XIPHOSURAN FROM THE UPPER DEVONIAN OF PENNSYLVANIA By E. R. Eller Xiphosurans were probably fairly abundant in the Upper Devonian seas of the Penn-York embayment. Although the geological and geo- graphical ranges of the known records are widespread, fossil remains of Xiphosurans are rather rare. Casts or tracks have been reported from near the following localities in Pennsylvania: LeBoeuf, Lanesboro, Ridge- way, Warren, Uniontown, Corry, and Lewis Run, and in New York from Olean and Wellsville. Any new record of the occurrence of Xiphosurans is therefore of interest. Probably many more specimens would be found if a specific search was made. Through the kindness of Dr. I. G. Reimann of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Buffalo, New York, a Xiphosuran belonging to the genus Belinurus was intrusted to me for study. The specimen was col- lected from the lower Cattaraugus beds at the Hanley Quarry, Lewis Run, Pennsylvania, six miles south of Bradford, Pennsylvania, by Mrs. A. L. Carter of Kenmore, New York, for whom the species is named. Although it is a rather poorly preserved specimen, almost all of the cephalothorax and abdomen are present and the telson is complete. Belinurus carteri sp. nov. The general shape of the specimen is similar to the modern king crab or horseshoe crab, Limulus. It has been flattened in preservation but there is no evident distortion which might change its proportions. Di- mensions of the form are as follows: length 27.3 mm. ; width 29.6 mm. ; the telson is 10.9 mm. long and at the anterior end, 3.1 mm. wide. The cephalothorax is semi-elliptical with the anterior margin probably well rounded. The posterior margin curves from the genal spines over the first abdominal segment, then forward to the rachial furrow. The genal spines are thick, of medium size in length, and extend backward to a point opposite the third pleural segment of the abdomen. The cardiac lobe is highly convex and irregularly triangular in outline. The lobe is partly missing and that which is present is so poorly preserved that very little 133 - Issued October 8, 1940. OGT 1 9 1840 134 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII description of it is possible. The ophthalmic ridge is not very well pre- served and is only faintly expressed on the form. It slopes gradually to the posterior of the cephalothorax at which point it blends into the curve of the margin where it overlaps the first segment of the abdomen. A slight widening of the ridge at about the midpoint may constitute the position of the compound eye. Text Figure. Type of Belinurus carteri Eller, X 2. This specimen is in the Museum of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, no. E9644. The flattened abdomen is sub-triangular in shape. It consists of eight segments separated from each other by well defined grooves. The first segment is the widest and the remaining seven are fairly uniform in width. It is not possible to determine from the specimen which segments are movable and which are anchylosed. The rachis is wide but narrows rapidly to the posterior. The pleural region is narrow. Each pleura bears a spine. The spines are long at the anterior segments but decrease in size posteriorly. A short but wide and thick telson is present. At the anterior end it extends across the full width of both the rachis and pleura. In most 1940 Eller: New Xiphosuran, Belinurus carteri 135 forms the telson is usually only as wide as the rachis. A ridge less than one third the width of the telson extends along its full length. Remarks This form fits rather well within the characteristics of the Xiphosuran genus Belinurus. It has, however, two minor characters quite different, as far as the writer knows, from other species of Belinurus. The wider telson is especially a distinct character while the width of the rachis, as compared to the pleura, is exceptional. In other respects the form has individual characters similar to other species of the genus. The cephalo- thorax is similar to Belinurus alleganyensis Eller (1938) except that the posterior margin of Belinurus carteri m. is not as straight. The abdomen, except for the width and character of the rachis, is similar to Belinurus koenigianus Woodward (1866-1878), Belinurus trechmanni Woodward (1918), Belinurus grandoeous J. and W. (1899), and Belinurus baldwini Woodward (1908). Caster (1930) figures a fragment of Protolimulus eriensis Williams from the same locality as the presently described form (Hanley Quarry, Lewis Run, Pennsylvania) and a Protolimulus, Caster (1930), from near War- ren, Pennsylvania. The specimens figured by Williams (1885) and by Caster are shown in ventral views so they cannot be compared readily with Belinurus carteri m. The telsons of Protolimulus eriensis Williams and Belinurus carteri m. are very much alike. The long genal spines and the position, number, and character of the pleural spines differ greatly in both species. From the figures of Protolimulus eriensis Williams it would appear that the abdomen is short and the pleural segments must curve backwards since the pleural spines seem to originate along the posterior margin and point in a more or less perpendicular manner to the margin. There is evidence of only five (?) segments on Protolimulus eriensis Williams but the genal spines may hide additional ones from view. In examining a cast of Williams’ specimen in a former study (Eller 1938), the writer was interested in its inorganic appearance. It resembled very much some of the mud-slipping structures so common in the Upper Devonian of that area. Perhaps the ventral side of the various specimens of Protolimulus eriensis Williams is somewhat distorted or was partially destroyed during burial and the result is its present appearance. If this is true, then there is a possibility that Protolimulus eriensis Williams is in reality a Belinurus and Belinurus carteri m. might be referred to that species after further study of better specimens. 136 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII BIBLIOGRAPHY Caster, K. E. 1930. Bull. Am. Paleontology, vol. 15 (no. 58), pp. 145-316. 1938. Jour, of Paleontology, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 3-60. Eller, E. R. 1938. Annals Carnegie Mus., vol. XXVII, art. VIII, pp. 129-150. 1938. Annals Carnegie Mus., vol. XXVII, art. X, pp. 155-159. Jones, T. R. and Woodward, H. 1899. Geol. Mag., vol. 6, no. 423, p. 388. Williams, H. S. 1885. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 30, ser. 3., pp. 45-49. 1885. Geol. Mag., dec. 3, vol. 11, pp. 427-429. Woodward, H. 1866-1878. British Fossil Crustacea. Paleontographical Soc. of London. 1909. Geol. Mag., dec. 5, vol. 8, pp. 540-541. 1918. Geol. Mag., ser. 6, vol. 5, pp. 462-471. ART. VIII. A NEW GOPHER FROG FROM THE GULF COAST, WITH COMMENTS UPON THE RAN A AREOLATA GROUP By Coleman J. Goin, University of Florida and M. Graham Netting, Carnegie Museum (Plate XII) A study of Florida amphibians has shown that the Gopher Frog which inhabits extreme eastern Louisiana and southern Mississippi is sharply distinct from Rana capito Le Conte, the Gopher Frog of Florida, Georgia, and the Carolinas, and equally distinct from Rana areolata Baird and Girard, the Crayfish Frog, which ranges from Texas to Indiana. Although well represented in various collections, this frog has remained undescribed principally because there are no examples of it in the United States National Museum collection, which includes the types of areolata , aesopus, and capito. A worker as careful as Francis Harper would not have over- looked this frog when he synonymized aesopus with capito (Harper, 1935) if specimens of it had been at hand for comparison with the several types. The new species, with a wartier and more heavily pitted dorsum than any other North American Rana , probably secretes large quantities of | mucus, and may, therefore, be called Rana sevosa1, new species (Plate XII) Dark Gopher Frog 1922. Rana areolata Loding (not of Baird and Girard), Alabama Mus. Nat. Hist., I paper no. 5:19. 1931. IRana aesopus Viosca (not of Cope), Southern Biol. Supply Co., Price List no. 20 — Herpetology: 7. 1932. Rana aesopus Allen (not of Cope), Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 542: 9. 1938. Rana areolata Burt (not of Baird and Girard), Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 41: 349 (part). Type. — Carnegie Museum No. 16809, adult male, collected at Slidell, Saint Tammany Parish, Louisiana, April 11, 1926, by Percy Viosca, Jr. 1 Medieval Latin sevosa (slimy, tallowy) from classical Latin sebosa (tallowy). 137 Issued December 11, 1940. 0 EG 1 4 Wlft 138 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Paratypes. — Fifty, all from Mississippi, as follows: CM 4944, CM 18116- 18117, CM 18184-18197, from Van Cleave, Jackson County; MZUM 76921 (9 specimens) and MZUM 71777 (2 specimens) from Vestry, Jackson County; FMNH 11511-11514 and MCZ 15803-15806 from Jack- son County; AMNH A37089-37099 and FMNH 21610 from Biloxi, Harrison County; and CM 5407-5408 from near Biloxi, Harrison County. Diagnosis. — A dark, medium-sized Rana with a very warty dorsum and a heavily spotted venter. Its dorsal spots are frequently indiscernible from the dark ground color, but when distinct they are irregular in shape and are not outlined with a light color. Rana sevosa can be distinguished from both races of areolata by its spotted venter, lack of circular, light-bordered dorsal spots, warty dorsum with broad dorsolateral folds, and broad head. Rana sevosa differs from capito in having a darker ground color, heavier and more extensive ventral markings, broader waist, narrower dorsolateral folds, wartier dorsum, and dark hind limb bars which are broader than the light spaces between the bars. Description of type. — Form moderate; body depressed; limbs short and stout; head broad posteriorly and tapering rapidly to snout, triangular in outline from above, moderate in profile, and with the dorsal surface slightly depressed; muzzle subacuminate; snout protruding beyond lower jaw; a small, indistinct, semicircular vocal sac behind the angle of the jaw and below the postlabial fold on each side of the head. External nares halfway between eye and tip of snout, slightly below canthus rostralis; internarial distance greater than interorbital distance; canthus prominent; loreal region concave; eyes medium-sized, slightly longer than their distance from the nares; tympanic membrane nearly round, separated from the eye by about two-thirds of its own diameter, which is in turn about two- thirds the diameter of the eye; angle of jaws extending to below rear of tympanum, separated from it by about one- half the diameter of the latter; tympanum partly encircled posteriorly by a narrow groove which extends from posterior margin of eye to above axilla; this groove is overlapped by a heavy diagonal post-tympanic fold that leaves the dorsolateral fold immediately above the tympanum and extends obliquely downward to the postlabial fold on left side of head but fails to reach this fold on right side; the upper jaw becomes increasingly swollen posteriorly and gives rise to a broad, longitudinal postlabial fold that terminates at a point above the posterior insertion of the forelimb. Dorsolateral folds, broader than high and heavily pitted, originate on the canthus rostralis slightly anterior to the nares, diverge backwards and cover the entire median halves of the upper eyelids; then curve sharply outwards immediately behind the eyelids, expand greatly at the points of junction with the post-tympanic folds, and extend backward as broad folds 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 139 (occasionally broken by deep, narrow, transverse creases) to the posterior third of the body. Entire dorsum (between dorsolateral folds) and sides — but not top of head — studded with numerous, rounded, elongate, glandular warts, which are similar to the dorsolateral folds in texture; most of the dorsal warts twice as long as broad and some fused to form short folds; lateral warts round or slightly elongate but more widely spaced and invariably separate; top of head and spaces between warts finely pustular. Ventral surfaces of body and limbs smooth except for femora and pos- terior part of belly, which are very slightly granular; no subgular fold present; a conspicuous interaxillary fold of skin on breast; from inter- axillary fold on each side an oblique fold extends towards, but does not reach, angle of jaw. Forelegs short, rather heavy, skin of body extending out only slightly on humerus; free portion of upper arm shorter and more slender than forearm; hand longer than forearm; palm with one large, rounded tubercle at base of central digits, a smaller elongate tubercle at base of fourth, and an indistinct, rounded tubercle above base of thumb ; subarticular tubercles prominent; fingers four, stout, not webbed at base, not dilated at tips — third longest, first shorter, fourth and second nearly equal ; thumb slightly swollen, with pale gray nuptial pad. Hindlegs medium length, stout; tibio-tarsal articulations overlap slightly when femora are at right angles to body ; tibio-tarsal articulations reach orbits when legs are adpressed; a transverse fold of skin across knee, another across heel, a rather indistinct tarsal crease; a narrow, longi- tudinal fold on upper surface of tibia; a distinct tarsal fold from fold of skin across heel to base of inner metatarsal tubercle; a short, indistinct fold along outer edge of tarsus; tibia slightly longer than femur; tarsus slightly more than one-third the length of whole foot; two metatarsal tubercles, the inner larger, elongate, and about one-third the length of first toe, the outer small and rounded; subarticular tubercles distinct; toes slender, not dilated at tips — 4-3-5-2-1 in order of decreasing length, the third reaching to middle of the antepenultimate phalanx of the fourth ; toes fully webbed to proximal half of antepenultimate phalanx of fourth, penultimate of third and fifth, ultimate articulation of first and second; ultimate phalanx of each toe completely free of web; toes three, four, and five margined to ultimate articulation. Tongue large, obovate, greatest width slightly less than half that of mouth at angles of jaws, widest just posterior to center; anterior two- thirds broadly attached ; two short horns on posterior margin indented from posterior corners and separated by median notch; internal nares sub- circular, well forward; maxillary teeth small, distributed along whole length of jaw; vomerine teeth small, few in number, on two oval clumps between internal nares from which they are separated by the width of a naris; widest apart anteriorly and almost in contact posteriorly. Coloration of type (preserved) . — Ground color above buff gray, changing 140 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII to ash gray on sides; the former color largely, and the latter partially, concealed by numerous dark brown, irregular spots; spots largest on central portion of back and generally extending on each side of oval dorsal warts, superimposed on dorsolateral folds, usually co-extensive with rounded lateral warts; spots bordered only by adjacent ground color and without light centers. Lower half of upper lip, loreal, and postocular regions buff gray with small fuscous markings; upper portion of upper lips and also top of head with irregular, dark brown spots; tympanum with asymmetri- cal light gray blotch surrounded by, and partially overlaid with, small brown spots. Forelegs with four or five short, dark bars; femur, tibia, and tarsus crossed by about four heavy, dark brown bars, separated by narrow interspaces of ash gray ; distinct brown bands on toes four and five ; small pale spots on toes one to three; concealed surface of tarsus heavily spotted ; rear surfaces of thighs with large black blotches separated by gray interspaces. Entire ventral surface buff, all except central portions of thighs thickly sprinkled with fuzzy gray markings, largest on distal halves of thighs. Measurements of type (in millimeters). — Snout- to-vent length, 82.5; head length (snout to posterior edge of tympanum), 28.5; head width (at pos- terior angles of jaws), 35; snout to naris, 7; naris to eye, 6.5; internarial distance, 6.5; interocular distance, 5.5; length of eye, 8; diameter of tympanum, 6; forearm, 18.5; hand, 20; longest finger, 15; femur, 36.5; tibia, 37.5; tarsus, 22; whole foot, 60; fourth toe, 38; interolecranal extent (distance between elbows when humeri are extended in the same line at right angles to longitudinal axis of body), 59.5; intergenual extent (dis- tance between knees when femora are extended in the same line at right angles to longitudinal axis of body), 69; tongue length on median line, 18.5; length of horn, 3; tongue width, 15; interior internarial distance, 9; distance between ostia pharyngea, 22.5; distance from internal nares to ostia pharyngea, 14. Variation. — The numerous paratypes of sevosa are remarkably uniform in all important characters. The one that shows the greatest variation, namely, the prominence of the dorsal warts, probably reflects differences in preservation rather than significant variation in nature. Dorsal warts are always present, numerous, and readily visible, but they vary consid- erably in elevation and in shape; some are circular, some are elongate-oval, and some are long ridges. The wartiest specimens are without any areas of smooth skin on the sides or back, the large warts being separated by a pebbling of fine granules and small warts. The large warts, the secondary warts, and the various folds are heavily and uniformly pitted. The dorsolateral folds begin at the nostrils, extend backwards over the upper eyelids, and terminate at a point opposite the sacral hump, or extend beyond this point halfway to the hind limbs. A glandular ridge extends from the coccyx forward to about the presacral articulation, on each side of 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 141 the mid-dorsal line, in some specimens. A narrow, longitudinal tibial fold of variable length is visible in the more rugose specimens, and short, ac- cessory folds or rows of warts may occur. Two tarsal folds are normally present, but these are difficult to see in soft specimens. The fingers are usually 3- 1-4-2 in order of decreasing length but oc- casionally 3-4-2-1 or 3-1-2-4. The toes are normally 4-3-5-2-1, but one specimen has 4-5-3-2-1 on one side. The webbing on the fourth toe is usually broadly attached at, or beyond, the antepenultimate articulation and extends forward as a margin of decreasing width to the ultimate; in one specimen it is broadly attached at the penultimate. The vomerine patches are not in contact in any specimen, but they vary from very slight separation to separation equalling their short diameter. In dorsal coloration the paratypes range from an almost uniform black to a pale gray or light brown ground color with superimposed reddish brown or dark brown spots. None of the specimens is as light in ground color as capito, and none has dorsal spots encircled with light borders as in areolata. The venter is invariably thickly spotted anteriorly, but the spots, which lack sharp edges, vary in shape from amoeboid or vermiculate to mere concentrations of fine stippling and range from light gray or brown to red-brown in color. They are superimposed on a dirty white or tan background, which may be finely stippled with gray. The chin, throat, and pectoral areas are always spotted; the posterior portion of the belly and the central lower surfaces of the thighs are usually well-spotted in males and immaculate or lightly marked in females. The femur, tibia, and tarsus are usually crossed with dark bars, but in a few specimens these are distinct only upon the anterior face of the femur. The bars vary in width, and the gray or brown interspaces that separate them range from very narrow to almost the width of the bars. When the interspaces are broad they may contain irregular dark spots or short lenticular interbars. The concealed surface of the tarsus is invariably well-spotted. Secondary sexual characters. — No sexual differences in general body form have been observed. Variations in relative head length, head width, tibial length, and tympanic size appear to be individual rather than sexual. The forelegs of adult males are moderately enlarged. A nuptial pad, uni- form gray in color, is present on the inner side of the first finger of all males except the three smallest specimens. The external vocal sacs, con- sisting of loose folds of dark skin above the forearm, may be hard to dis- tinguish in preserved specimens; in undetermined specimens, slitting the 142 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII skin in this region is usually sufficient to demonstrate the presence or absence of the subdermal vocal pouch. The feet of males are somewhat more extensively webbed than are those of females. In the series examined, the males average much darker above than the females, but this distinc- tion may not hold good with living material. The posterior portion of the belly, the inner surfaces of the forearms, and the central inferior thigh surfaces are normally well-spotted in males and immaculate or lightly spotted in females. There is a marked difference in adult size of the two sexes: 21 Mississippi males range from 62-84 mm (average, 73.6) in snout- to-vent length; 29 Mississippi females range from 73-92.5 mm (average, 82.3). Habits and habitat. — Allen’s (1932: 9) account of Rana aesopus in Har- rison County, Mississippi, was based entirely upon observations of Rana sevosa. Practically all extant specimens of sevosa were collected by Morrow J. Allen, Stewart Springer, or their associates, in southern Mississippi. Neither they nor any other collectors have secured either capito or areolata, as now restricted, in this area. Furthermore, Allen states that he deposited specimens of each species in the American Mu- seum of Natural History, and eleven Biloxi specimens of “ Rana areolata ,” from that institution, have been examined by us and are here listed as paratypes of sevosa. Allen’s account is quoted in full: “This species has been abundantly found throughout the months of October, November, and December in the burrows made by Gopherus polyphemus. When the temperature rises, these frogs become active and may be seen sitting in the openings of the tunnels down which they disappear at the least indication of danger. In colder weather they are never at the surface and can only be taken by digging to the bottom of the gopher hole, where never more than one is found in company of one or two turtles. The only specimen taken near the coast was found in a pool of water on January 25, 1931. Ten or twenty miles inland gopher holes are numerous and it is in this region that this frog has been found in quantity.” Fortunately, while this description was in course of preparation, Stewart Springer visited Pittsburgh and contributed additional information upon the habits of sevosa from memory. He recalled finding these frogs breeding in the water in southern Mississippi concurrently with Hyla gratiosa and Hyla cinerea cinerea; Allen {supra cit.: 8) reports the former breeding near Biloxi on April 18 and 19, and the latter “as soon as the weather becomes warm and settled.” Mr. Springer further reported that the eggs, in masses about the size of two fists, are laid under water at a depth of approximately 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 143 one foot and are attached to plant stems. He stated that sevosa is less restricted to cypress swamps for breeding sites than is gratiosa, since the former occurs also in pine barren ponds, even those of temporary character. The call, as he remembered it, is less snore-like than is that of capito. He found that frightened individuals dive and swim along the bottom of the pond. DISCUSSION OF THE RAN A AREOLATA GROUP Comments upon the Measuring of Frogs At the beginning of this study we decided to test the validity of certain measurements that are frequently made on frogs by measuring our series independently and comparing our results. Measurements are usually made to prove that individual animals differ from others of their kind in actual size; that body proportions depend upon age and/or sex; and that size ranges and growth ratios vary in different populations (ecologic, geographic, subspecific, specific, etc.). Published tabulations are fre- quently accepted as accurate merely because the component figures have been carried to several decimal places, because some mathematical device or formula has been used, or because the columns of figures appear too formidable for analysis. The following appear to be the chief variables that affect the accuracy of frog measurements: (1) the use of different techniques, instruments, and standards by different workers; (2) the factor of personal bias even in those rare instances in which the same methods of mensuration are used; and (3) the condition of the preserved specimens. The first variable can be eliminated entirely by establishing standard practices ; the second can be discounted by measuring test series and determining the percentage of error due to personal bias; and the third, which cannot be avoided in all studies, can be eliminated from statistical studies by the use of fresh, uniformly preserved material. In our investigation we used the same instruments and agreed upon a defi- nite method of taking each measurement, as detailed below. We deter- mined our personal errors in mensuration, and upon this basis we recom- mend dropping from current usage those frog measurements in which the differences resulting from personal bias approach the magnitude of the actual size variations in the specimens. In this descriptive study we were obliged to use specimens that ranged in condition from flabby to well preserved. Snout-to-vent length. — Previous tests have convinced the junior author 144 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII that the average worker can measure snout-to-vent length with more con- sistent accuracy than snout- to-coccyx length, at least in frogs of the genus Rana. In smaller frogs of certain genera the latter measurement may be preferable. The decision as to which of these measurements should be used in a particular group should be left to the individual monographer, but it is incumbent upon all writers to indicate which measurement is taken. In measuring snout-to-vent length, we placed each frog upon its belly on the table with its head to the left; exerted pressure with the fingers to flatten any unusual sacral curvature, and tightened vernier calipers until the righthand point touched, but did not compress, the tissue surrounding the vent. Readings were taken to the nearest half millimeter. In this method our individual readings did not differ more than one millimeter in 95 per cent of the test series, and the maximum divergence was two millimeters. Head length. — Herpetologists measure the head length of frogs in three fashions: (1) snout to the posterior border of the tympanum; (2) snout to articulation of the skull with the vertebral column; and (3) snout to the angle of the jaws. The first method should not be used with frogs which have sexually dimorphic tympana, but in others it is a rapid and accurate measurement. We measured the distance on the left side of the head from the center of the snout to the posterior edge of the tympanic membrane, exercising care to avoid pressing the caliper point into the snout. In 80 per cent of our test series the readings agreed exactly or differed by one-half millimeter; in the remainder the difference did not exceed one millimeter. Head width. — This measurement can be taken in two ways: by passing the calipers, held vertically, back over the head to the exact angles of the jaws; or by holding the calipers horizontally and sliding the arms back along the upper lips to the same point (in the areolata group specifically to the crease marking the beginning of the postlabial fold) . The latter method is more accurate in forms with lateral vocal sacs, since in male frogs the anterior folds of these sacs may prevent closing vertically placed calipers to the exact head width. In 25 of a test series of 27 specimens our figures agreed to one-half millimeter or less; they differed by one millimeter in two instances. Tibia ( = tibio- fibula) length. — The measurement of the distance from the convex surface of the “knee” to the convex surface of the “heel,” with both tibia and tarsus flexed, proved slightly more variable than the pre- ceding measurements but it is sufficiently accurate for routine taxonomic studies. In 70 per cent of the test series our figures agreed to one-half millimeter or less; in the remainder, usually to one millimeter. 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 145 Fourth toe length. — This measurement is far less accurate than any of the preceding and should be attempted only in forms that display wide variation in this character. If the toe is measured from the tip to the distal side of the subarticular tubercle, two variables are present: uniform flat- tening and straightening of the toe is difficult; and the tubercle, which is attached to loose skin, may slide several millimeters in either direction as the measurement is taken. Inter olecr anal extent. — The distance between the elbows when the humeri are extended at right angles to the long axis of the body is affected by preservation, by the position in which the frog is held when the measure- ment is taken, and by the amount of tension exerted to bring the humeri to right angles. We have found that if this measurement is taken with the frog held ventral side uppermost, the resulting figure is always consider- ably lower than that obtained when the measurement is taken from the dorsal side. The arms of a specimen may be broken very easily in attempt- ing this measurement. Intergenual extent. — The distance between the knees when the femora are extended at right angles to the body may be measured by different persons with reasonable consistency if the frog is placed belly downwards and its legs are pressed against the table and into a right angle position. It cannot be taken accurately upon large frogs held in the hand. Further- more, specimens preserved with the hindlegs extended cannot be used for an accurate intergenual measurement. Conclusion. — We believe that in routine studies of moderate-sized frogs (50-100 mm), by workers using the same techniques but differently pre- served material, snout-to-vent length, head length, head width, and tibia length are the only measurements that can be taken with sufficient ac- curacy to be worth tabulating or publishing. A single worker using uni- form material may be justified in making other measurements. Two investigators, using exactly the same methods, should be able to measure distances of over 50 mm in frogs with an individual error of about 2 per cent when using miscellaneous specimens and about 1 per cent when using uniformly preserved material. Features less than 10 millimeters in size are rarely worth measuring in frogs of this group, since the errors in mensuration often exceed the individual variation that occurs in speci- mens of comparable size. Comparison of various small features in the same specimen by means of general statements, such as “tympanum one- half diameter of eye” is preferable to using measurements with large inherent errors. 146 Annals of the Carnegie Museum yol. xxviii Key to the Forms of the RAN A AREOLATA Group 1. Chin and throat thickly spotted; belly spotted or unspotted; dorsal spots irregular in shape and without distinct light borders; head relatively broad, width of head in snout-to-vent length 2.1 — 2.6 times .2 Chin and throat unspotted except at sides; belly immaculate; dorsal spots rounded and encircled with light borders; head relatively narrow, width in snout-to-vent length 2.6 — 3.1 times 3 2. Head triangular in outline; dorsolateral folds high and relatively narrow; dorsum with numerous prominent warts; dorsal spots poorly dif- ferentiated from gray, brown, or black ground color; venter always spotted at least from chin to midbody; dark bars on hindlegs separated by interspaces that are never wider than the bars . . Rana sevosa, sp. nov. Head subtriangular in outline; dorsolateral folds low and very broad; dorsum smooth or lightly warty; dorsal spots distinct against pale ground color; chin and throat spotted; belly usually immaculate posteriorly; dark bars on hindlegs separated by light interspaces that are wider than the bars Rana capito Le Conte 3. Head U-shaped in outline when viewed from above; dorsum often smooth, or nearly so; tibia length less than 40 mm in adults; post-tympanic fold poorly developed; dorsolateral folds narrow or only slightly raised, or both Rana areolata areolata Baird and Girard Head orbiculate in outline when viewed from above; dorsum rugose; tibia length more than 40 mm in adults; post-tympanic fold well developed; dorsolateral folds prominent . . Rana areolata circulosa Rice and Davis COMPARISON OF THE SPECIES Size. — The largest of the forms is a. circulosa in which males reach 108 mm in snout-to-vent length (our measurement) and females, 113 mm (Wright and Wright, 1933: 150). The largest of 6 Oklahoma males of a. areolata was 87 mm in length and the single Oklahoma female was 91 mm long. The largest male sevosa among 22 specimens was 84 mm long, and the largest of 29 females was 92.5. Wright and Wright (1933: 148) give 101 and 108 mm as the maximum size of male and female capito. On the basis of maximum size attained the forms may be arranged in descend- ing Order as follows: a. circulosa capito sevosa — a. areolata Body form. — The form with the stoutest body and largest limbs is a. circulosa. In general proportions a. areolata and sevosa are quite similar; both have rounded bodies that are broadest about midway between the fore and hind limbs, and both have moderately heavy limbs. In contrast, capito is broadest in the pectoral region and tapers rapidly to a distinct “Gibson Girl” waist. From a rounded body to a triangular body the order is: a. circulosa a. areolata sevosa capito Actual head shape. — The shape of the head when viewed from above is 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 147 orbiculate in a. circulosa , U-shaped in a. areolata, triangular in sevosa, and subtriangular in capito. The general head shape is affected by the length of the snout anterior to the orbits, as well as by the relative breadth and width of the head. R. capito has the broadest head in proportion to body length and also has the longest snout, but the tip of the snout is obtusely rounded; sevosa stands next in relative head width and in snout length, but its snout is acute rather than obtuse as in capito; both races of areolata have short snouts, but specimens of typical areolata have relatively nar- rower heads than specimens of circulosa and they differ further in exhibiting but little increase in head width posterior to the rear corner of the eye. From a relatively short to a relatively long snout the order of arrangement is: a. circulosa a. areolata sevosa capito Ratio of head width in snout-to-vent length. — Both visual observations and measurements indicate that the ratio of head width to body length differs in each species, although Burt (1938: 349) denies that any significant dif- ference in head width occurs between areolata and capito. This ratio ranges from 2. 2-2. 3 (average, 2.3-) in 7 capito; from 2. 1-2.6 (average, 2.4) in 51 sevosa; and from 2.6-3. 1 (average, 2.9) in 24 areolata. No intra-specific trend in proportionate head width is to be expected in stenotopic sevosa. Such a trend may be demonstrable in capito when series from the extremes of its range are available for comparison. A geo- graphic gradient occurs in eury topic areolata; 7 Indiana males of a. circulosa have ratios of 2. 6-3.0 (average, 2.8), while 6 Oklahoma males of a. areolata have 2. 7-3.1 (average, 2.9). From a relatively narrow to a relatively broad head the order of arrangement is: a. areolata a. circulosa sevosa capito Ratio of head length in snout-to-vent length. — Measurements confirm the easily observed fact that both sevosa and capito have longer heads in pro- portion to body length than areolata. The head length enters the snout- to-vent length in 7 capito 2. 6-2. 7 times (average, 2.7-) ; in 51 sevosa 2. 5-3.0 times (average, 2.8); and in 24 areolata (both races) 2. 8-3.3 (average, 3.1). The areolata ratios suggest that on the average a. circulosa has a relatively shorter head than a. areolata , but much larger series are necessary to establish this gradient. From a relatively short head to a relatively long head the order is: a. circulosa — : a. areolata sevosa capito Actual tibia length. — The length of the tibia is a useful character in separating the two races of areolata; in 8 specimens of a. areolata the tibia 148 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII length ranges from 33 to 38.5 mm while in 17 a. circulosa the range is from 40.5 mm to 50.5 mm. The length of the tibia in sevosa and capito seems closer to that of a. areolata but in both species the actual length of the tibia is sometimes more than 40 mm ; the largest capito we have seen has a tibia length of 41.5 mm and the largest sevosa 43.5 mm. There is some indica- tion that Coastal Plain a. circulosa have slightly shorter tibiae than Central Lowland specimens, but larger series are necessary to establish this gradient. Ratio of tibia length in snout-to-vent length. — In 24 specimens of areolata the tibia length is contained in the snout-to-vent length from 1. 7-2.5 times (average, 2.1) ; in 7 capito the range is from 2. 0-2. 2 (average, 2.1) ; and in 51 sevosa the range is from 1.9-2. 3 (average, 2.1). The areolata ratios are so variable that no generalization regarding subspecific variation in relative tibia length can be made until much larger series have been measured. Finger length. — The three species of the areolata group do not exhibit any extra-specific variation in relative lengths of the fingers. The third finger is invariably the longest, but it projects beyond the tip of the next longest finger (usually the first, rarely the fourth) by only the length of its short terminal phalanx. The remaining three fingers are of very nearly equal length, but the first is generally slightly longer than the fourth, which in turn is slightly longer than the second. Thus, in 77 specimens of the group, the formula in order of decreasing length was 3-1-4-2 in 63, 3-1-2-4 in 12, and 3-4-2-1 in 2. The observed variations are not significant in view of the close similarity in actual length of fingers 1, 2, and 4. Toe length. — In relative lengths of toes there is more variation between individuals than between the species. From 2 to 2.5 phalanges of the fourth toe project beyond the tip of the third; the latter is variable in length, ranging from much longer than the fifth (occasionally) to slightly longer (usually) or shorter (rarely). The second and first toes are much shorter than the other toes and exhibit little variation in relative length. The toe formula was 4-3-5-2-1 in 80 specimens and 4-5-3-2-1 in 2. Webbing. — Intra-specific variations in extent of webbing exhibited by frogs of the areolata group are of three kinds: (1) subspecific, (2) sexual, (3) individual. Subspecific variations in the species areolata indicate a geo- graphical gradient in foot character similar to that which occurs in the Rana pipiens group and in certain other eastern frogs. Specimens of a. circulosa have large feet with toes that are broad, blunt, and capable of wide spread. Specimens of a. areolata , however, have much smaller feet with narrower and less blunt (but not pointed) toes which cannot be 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 149 spread so widely. The total amount of web is much greater in circulosa, and the broad portion of the web tends to extend a little farther on the fourth toe in this race. Males of both races of areolata and males of sevosa have slightly greater palmation than do females. The same condition may occur in capito, although the nature of our specimens prevents a definite statement. There is some individual variation in the extent of webbing in all three species; part of this may be the result of differences in preserva- tion. It should be noted also that many of the extant specimens of sevosa were kept alive for some time after collection and many have the tips of the toes badly abraded. Nonetheless, one well-preserved male of sevosa has the web broadly attached at the penultimate articulation of the fourth toe, although the normal condition is attachment a little beyond the ante- penultimate articulation. In foot and toe characters and in amount of webbing sevosa is extremely similar to a. areolata. In both the feet are of moderate size, the toes are of moderate width, and the web is broadly attached at or beyond the ante- penultimate articulation of the fourth toe and extends as a narrow margin to the ultimate articulation. In a. areolata the marginal web is usually quite narrow back to its junction with the broad web, but in sevosa the marginal portion gradually increases in width proximally so that it forms a small triangle on either side of the antepenultimate phalanx of the fourth toe. Of the four forms capito has the smallest feet. Its toes are narrow and definitely pointed, the broad portion of the web does not quite reach the antepenultimate articulation of the fourth toe, and the marginal por- tion extending to the penultimate or ultimate articulation is quite narrow. From greatest to least amount of webbing the order is: a. circulosa sevosa a. areolata capito Vomerine separation. — Each species has two short, more or less oblique series of vomerine teeth situated close together between the choanae. These are widely separated anteriorly and vary posteriorly from contact to slight separation (permitting insertion of a knife blade) or wide separa- tion (permitting passage of a paper clip). Tabulation in these three cate- gories indicates that there is a greater tendency toward fusion of the vomerine patches in areolata than in capito or sevosa. Thus, of 22 areolata , the vomerines were in contact in 6, slightly separated in 14, and well separated in 2 ; of 9 capito the vomerines were slightly separated in 4, and well separated in 5; of 51 sevosa the vomerines were slightly separated in 10, and widely separated in 41. Our figures fail to indicate a trend in vomerine separation within the species areolata , but they permit arrange- 150 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII ment of the three species in order from closely placed to well-separated vomerines, as follows: areolata capito sevosa Glandular folds. — The dorsolateral folds are least prominent and nar- rowest in a. areolata, in which they appear to originate at the rear of the upper eyelids, to broaden slightly above the tympana, and to extend back- wards to the groin as narrow, slightly raised folds. In a. circulosa the folds originate on the upper eyelids, become very broad above the tympana where strong post- tympanic folds branch downward, and then extend backward as narrow, well-elevated folds to the groin. In sevosa the folds diverge from a common point of origin near the nostrils; pass over the upper eyelids, forming a depressed triangle on the top of the head between their inner margins; curve outward above the tympana; and extend back- ward as well-elevated folds of uniform and moderate width to the sacral region or slightly beyond; a more or less interrupted post-tympanic fold occurs in most specimens. In capito the folds follow the same course as in sevosa, but they are not nearly so distinct anteriorly, and posterior to the upper eyelids they become low, very broad folds which extend to, or almost to, the groin; no distinct post-tympanic fold is evident in the specimens which we have examined. R. sevosa has the shortest dorsolateral folds and longest and best defined postlabial folds ; a. circulosa has the best developed post- tympanic folds; and capito has the broadest dorsolateral folds. From narrow to broad dorsolateral folds the order of arrangement is: a. areolata a. circulosa sevosa capito Coloration and markings. — Of the three species Rana sevosa has the darkest dorsal coloration and the least amount of contrast between ground color and dorsal spots. Many of the para types are uniform black above, a condition that appears to be more characteristic of males than of females. The lightest specimens have a gray or brown ground color and dorsal spots that range from red brown to dark brown but are not black. The dorsal color and pattern are continued over the folds, which are never distinc- tively colored. The preserved specimens offer no indication that yellow was present on any part of the body in life. Metachrosis has not been reported in this species but may be expected to occur within a narrow color range. R. capito has the lightest ground color, varying from creamy white to dark brown through various shades of yellow or purple ; the dorsal spots are dark brown or black (Dickerson, 1908 : 195) . Males frequently have bright yellow dorsolateral folds, and the same color may occur on the warts, 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 151 along the upper jaw, and in the axillae and groin. Wright (1932: 338) states that color change in this species is not so rapid as in tree frogs, and he questions whether an individual frog in its normal environment would change from nearly black to white, as reported by Dickerson. The light coloration of capito is responsible for the vernacular name “White Frog” which is used in some parts of its range. When examined under very low magnification, most sevosa and capito display innumerable, minute pale gray or whitish spines over the entire dorsal surface, as illustrated in pi. XII, fig. 2. The dorsal coloring and pattern of areolata vary individually, season- ally, and subspecifically. Color change within a period of a few hours has not been reported in this species, although Wright and Wright (1933: 151) state “When plowed out in early spring they [circulosa] are so dark as to be almost blackish” and “When cold and wet the frogs were very dark.” The brown or black dorsal spots are variable in number and size; they are sharper edged and more nearly circular than in the other species and are usually distinctly bordered with yellowish, whitish, or cream color. The dorsolateral folds, the groin, and the concealed portions of the limbs are frequently yellow or greenish yellow in males. On the basis of preserved material and published descriptions it appears that circulosa has dorsal spots that are larger, darker, more constant in number, and more broadly light-bordered than areolata. Some circulosa are among the most marked North American Ranas, but even in our limited series considerable varia- tion in amount of contrast between spots and ground color is evident. Until adequate series of fresh specimens of the two forms permit a careful appraisal of the extent of pattern variation in each subspecies, the identi- fication of single, preserved specimens on the basis of pattern alone is in- advisable. Although the appearance of the frogs is profoundly affected by meta- chrosis and by amount of contrast between spots and ground color it is possible to arrange the forms in a linear sequence on the basis of ground color alone; from light to dark ground color the order is: capito a. areolata a. circulosa sevosa In ventral pattern capito is the most variable; sevosa is less variable; and areolata is surprisingly constant, with the two subspecies failing to exhibit any differentiation in this character. All specimens of capito have more or less separated vermiculations of brown or black on the chin and throat. In some the spotted area includes the anterior half of the belly as well, and occasionally (probably in males only) almost the entire 152 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII venter is spotted. In sevosa the entire anterior half of the lower surface is thickly covered with spots and dusky markings; in males the remainder of the lower surface, except for a small pubic area, is spotted, whereas in females the central lower thigh surfaces and the posterior portion of the belly are usually immaculate. Ventral markings in areolata are restricted to a few spots along the mandibles and to small concentrations anterior to, or between, the fore limbs; the latter spots may almost form a narrow bridge across the pectoral region. The concealed surfaces of the hindlegs are invariably spotted in sevosa — more heavily in males than in females ; capito has the concealed surfaces entirely immaculate or spotted laterally ; and areolata always has the concealed surfaces immaculate. From an im- maculate to a heavily spotted venter the order of arrangement is: areolata capito sevosa Secondary sexual characters. — Adult males of the three species of this group agree in having slightly enlarged forearms, a gray nuptial pad on the inner side of the inner finger (frequently blotched with dark in cir- culosa ) and lateral vocal pouches. In each form the maximum size is attained by females. The forms differ in sexual dichromatism and in the size and distinctness of the vocal sacs. Male capito often have the dorso- lateral folds, warts, axillae, and groin marked with yellow; some yellow or greenish yellow is evident in certain males of both races of areolata; sevosa males generally tend to be darker and more heavily marked than females, but there is no evidence that yellow enters into the coloration of either sex. The external vocal sacs of capito begin at the posterior angle of the jaws and extend as plated folds of skin above the arms to or beyond the axillae. In life the vocal pouches of capito may inflate almost as far back as the groin. Wright (1932: 340) says, “It constitutes the most striking development in vocal sacs I have seen in North American Salien- tia.” The external vocal sacs of sevosa are similar in position to those of capito but they are not distinctively colored and hence are less prominent in preserved specimens than those of the other forms. The sacs in a. areolata are gray or gray-spotted ovals of loose skin extending from the angle of the jaw to above the forearm in preserved material. The vocal pouches of a. circulosa are similar in position and color but much larger. Published descriptions of calling males indicate that the sacs of circulosa are reniform or sausage-shaped when inflated and approximately the size of the frog’s head. The size and shape of the inflated pouches of a. areolata or sevosa cannot be inferred from the appearance of the sacs in preserved specimens. In order of prominence, from small and indistinct to large and very dis- 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 153 tinct vocal sacs, preserved specimens of the forms may be arranged as follows: sevosa capito a. areolata a. circulosa COMPARATIVE LIFE HISTORIES j The published references that can be allocated to a. areolata alone con- tain no life history data. Information upon the life history given in general discussions of the species areolata most probably refers solely to a. circulosa. Breeding season. — Rana a. circulosa has been reported as breeding in March and April, and Smith (1934: 479) says it may breed in May. The breeding season of capito , as would be expected, extends over a greater period of time. The earliest breeding date on record is February 26 (Carr, 1940b: 55), and the latest is November 3 (Carr, 1940a: 64). The latter date is probably a “calling” rather than a “breeding date” for neither Carr, nor any other writer, offers evidence that capito lays eggs later than June. As reported elsewhere in this paper sevosa has been found breeding, in the Biloxi region, in mid-April. Voice. — The voice of circulosa has been variously described: Gloyd (1928: 118) says that the call is as deep as that of catesbeiana but with more carrying power and less resonance; Thompson (1915: 6) states that it is a loud trill, hoarser than the call of pipiens and higher than that of catesbeiana; and Smith (1934: 479) reports that the call carries a mile or so. All writers agree that the call of capito is best described as a snore or snore-like groan. The voice of sevosa is of the same type as that of capito , but it is less like a snore. Eggs. — Smith (1934: 479) states that the eggs of areolata [circulosa] are laid in large plinth-like masses that are five or six inches in diameter and about one and one-half inches thick; the masses are attached to the stems of plants and contain about 7000 eggs. In describing a clutch of capito eggs Wright (1932 : 344) says: “A large mass was attached to a sedge stem. Its top was level with the surface of the water. The water was 9 inches deep. The mass was 4x5 inches square and V/2 inches thick. At first the mass impressed all of us as bluish. . . . The whole mass when turned over reveals the same white mass impression R. sphenocephala and R. pipiens egg masses give.” Other masses have been reported which varied from 4x5x1 inches to 12x4x2 inches in dimensions. “They may be attached to grass, sedges, pickerel weed, or other aquatic plant stems, twigs and brush or be free at times on the bottom. . . .” (Wright, 1932: 154 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 344). The eggs of sevosa are deposited in masses about the size of two fists and are attached to plant stems about a foot below the surface of the water. Larvae. — The tadpoles of sevosa and areolata are unknown; that of circulosa has been collected but not described; and the tadpole of capito has been described in detail by Wright (1929: 29-30; 1932: 345-6). Wright (1932: 347) reports that some captive capito tadpoles transformed on August 27 and 28. No other dates of metamorphosis have been reported, but Wright ( loc . cit.) states that the tadpoles probably transform from August to October 1, and measure from 27 to 35 or 36 mm at transforma- tion. Wright and Wright (1933: 151) state that areolata [circulosa] meta- morphoses during the first week in July at a size of 30 mm. Transforma- tion has not been observed in sevosa. Growth. — Nothing is known of the growth of sevosa , areolata , or circulosa. Wright (1932: 349) gives the age groups of capito as “28-38-(?) mm at transformation; 38 (?)-52 mm first-year-olds; 52-65 mm for 2-year-olds; 66-77 mm 3-year-olds; 78-88 mm 4-year-olds; 89-102 mm 5-year-olds; 102-108 mm, 6-year-olds.” Age groups should be defined on the basis of large series from a single locality ; and since the above computations were obviously based upon relatively small series from various localities little reliance can be placed upon them. Food. — Rana a. circulosa has been reported to feed upon beetles, spiders, crickets, ants, and crayfish (Smith, 1934: 480). Dickerson (1908: 196) and other authors have called attention to the batrachophagous pro- clivities of capito , and have described the manner in which this frog ejects the toad mucus. The species feeds upon beetles, hemiptera, and grass- hoppers (Carr, 1940a: 64); birds (Dickerson, loc. cit.)', and earthworms (Deckert, 1920: 6), as well. The mouth of sevosa is almost as large as that of capito and this species probably has similar feeding habits, preying largely upon toads and insects. Habitat. — Crayfish holes are the preferred habitat of circulosa but the species has been taken under logs, in mammal holes, holes in road-side banks, and in sewers. Wright (1932: 336) states that capito “seems to be restricted almost solely to the burrows of the Gopher Turtle,” but it can and does, live in other situations. Carr (1940a: 63) reports it in burrows of Peromyscus polionotus, crayfish burrows, and post holes. Furthermore, the species has been reported in Beaufort County, North Carolina, by Brandt (1936: 220) and since this locality is not within the range of Gopherus polyphemus other hiding places than turtle holes must be selected here. Allen (1932: 9) records sevosa taken from burrows of the 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 155 gopher tortoise but he does not state whether it is restricted to such burrows. Odor. — Dickerson (1906: 195) reports that capito produces an offensive odor when disturbed, but such defensive behavior has not been mentioned for the other forms. DISTRIBUTION Rana areolata areolata occurs from Matagorda County, Texas, north to McCurtain County, Oklahoma, and Lafayette County, Arkansas; and it probably occurs in extreme northwestern Louisiana also. R. a. circulosa ranges from Rogers and Tulsa counties, Oklahoma, north through eastern Kansas, eastward across central Missouri and Illinois to Benton and Mon- roe counties, Indiana (possibly to Greene County, Ohio), and southward in the Mississippi Valley through western Tennessee to Pontotoc County, Fig. 1. Map of the distribution of the Rana areolata group, based upon county records as listed in this paper. Upland areas hatched. Since the above map was prepared we have examined four specimens of R. a. circulosa, from Paducah, Kentucky. 156 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Mississippi. The known range of sevosa extends along the Gulf coast from St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana, to Mobile County, Alabama. R. capito ranges from Beaufort County, North Carolina, south to Dade County, Florida, and westward to Berrien County, Georgia, and Dixie County, Florida. The easternmost station for sevosa is three hundred miles west of the westernmost capito locality; the ranges of sevosa and areolata are separated by about two hundred miles. The frogs of the areolata group are lowland forms widely distributed in the Coastal Plain and Central Lowland provinces, as illustrated on the accompanying map (fig. 1). Certain circulosa stations in southern Indiana lie south of the plateau-lowland boundary as it is tentatively located on physiographic maps. A detailed distributional study of circulosa in Indiana should indicate whether or not this race has penetrated the plateau country. It appears to be significant, however, that records for all mem- bers of the group fall outside of the upland boundary except in the one region where this boundary is poorly delimited. The following list is not a complete tabulation of museum specimens2 but a list of those that we have examined. We have included the first published record for each county, also. Records that may be incorrect are preceded by a question mark and followed by discussion. Rana areolata areolata ARKANSAS: Lafayette Co, KU 9278; Smith, 1934: 481 ? Lawrence Co. A misquotation by Black and Dellinger (1938: 20) who state: “Taylor (1935) has reported one specimen from Lewisville, Lawrence County.” Smith {supra cit.) and Taylor (1935: 210) both list Kansas University 9278 with the data “Lewisville, Lafayette County.” LOUISIANA: “northwest.” Viosca, 1931: 7 ?NEW MEXICO: USNM 3302 from “the Rio San Pedro of the Gila” (Baird and Girard, 1852: 173) was mentioned in the original description of areolata. It was later listed as berlandieri by Yarrow (1883: 180) and as brachycephala by Cope (1889: 405). USNM 3382 from the “St. Francisco Mountains, N. Mex.” was listed by Yarrow {op. cit.: 178) as Rana areolata areolata. 2 AMNH, American Museum of Natural History; CA, Chicago Academy of Sciences; CM, Carnegie Museum; FMNH, Field Museum of Natural History; KU, University of Kansas; MCZ, Museum of Comparative Zoology; MZUM, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology; MVP, private collection of Malcolm V. Parker; TZS, Toledo Zoological Society; USNM, United States National Museum. 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 157 Both of these specimens were most probably pipiens but this assumption cannot be confirmed since Dr. Cochran has informed us that the speci- mens have been missing from the USNM collection for many years. OKLAHOMA: McCurtain Co. CM 18662-68 TEXAS: Colorado Co. Burt and Burt, 1929: 6 Galveston Co. Dickerson, 1906: 193 Harris Co. Wright and Wright, 1938: 25 Matagorda Co. USNM 3304 (type of areolata ); Baird and Girard, 1852: 173 (original description of areolata ) Rana areolata circulosa ILLINOIS: “northern.” USNM 9386 Richland Co. USNM 13828, 49590; Cope, 1889: 415 INDIANA: Benton Co. CA 160 (type of circulosa ); Davis and Rice, 1883: 22 Daviess Co. Swanson, 1939: 688 Du Bois Co. Swanson, 1939 : 688 Martin Co. Swanson, 1939: 688 Monroe Co. Wright and Myers, 1927: 173 Pike Co. CM 13371-75; Swanson, 1939: 688 Vandenburg Co. CM 13378; Swanson, 1939: 688 Vigo Co. Blatchley, 1900: 543 Warrick Co. Swanson, 1939: 688 KANSAS: Allen Co. Smith, 1934: 482 Anderson Co. Smith, 1934: 482 Cherokee Co. Smith, 1934: 482 Douglas Co. Hartman, 1907: 228 Franklin Co. CM 9889-90; USNM 89031; Gloyd, 1928: 117 Greenwood Co. Smith, 1934: 482 Labette Co. USNM 90318-19; Smith, 1934: 482 KENTUCKY, McCracken Co. TZS 707-710 LOUISIANA: ITangipahoa Parish. FMNH 11980-81 (unquestionably circulosa ) were re- ceived from the General Biological Supply House with “Louisiana” as the only original data. At our request, D. Dwight Davis of Field Mu- seum, communicated with the donor in 1939 and received supplementary data for these specimens as follows: “Tangipahoa Parish; Ponchatoula, Martin Bankston, 1931.” We question the correctness of this locality, since Tangipahoa Parish adjoins St. Tammany, where sevosa occurs; and since Viosca (1931: 7), on the basis of wide local experience, re- stricts areolata to northwest Louisiana. 158 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII MISSISSIPPI: Pontotoc Co. USNM 99359; Burt. 1938: 349 MISSOURI: Johnson Co. Hurter, 1911: 116 Montgomery Co. USNM 48697-98, 38358, 57844-48; Hurter, 1911: 116 St. Charles Co. CA 4757 and 5094 ?QHIO: Greene Co. Wright and Wright (1933: 150) list Ohio in the range of areolata. Dr. Charles F. Walker informs us that tadpoles hatched from eggs collected by an Antioch College student at a fish hatchery near Yellow Springs were sent to Dr. Wright and identified by him as areolata. Until adult areolata are collected in the region we feel that it is inad- visable to accept this record, especially in view of the fact that the tadpole of areolata has never been described. Even if adults are secured the possibility that they may have been accidentally introduced at the hatchery must be considered. OKLAHOMA: Rogers Co, USNM 94247; Harper, 1935: 79 Tulsa Co. Force, 1930: 27 TENNESSEE: Obion Co. Parker, 1939: 79 Shelby Co. MVP 2827-28, 2884; Parker, 1939: 79 Ran a capito FLORIDA: Alachua Co. USNM 4743 (type of aesopus ); Cope, 1886: 517-518 (original description of aesopus) Baker Co. Wright, 1932: 334 Brevard Co. CM 3233-34 Charlotte Co. Carr, 1940a: 63 Clay Co. Burt, 1938: 350 Dade Co. Burt, 1938: 350 Dixie Co. Carr, 1940a: 63 Duval Co. Deckert, 1914a: 3 Hillsborough Co. Loennberg, 1894: 339 Indian River Co. Wright, 1932: 348 Lake Co. Wright, 1932: 348 Lee Co. Carr, 1940a: 63 Levy Co. USNM 57533-35, 57658; Wright, 1932: 348 Manatee Co. CM 16547 Marion Co. USNM 61062; CM 9832-34; CA 21741-43; Wright, 1932: 348 Nassau Co. Wright, 1932: 348 Orange Co. Loennberg, 1894: 339 Palm Beach Co. Boulenger, 1920: 467 Pasco Co. Harper, 1935: 80 Pinellas Co. Dickerson, 1906: 194 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 159 Polk Co. USNM 50576, 59413; MVP 42; Boulenger, 1920: 467 Putnam Co. USNM 20513-14, 21702-04; Boulenger, 1920: 467 St. Lucie Co. Burt, 1938: 350 Seminole Co. Fletcher, 1900: 47 Volusia Co. Wright, 1932: 348 GEORGIA: Berrien Co. USNM 11897; Cope, 1889: 412 Brantley Co. Wright, 1932: 334 Charlton Co. Wright, 1932: 334 ?Fulton Co. Burt (1938: 350) lists this county from “literature” but we have not been able to locate any such record. The occurrence in this region of a species that is coastal plain in distribution is highly improbable. Liberty Co. USNM 5903 (type of capito ); Le Conte, 1855: 425 (original description of capito ) Ware Co. Wright, 1932: 334 NORTH CAROLINA: Beaufort Co. Brandt, 1936: 220 SOUTH CAROLINA: PHampton Co. Deckert (1920: 26) states that he received a specimen from “near Pinelands, Hampton Co.” This locality does not occur on any maps examined by us. Jasper Co. Chamberlain (1939: 28) suggests that Deckert’s specimen may have come from Pineland, Jasper County. The two counties are con- tiguous and an error in county location may easily have been made. Rana sevosa ALABAMA: Mobile Co. Loding, 1922: 20 LOUISIANA: Saint Tammany Parish. CM 16809 (type of sevosa ) MISSISSIPPI: Harrison Co. CM 4944, 18116-17, 18184-97; FMNH 11511-14; MCZ 15803- 06; MZUM 76921, 71777; Allen, 1932: 9 Jackson Co. AMNH A37089-99; CM 5407-08; FMNH 21610 ORIGIN AND EVOLUTION OF THE RANA AREOLATA GROUP Previous writers have failed to agree upon the affinities of areolata and capito. Cope (1889: 409) writes of areolata (including capito ): “This well- marked species is related to the R. palustris, but is easily distinguished.” Dickerson (1906: 194) states that aesopus agrees with palustris and pipiens in color and markings, but that it is very distinct from them in general appearance. Wright (1932: 351) says, “Our second consideration that R. aesopus is closely related to R. pipiens and R. sphenocephala does not mili- 160 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxvm tate against some relationship with R. palustris but R. palustris is not the nearest relative.” Boulenger (1920: 418) groups pretiosa, cantibrigensis, sylvatica , godmani , and areolata (including capito) together on the basis of the outer metatarsi being bound together in their basal portions. All too little attention has been devoted to the elucidation of primitive and specialized characters in North American frogs. Writing of Rana Boulenger (1920: 418) says, “I conceive the most primitive type as with large nasal bones in contact with each other and with the fronto-parietal s entirely covering the ethmoid; pointed, fully webbed toes with the outer metatarsals separated by web to the base; a distinct tympanum; no glandular dorso-lateral fold.” Toe character and amount of palmation are so subject to geographic variation that they must be used with extreme care in phylogenetic inquiries. The members of the areolata group agree in having small, well-separated nasals, fronto-parietals that leave the ethmoid largely exposed, well-developed folds, and outer metatarsals partly joined. In these characters they are specialized, if Boulenger’s ideas are accepted ; the distinct tympanum is the only supposedly primitive character retained by the group. Since the areolata group appears to have had a southwestern center of origin, we have examined the principal reports upon Mexican frogs in searching, unsuccessfully, for a possible ancestral stock. Two names, dis- cussed below, have been applied to Mexican frogs that resemble areolata (judging from published descriptions and figures only) in several respects. While it is geographically improbable that any actual relationships are in- volved the similarities are worth mentioning. Rana forreri Boulenger3 was based upon a female from Sinaloa which was subsequently figured by Gunther.4 Later Boulenger (1920: 430) him- self referred forreri to the synonymy of halecina ( = pipiens ), and Kellogg5 concurred in this disposition of the form. Surprisingly Gunther’s figure of transmontan e forreri bears a remarkable resemblance to certain cismontane areolata. For example, CM 18666, from Oklahoma, differs in having a slightly more triangular head, a few more dorsal spots, interbars between the dark bars on the hind legs, and slightly less webbing. The fact that some Mexican pipiens agree with certain areolata in dorsal pattern may indicate an ancestral connection between the two forms that provided potentialities for similar pattern development, but it must not be taken 3 1883. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), 11: 343 4 1900. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Reptilia and Batrachia, pi. 60, fig. A. 3 1932. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 160: 203 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 161 to mean that a Sinaloa pipiens population was involved in the ancestry of areolata. Rana montezumae Baird was based upon specimens from the City of Mexico and upland specimens correctly referred to this form are certainly not close to areolata. At various times, however, specimens have been referred to montezumae which are certainly not conspecific and which in some cases, at least, merit re-examination in the light of possible affinities with areolata. For example, Baird (1859, pi. 36, fig. 1-6) illustrates two very different frogs, unfortunately without locality data, as montezumae. Fig. 5 is referred to as a young specimen, but it is obviously a breeding male of a frog similar to areolata. Furthermore its vomerines, as shown in Fig. 6, are strikingly different from those of the “adult” montezumae shown in Fig. 3. We suggest that museum series of montezumae should be re- checked, and that specimens which resemble Baird’s Fig. 5 merit com- parison with areolata. Similarities in life history, vocal equipment, pattern, and general structure offer a preponderant weight of evidence that the Rana areolata group developed from a pipiens , or a pipiens- like, stock by reduction in amount of webbing, increase in glandular folding, slight multiplication of dorsal spots, and increase in size of vocal sacs. Confirmatory evidence is offered by Cope (1889: 410) who states, “As a whole, the Rana areolata is pretty well distinguished by its very short palmation. Nevertheless, I have seen a specimen from Guatemala with similar posterior feet, which is otherwise not different from the R. virescens .” Although the affinities of the group as a whole may be open to question, we believe that the trend lines listed above present definite indication of the evolution of the forms in the group. Since circulosa is only sub- specifically distinct from typical areolata it may reasonably be considered to be a fairly modern race that evolved in the Central Lowlands, and then extended its range southward in the Mississippi Valley in post-glacial times. Boulenger’s (1883: 16) synonymizing of circulosa with septentrion- alis was the result of his having received Canadian frogs that had been erroneously identified as circulosa. Later (1920: 430) he transferred circulosa to the synonymy of areolata. Examination of a larger series of specimens enables us to restore it to subspecific rank. At any time from the upper Miocene on, the stem stock of areolata could have migrated eastward along the Gulf Coastal Plain, its route being either north or south of the present coastline, depending upon the date of the migration. This eastward movement probably antedated the for- 162 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII mation of the present Mississippi delta and may well have occurred in the late Pliocene. All morphological evidence indicates that sevosa and capito arose from a common ancestral stock; that neither one can have been di- rectly derived from the other; and that they are more closely related to each other than either is to areolata. The development of the modern Mississippi River may conceivably have served as the barrier that isolated the eastern population from its Texas progenitor and permitted differentia- tion toward the gopher-frog type. At some later date a barrier developed somewhere between the Apalachicola River in Florida and Mobile Bay; it effectively divided the gopher-frog stock and led to the differentiation of sevosa and capito. What this barrier may have been can only be conjectured, but we venture to suggest that it may have been an early interglacial (first?) increase in sea level,6 which submerged most of peninsular Florida except for a few islands, produced the Brandywine Terrace (270 feet above present sea level) , submerged the entire Apalachicola River, and embayed its western fork, the Chattahoochee. R. sevosa apparently developed in a humid region, and R. capito in a more arid environment. The hypothesis of the evolution of the former in situ in Mississippi swamps and of the latter on a relatively small island in the region of north-central Florida is in accord with the present environments of the two forms. A salt-water barrier may not have been required for the isolation of the Mississippi and Florida populations, however; at the present time, with no such bar- rier intervening, the ranges of sevosa and capito are well separated. Further study of the zoogeography of the Gulf coast will probably serve to empha- size the faunal dissimilarities of Florida and Mississippi. Many forms that are thought to have continuous ranges from Florida to New Orleans may be expected to exhibit discontinuities between the Apalachicola River and Mobile Bay. The present barrier in this region may be climatic, but its exact location and character must await detailed studies of many species. It is suggestive that the westernmost Florida record for Gopherus polyphe- mus listed by Carr (1940a: 105) is Liberty County, which has the Apa- lachicola as its western boundary. The gopher turtle occurs commonly west of Mobile Bay, but we do not know of any definite records from south- eastern Alabama. If, on further study, the range of this turtle proves to be discontinuous, it will afford an interesting parallel to the sevosa-capito distribution. Its absence in an area must not, however, be considered a barrier to gopher frog occupancy; for, since Harper’s statement (1935: 81) 6 See Cooke (1939, Florida Geol. Bull, no 17, fig. 12-16) for illustrations of Pleistocene shore lines in the southeast. 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 163 that the range of capito lies wholly within that of G. polyphemus, capito has been reported from Beaufort County, North Carolina (Brandt, 1936: 220), and polyphemus is not known to occur north of the Aiken region of South Carolina. Our conclusions as to the phylogeny of the areolata group are expressed graphically below. areolata circulosa pipiens- like ancestral stock Fig. 2. Diagram of the probable relationships of the forms of the Rana areolata group. Acknowledgments. — We are especially indebted to Dr. Doris M. Cochran, United States National Museum, for her frequent assistance during the course of this study; to Dr. Joseph Bailey, Mr. Francis Harper, Mr. James Oliver, and Dr. Charles F. Walker for reading portions of the manuscript ; and to Miss Ruth Trimble, Carnegie Museum, for editing the manuscript. We are also indebted to the following persons and to their respective in- stitutions, either for the loan of specimens or for permission to examine specimens: Dr. Thomas Barbour, Museum of Comparative Zoology; Dr. C. D. Bunker, University of Kansas; Mr. D. Dwight Davis, Field Museum of Natural History; Mrs. Helen T. Gaige, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan; Dr. Howard K. Gloyd, Chicago Academy of Sciences; Dr. G. K. Noble, American Museum of Natural History; Mr. Malcolm V. Parker, Memphis, Tennessee; Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, United States National Museum; and Mr. Leo J. Higgins, Toledo Zoological Park. 164 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE RAN A AREOLATA GROUP The following bibliography includes all references to Rana areolata , capito, and sevosa that we have been able to locate, except for incidental remarks in general texts. Footnote citations have been given in the text for publications that do not refer to these frogs. Allen, Morrow J. 1932 A survey of the amphibians and reptiles of Harrison County, Mississippi. Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 542: 1-20. Baird, Spencer F. 1859 Reptiles of the boundary. United States and Mexican Boundary Surv., pt. II, 2: 1-35, pi. 1-41. Baird, Spencer F., and Charles Girard 1852 Characteristics of some new reptiles in the museum of the Smith- sonian Institution. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 6: 173. Barbour, Thomas 1920 Herpetological notes from Florida. Copeia, no. 84: 55-57. Black, John D., and S. C. Dellinger 1938 Herpetology of Arkansas. Part two. The amphibians. Occ. Papers Univ. Arkansas Mus., no. 2: 1-30. Blatchley, W. S. 1900 Notes on the batrachians and reptiles of Vigo County, Indiana — II. 24th Ann. Rept. Indiana Dept. Geol. & Nat. Resources, for 1899: 537-552. Boulenger, George Albert 1882 Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia s. Ecaudata in the collection of the British Museum. 2nd ed., xvi+504 p., 30 pi. London. 1883 Notes on little-known species of frogs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), 11: 16-19. 1919 Synopsis of the American species of Rana. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), 3: 408-416. 1920 A monograph of the American frogs of the genus Rana. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci., 55: 413-480. Brandt, B. B. 1936 The frogs and toads of eastern North Carolina. Copeia, 1936, no. 4: 215-223. Burt, Charles E. 1935 Further records of the ecology and distribution of amphibians and reptiles in the middle west. Amer. Midland Nat., 16: no. 3: 311-336. 1938 The frogs and toads of the southeastern United States. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 41: 331-367, fig. 1-14. Burt, Charles E., and May Danheim Burt 1929 A collection of amphibians and reptiles from the Mississippi Val- ley, with field observations. Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 381: 1-14. Carr, A. F., Jr. 1934 A kev to the breeding-songs of the Florida frogs. Florida Nat., 7: no! 2: 19-23. 1940a A contribution to the herpetology of Florida. Univ. Florida Biol. Ser., 3, no. 1 : 1-118. 1940b Dates of frog choruses in Florida. Copeia, 1940, no. 1: 55. Chamberlain, E. Burnham 1939 Frogs and toads of South Carolina. Charleston Mus. Leaflet, no. 12: 1-38, 1 pi. 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 165 Cope, Edward Drinker 1875 Check-list of North American Batrachia and Reptilia; with a sys- tematic list of the higher groups, and an essay on geographical distribution. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 1: 1-104. 1886 Synonymic list of the North American species of Bufo and Rana, with descriptions of some new species of Batrachia, from specimens in the National Museum. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 23: 514-526. 1889 The Batrachia of North America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 34: 1-525, pi. 1-86, fig. 1-120. Davis, N. S., Jr., and Frank L. Rice 1883 Descriptive catalogue of North American Batrachia and Reptilia, found east of Mississippi River. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist., Bull. no. 5: 1-67. Deckert, R. F. 1914a List of Salientia from near Jacksonville, Florida. Copeia, no. 3: 3. 1914b Further notes on the Salientia of Jacksonville, Florida. Copeia, no. 5: 2-4. 1920 Note on the Florida Gopher Frog, Rana aesopus. Copeia, no. 80: 26. Dickerson, Mary C. 1906 The frog book. xviii-}-253 p., 16 color pi., 96 pi., 35 text fig. New York: Doubleday, Page and Company. Fletcher, William B. 1900 The Florida gopher. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, 9: 46-52. Force, Edith R. 1930 The amphibians and reptiles of Tulsa County, Oklahoma, and vicinity. Copeia, 1930, no. 2: 25-39. Gaige, Helen Thompson 1914 A list of the amphibians and reptiles observed in Richland County, Illinois, in May, 1913. Copeia, no. 11: 4. Gloyd, Howard K. 1928 The amphibians and reptiles of Franklin County, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 31: 115-141. Hallinan, Thomas 1923 Observations made in Duval County, northern Florida, on the gopher tortoise ( Gopherus polyphemus). Copeia, no. 115: 11-20. Harper, Francis 1935 The name of the gopher frog. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 48: 79-82. Hartman, F. A. 1907 Food habits of Kansas lizards and batrachians. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 20: 225-229. Hay, Oliver Perry 1892 The batrachians and reptiles of the state of Indiana. Indiana Dept. Geol. & Nat. Resources, 17th Ann. Rept.: 409-610, pi. 1-3. Hurter, Julius, Sr. 1911 Herpetology of Missouri. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 20, no. 5: 59-274, pi. 18-24. Le Conte, John 1855 Descriptive catalogue of the Ranina of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 7: 423-431, pi. 5. Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii 166 Loding, H. P. 1922 A preliminary catalogue of Alabama amphibians and reptiles. Alabama Mus. Nat. Hist., paper no. 5: 1-59. Loennberg, Einar 1894 Notes on reptiles and batrachians collected in Florida in 1892 and 1893. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 17: 317-339, fig. 1-3. Myers, George S. 1926 A synopsis for the identification of the amphibians and reptiles of Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1925, 35: 277-294. 1927 Notes on Indiana amphibians and reptiles. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1926, 36: 337-340. Parker, Malcolm V. 1939 The amphibians and reptiles of Reelf oot Lake and vicinity, with a key for the separation of species and subspecies. Rept. Reel- foot Lake Biol. Sta., 3: 72-101, fig. 1-14. Piatt, Jean 1931 Herpetological report of Morgan County, Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1930, 40: 361-368. Rice, Frank L., and N. S. Davis, Jr. 1878 in Jordan, David Starr. A manual of the vertebrate animals of the northern United States. 2nd ed. (p. 355) [5th ed., 1890, brief description on page 185 used by us] Shufeldt, R. W. 1917 The Florida gopher frog. Aquatic Life, 2: no. 12: 153-155, fig. 1-3. Smith, Hobart M. 1934 The amphibians of Kansas. Amer. Midland Nat., 15, no. 4: 377- 528, pi. 12-20, maps 1-24. Stejneger, Leonhard, and Thomas Barbour 1917 A check list of North American amphibians and reptiles. 1st ed., 126 p. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press. 1923 A check list of North American amphibians and reptiles. 2nd ed., x + 171 p. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press. 1933 A check list of North American amphibians and reptiles. 3rd ed., xiv + 185 p. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press. 1939 A check list of North American amphibians and reptiles. 4th ed., xvi + 207 p. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press. Strecker, John K., Jr. 1908 A preliminary annotated list of the Batrachia of Texas. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21: 53-62. 1915 Reptiles and amphibians of Texas. Baylor Bull., 18, no. 4: 1-82. Swanson, Paul L. 1939 Herpetological notes from Indiana. Amer. Midland Nat., 22: no. 3: 684-691. Taylor, Edward H. 1935 Arkansas amphibians and reptiles in the Kansas University Mu- seum. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 22: no. 10: 207-218. Thompson, Crystal 1915 Notes on the habits of Rana areolata Baird and Girard. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool., no. 9: 1-12, pi. 1-3. Van Hyning, Oather C. 1933 Batrachia and Reptilia of Alachua County, Florida. Copeia, 1933, no. 1 : 3-7. Van Hyning, Thompson 1923 A collecting note on Florida batrachians. Copeia, no. 118: 68. 1940 Goin and Netting: A New Gopher Frog 167 Viosca, Percy, Jr. 1931 Amphibians and reptiles of Louisiana. So. Biol. Supply Co., Price List no. 20: 1-12. Wright, Anna Allen, and Albert Hazen Wright 1933 Handbook of frogs and toads, xii + 231 p., 81 pi. Ithaca: Comstock Publishing Company. Wright, Albert Hazen 1926 The vertebrate life of Okefinokee Swamp in relation to the Atlantic Coastal Plain. Ecology, 7, no. 1: 77-95, pi. 2-6. 1929 Synopsis and description of North American tadpoles. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 74: 1-70, pi. 1-9. 1932 Life-histories of the frogs of Okefinokee Swamp, Georgia, xvi+497 p., 45 pi. New York: The Macmillan Company. Wright, Albert Hazen, and Anna Allen Wright 1938 Amphibians of Texas. Trans. Texas Acad. Sci., 21: 1-38, pi. 1-3, fig. 1-5. Wright, Herman P., and George S. Myers 1927 Rana areolata at Bloomington, Indiana. Copeia, no. 159: 173-175. Yarrow, H. C. 1883 Check list of North American Reptilia and Batrachia, with cata- logue of specimens in the U. S. National Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 24: 1-249. [This publication bears the date “1883” on the dust wrapper but “1882” on the title page.] 168 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Miss Olive Bean, del. Fig. 1. Adult male Rana sevosa, sp. nov., drawn from preserved specimens. Nat- ural size. Fig. 2. A portion of the dorsum of Rana sevosa, sp. nov., to show folds and warts; drawn from an enlarged photograph of a preserved specimen. About twice natural size. Plate XII ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII 2 6 ART. IX. BIRDS RECORDED IN THE STATE OF HIDALGO, MEXICO, BY THE SEMPLE EXPEDITION OF 19391 By George Miksch Sutton and Thomas D. Burleigh2 During the course of field work carried on in 1939 in eastern Mexico by Mr. John B. Semple and the authors, eleven days (March 27-30 and April 7-13) were spent in Hidalgo. Most of this time the party was stationed at Jacala, in the northwestern part of the State, but in going to and from Jacala important stops were made at El Barrio (near Chapulhuacan, not far south of the San Luis Potosi state-line) and at the Cuesta Texquedo, a so-called “pass” about 13 miles south of Zimapan, not far from the point where the Mexico City highway crosses the Tasquillo River. Jacala is a picturesque village situated at the edge of a broad, semi-arid, extensively cultivated valley. Its elevation is 4500 feet. About it rise bold mountains whose higher slopes are well forested. To the north these reach an altitude of 6000 feet. To the south they are perceptibly higher, individual peaks attaining an elevation of well over 7000 feet. Four miles east of town the valley drops rapidly, narrowing to a rugged ravine. The forest on the high land north of town is principally of oak and pine. Bold outcroppings of rock protrude from the trees and deep, well-like caverns gape amongst the thickets. Under the pines the shrubbery is thin, but where oaks dominate there are dense tangles of smilax and poison sumac. The woodland about La Placita, six miles south of town, is com- posed largely of deciduous trees. Seven miles farther south the highway itself reaches what may be called “pine level.” The valley east of and below town is so extensively cultivated that it is virtually devoid of trees. It is bordered with a thorny thicket, however, and this sort of vegetation, with an admixture of live oaks, cedars, and junipers, extends along the lower slopes of the mountains. Here and there among the ravines are narrow flats that are thicketed exclusively with 1 Third of a series of papers on the 1939 John B. Semple Expedition to eastern Mexico. 2The authors wish to thank the several staff members of the U. S. National Museum, the Fish and Wildlife Service of the U. S. Department of the Interior, the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, and the American Mu- seum of Natural History for their cooperation and assistance. 170 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII mesquite. These are recognizable at considerable distance because of their fresh, pleasant greenness. The woodland near El Barrio (3500 feet), where collections were made March 27 and April 13, is moist and luxuriant, quite unlike any found near Jacala. It is tropical by comparison, though less dense than that growing at the foot of the mountains, in the vicinity of Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi. The Cuesta Texquedo (6000 feet) is a rough, arid, comparatively tree- less place where cactus and thorny shrubbery line the parched arroyos. A brief stop was made there April 7. The following list of 130 birds (four not fully identified) is thought to include most of the breeding and many of the wintering and transient forms of the Jacala district. It probably represents but inadequately, on the other hand, the bird-life of any other part of the State. LIST OF SPECIES Chaulelasmus streperus (Linnaeus). Gadwall. A mixed flock of eight Gadwalls and five Pintails was seen April 8, resting at a shallow artificial pond two miles south of Jacala. Dafila acuta (Linnaeus). Pintail. Five (three males and two females) were seen near Jacala, April 8, as noted above. Cathartes aura (Linnaeus). Turkey Vulture. Common. Seen daily wherever we went. Coragyps atratus (Bechstein). Black Vulture. Seen infrequently at Jacala and at other towns along the main highway. Not as common as the Turkey Vulture, however. Accipiter striatus velox (Wilson). Sharp-shinned Hawk. A male, in immature plumage (testes slightly enlarged), of this north- eastern race was taken March 29 in a thicket in mixed woodland at 6000 feet, six miles north of Jacala. Adult (subspecies ?) seen at El Barrio, April 13. Circus cyaneus hudsonius (Linnaeus). Marsh Hawk. A female (with unenlarged, paired ovary) was taken March 29, in mixed woodland rather than in open country, at 6000 feet, six miles north of Jacala (Semple). Not otherwise recorded. 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 171 Falco sp. A Duck Hawk or Prairie Falcon swooped at the Gadwalls and Pintails seen April 8 near Jacala, causing them to flop about wildly in the shallow water. Falco sparverius Linnaeus. Sparrow Hawk. Noted repeatedly along the highway on the open, semi-arid plateau about Zimapan, March 30 and April 7. Seen infrequently in open coun- try near Jacala. Tringa solitaria Wilson. Solitary Sandpiper. A single bird was seen April 8, at a small pond near Jacala. Eroliinae. Small, grayish “peeps,” thought to be Least or Semipalmated Sand- pipers, were noted at a pond south of Jacala, April 8. The sudden ap- pearance of a falcon caused them to dash off before they could be identified. Columba fasciata Say. Band-tailed Pigeon. A flock of eight was seen April 12, in pine woods, seven miles north of Jacala (Semple). Zenaidura macroura (Linnaeus). Mourning Dove. Small flocks were seen in open country about Jacala at from 4000 to 4500 feet, April 9-11. Zenaida asiatica (Linnaeus). White-winged Dove. Noted infrequently near Jacala at from 4000 to 5000 feet during both our visits. Columbigallina passerina (Linnaeus). Ground Dove. A pair was seen flying along a stone wall, two miles south of Jacala, April 8. §3 ? V ’ • Scardafella inca (Lesson). Inca Dove. A single bird was seen among houses at the western edge of Jacala, April 12. Leptotila verreauxi (Bonaparte). White-fronted Dove. Identified with certainty only at El Barrio, March 27 and April 13. Common there. 172 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxviii Antrostomus vociferus setosus van Rossem. Mexican Whippoor- will. Recorded but once: a female, found dead on the highway six miles north of Jacala, April 11 (Semple). Though we searched diligently for goatsuckers, by night as well as by day, we failed to see or hear one alive. Chaetura sp. Some small, dark swifts were seen April 7 at the Cuesta Texquedo. They were flying toward the Tasquillo River. Aeronautes saxatalis saxatalis (Woodhouse). White-throated Swift. Large flocks were seen at El Ocote (a village north of Jacala), March 27, and at La Placita, April 8 and 10. Two female specimens taken are of the present race (wing: 137 mm.; 141.5). Calothorax lucifer (Swainson). Lucifer Hummingbird. Encountered only at the Cuesta Texquedo, where a female was taken April 7 (Sutton). Selasphorus sp. A female hummingbird, apparently Selasphorus rufus, was seen re- peatedly at El Barrio, feeding about a flowering tree, April 13. Eugenes fulgens fulgens (Swainson). Rivoli’s Hummingbird. Noted only at Jacala where it was fairly common, April 7-13, male and female specimens being taken at from 4500 to 5500 feet. Seen repeatedly about flowers in town. In all males collected or observed the glittering feathers of the forehead and crown were molting extensively. Hylocharis leucotis leucotis Vieillot. White-eared Hummingbird. Identified with certainty only in mixed woodland 13 miles south of Jacala (7000 feet), where a breeding male was taken, March 30 (Sutton). Cynanthus latirostris latirostris Swainson. Broad-billed Humming- bird. Common at the Cuesta Texquedo, where breeding males were taken April 7 (Sutton and Semple). Rare at Jacala, where a single male was seen repeatedly at the edge of town; and a young female, not long out of the nest, was taken at 4000 feet, in a wooded ravine southeast of town, April 11 (Burleigh). This interesting specimen is identifiable chiefly from the broad, gray-tipped, steel-blue rectrices. It is dark gray below 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 173 (with white under tail coverts) and green above, the feathers of the crown, neck, back, and rump being tipped with dull brown. The remiges are all sheathed at the base. Trogon ambiguus ambiguus Gould. Coppery-tailed Trogon. Recorded with certainty only at Jacala (4000 to 7000 feet). In the mixed woodland north of town it was common, a flock of ten or twelve birds sometimes being encountered at the mouth of a deep, thicket- fringed cavern. Males taken April 9-12. Trogon mexicanus mexicanus (Swainson). Mexican Trogon. Two specimens were taken by Sutton: a subadult male, at El Barrio, March 27 ; and a female, near La Placita, seven miles south of Jacala (5500 feet), April 8. Not certainly identified otherwise. Aulacorhynchus prasinus prasinus (Gould). Emerald Toucanet. This interesting bird, which apparently has not heretofore been re- corded from Hidalgo, was seen repeatedly at El Barrio, March 27 and April 13, a female being taken there on the latter date (Burleigh). Since the species was found to be fairly common also at Tamazunchale, in south- eastern San Luis Potosi, we believe that it occurs in suitable woodlands throughout the district, presumably at elevations below 3500 feet. Colaptes cafer mexicanus Swainson. Mexican Red-shafted Flicker. Noted only at Jacala, where it was fairly common in mixed woodland. Two breeding males, taken six miles north of town, March 28 (Semple and Burleigh), do not agree very well inter se in size or color. One of them (wing, 151 mm.; tail 100; bill, 35), we have no hesitation in calling mexi- canus. The other (wing, 165 ; tail, 108 ; bill, 39) is very gray throughout the upperparts, and if we call it mexicanus we do so principally because it is altogether too large for nanus , the form it most closely resembles in color. Balanosphyra formicivora formicivora (Swainson). Acorn- storing Woodpecker. Noted only about openings in mixed woodland near Jacala (6000 to 7000 feet), a mated pair being taken six miles north of town, April 11 (Semple). Dryobates villosus intermedins Nelson. Intermediate Hairy Woodpecker. Noted only in mixed woodland on slopes above Jacala, breeding male 174 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII and female specimens being taken 6 miles north of town respectively on March 28 and April 12. These are definitely browner on the throat and chest than February examples of intermedius from the Mesa de Chipinque, Nuevo Leon, but they are not nearly dark enough for jardinii. Dryobates scalaris bairdi (Malherbe). Baird’s Ladder-backed Woodpecker. Noted infrequently in valley below Jacala (4000 to 4500 feet); and at the Cuesta Texquedo, where a breeding male was taken on April 7 (Sem- ple). Lepidocolaptes affinis affinis (Lafresnaye). Allied Woodhewer. Noted on two occasions by Sutton: at El Barrio, where a female was taken April 13; and near Jacala, where the female of a mated pair was taken in deciduous woodland at 5500 feet, seven miles south of town, April 10. The song, a descending series of thin whistles, was not nearly so noticeable as that of Xiphorhynchus flavigaster (as heard at Tama- zunchale and Valles, San Luis Potosf). Pachyramphus major major (Cabanis). Mexican Becard. Noted once at Jacala: a male taken by Burleigh, April 8, in deciduous woodland (5500 feet), 7 miles south of town. Commoner at El Barrio, where a mated pair were taken, April 13 (Sutton). This species apparently has not heretofore been recorded from Hidalgo. Tyrannus melancholicus Vieillot. Tropical Kingbird. Mated pairs were noted near Jacala, April 9-11. Similarly colored kingbirds, seen along the highway in the Zimapan district, may have been of other species. No specimen collected. Myiarchus cinerascens cinerascens (Lawrence). Ash-throated Flycatcher. Identified with certainty only at the Cuesta Texquedo, where several were seen and a female taken, April 7. Myiarchus nuttingi inquietus Salvin and God man. Guerrero Nutting’s Flycatcher. Identified with certainty only at Jacala, April 12, when a male was taken at about 4200 feet, in a wooded ravine 2 miles south of town (Burleigh). Other examples of Myiarchus seen in the same place that day were thought to be of the same species. Nutting’s Flycatcher ap- parently has not heretofore been recorded from Hidalgo. 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 175 Myiarchus tuberculifer lawrenceii (Giraud). Lawrence’s Dusky- capped Flycatcher. Noted at El Barrio, March 27, and at Jacala (4500 to 5500 feet), April 7-13, a male being taken in a wooded ravine northeast of town, April 11. Empidonax hammondii (Xantus). Hammond’s Flycatcher. Identified with certainty only at Jacala, where specimens were taken (5500 to 7000 feet) March 28 and April 10-12. Empidonax wrightii Baird.3 Wright’s Flycatcher. Recorded only at Jacala, where a male was taken (4500 feet), April 9. Empidonax difficilis salvini Ridgway. Salvin’s Western Fly- catcher. Male specimens were taken in mixed woodland near Jacala (6000 feet), March 28 and 29 (Burleigh). Empidonax difficilis hellmayri Brodkorb. Hellmayr’s Western Flycatcher. A female was taken on March 28 in mixed woodland, six miles north of Jacala (Sutton). This specimen is noticeably less brown on the upper- parts and chest than a specimen of E. d. salvini taken the same day. Empidonax albigularis Sclater and Salvin. White-throated Fly- catcher. Noted only at Jacala, where a male was taken at 4000 feet in a wooded ravine southeast of town, April 9 (Burleigh). Not heretofore reported from Hidalgo. Mitrephanes phaeocercus hidalgensis Sutton and Burleigh. Hi- dalgo Tufted Flycatcher. Fairly common in deciduous and mixed woodlands at Jacala, where specimens were taken on March 28 and April 8 at from 5000 to 7000 feet. Noted also at El Barrio, where a female was taken, April 13. r Myiochanes pertinax pallidiventris (Chapman). Coues’s Pewee. Noted only at Jacala, where a singing male with somewhat enlarged testes was taken in pine woods at 6000 feet, six miles north of town, March 28 (Sutton). 3 Allan Phillips (Auk, 1939, 56: 311-312), believing Baird’s type of wrightii to be an example of griseus, has given this species the name oberholseri. We have not yet had an opportunity to compare these types. 176 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Camp to stoma imberbe Sclater. Beardless Flycatcher. Encountered only at the Cuesta Texquedo, where a male was taken April 7 (Burleigh). Tachycineta thalassina thalassina (Swainson). Mexican Violet Green Swallow. Noted only at Jacala, where a male (testes somewhat enlarged) was taken from a flock, April 10 (Sutton). Progne chalybea (Gmelin). Gray-breasted Martin. Noted only at Jacala, where several pairs were observed, April 8-13. Aphelocoma sordida sordida (Swainson). Hidalgo Jay. Common in deciduous and mixed woodland about Jacala at from 5500 to 7000 feet. Among the breeding specimens taken there, March 28 and April 8-10, is a male that is considerably darker below than the others, the gray of the chest extending over virtually the whole of the belly. This variation, in a comparatively small series of breeding birds, lends support to Hellmayr’s belief that Nelson’s potosina is a synonym of sordida (Birds of the Americas: Part VII, 1934, p. 56). Xanthoura luxuosa luxuosa (Lesson). Green Jay. Common at El Barrio, where a male and a female were taken, April 13. Uncommon at Jacala, where it was noted, April 9-11, in wooded ravines northeast of town (4000 to 4500 feet). Corvus corax Linnaeus. Raven. Noted repeatedly at Jacala (where a flock of twenty were seen, April 9), and at the Cuesta Texquedo. Parus atricristatus atricristatus (Cassin). Black-crested Titmouse. Fairly common at El Barrio. Uncommon at Jacala, males being taken there, March 27 and April 11 (4000 to 5000 feet). Parus wollweberi wollweberi (Bonaparte). Woll weber’s Tit- mouse. Encountered only at Jacala, where, in mixed woodland (6000 to 7000 feet), it was common. Specimens taken, March 28 and April 8, are of this dark, southward ranging race. Auriparus flaviceps (Sundevall). Verdin. Common at the Cuesta Texquedo, where several pairs were seen build- ing their nests, April 7. 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 177 Troglodytes brunneicollis brunneicollis Sclater. Brown-throated Wren. Noted repeatedly at Jacala in mixed woodland (6000 to 7000 feet), a male being taken on March 28 (Burleigh). Troglodytes domesticus parkmanil Audubon. Western House Wren. The House Wren was noted infrequently at lower elevations near Jacala, March 27-29 and April 9-11. A male of the present race was taken on March 27, at 4500 feet (Sutton). Thryomanes bewickii murinus (Hartlaub). Hartlaub’s Wren. T. bewickii was noted infrequently at about 4500 feet near Jacala, April 9-13. At the Cuesta Texquedo a male of the present race (wing, 59.5 mm.; tail, 57) was taken, April 7 (Burleigh). Heleodytes brunneicapillus guttatus (Gould). Mexican Cactus Wren. Common at the Cuesta Texquedo, where two breeding males were taken on April 7. One of these is much more heavily spotted on the throat than the other, but both agree fairly well with Nelson’s type of obscurus (with which they were directly compared) in that the white markings of the upper parts are inconspicuous. Hellmayr (1934, 149) has made it clear that obscurus is a synonym of guttatus. Henicorhina leucosticta (Cabanis). Black-capped Wood Wren. Common at El Barrio, at from about 3000 to 3500 feet. No specimen taken. Catherpes mexicanus mexicanus (Swainson). Mexican Canyon Wren. Common at Jacala, where it was noted at all elevations visited. Espe- cially common about stone walls separating fields in the valley below town. Breeding specimens collected April 9-12 represent this large, dark race, which was described from Real del Monte, Hidalgo. Mimus polyglottos (Linnaeus). Mockingbird. Noted at the Cuesta Texquedo (where it was fairly common, April 7), and here and there along the highway in the Zimapan district. Melanotis caerulescens caerulescens (Swainson). Blue Mock- ingbird. Noted only at Jacala, where a female was taken in mixed woodland six 178 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxvm miles north of town, March 28 (Semple), and where two mated pairs were seen in deciduous woodland at lower elevations (4500 to 5000 feet) April 9-11. Toxostoma longirostre longirostre (Lafresnaye). Long-billed Thrasher. Noted only at Jacala where, in a wooded ravine southeast of town (4000 feet), several were seen April 9-12, a male being taken on the 12th (Burleigh). This specimen has the short bill (26.5 mm.) and long tail (131 mm.) of sennetti but the strongly rufescent tone on the upper parts and the short wing (94 mm.) of longirostre. It may represent a more or less local breeding population that is intermediate between these two forms. Toxostoma curvirostre (Swainson). Curve-billed Thrasher. Several seen at the Cuesta Texquedo, April 7. Not noted elsewhere. Turdus migratorius phillipsi Bangs. Veracruz Robin. Small numbers of Robins were seen at Jacala wherever we went. A breeding male taken near town by Burleigh is of the present race (wing, 131 mm.; tail, 93). The worn outermost rectrices of this specimen show no indication of white thumb-marking. Turdus assimilis assimilis Cabanis. Jalapa Robin. Noted only at El Barrio, where a breeding female was taken, April 13 (Sutton). Turdus grayi tamaulipensis (Nelson). Tamaulipas Gray’s Robin. Seen only about Jacala, where it was uncommon. A male was taken in deciduous woodland near La Placita, April 8 (Sutton). Hyiocichla guttata auduboni (Baird). Audubon’s Hermit Thrush. Hermit Thrushes were seen at Jacala during both our visits. The only specimen taken (female, March 28, Semple) is of this race (wing 98 mm.). Myadestes obscurus obscurus Lafresnaye. Brown-backed Solitaire. Taken at El Barrio and at Jacala. At the latter locality it was en- countered principally in mixed woodland. Myadestes unicolor unicolor Sclater. Slate-colored Solitaire. Common at El Barrio, where breeding males were taken, April 13 (Sutton). Not seen at Jacala. 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 179 Catharus mexicanus mexicanus (Bonaparte). Black-headed Nightingale-Thrush. Noted only at El Barrio, where several were seen and a singing male was collected, April 13 (Sutton). Polioptila caerulea mexicana (Bonaparte.). Mexican Blue-Gray Gnatcatcher. Identified with certainty only at Jacala where, in opener woodland, it was noted at from 4500 to 6000 feet. A pair with a nest and two fresh eggs was found on a mesquite flat three miles northeast of town at about 5000 feet, April 11 (Sutton). Gnatcatchers seen at the Cuesta Texquedo, April 7, were not identified specifically. Corthylio calendula (Linnaeus). Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Noted at El Barrio, March 27, and at Jacala during the course of our two visits. No specimen taken. Ptilogonys cinereus cinereus Swainson. Mexican Silky Fly- catcher. Noted but once: eight miles north of Jacala, at 6000 feet, where a male was taken, April 11 (Semple). Phainopepla nitens nitens (Swainson). Mexican Phainopepla. Noted only at the Cuesta Texquedo, where a male (wing, 99.5 mm.) and female (wing, 96) were taken on April 7 (Burleigh). Lanius ludovicianus mexicanus Brehm. Mexican Shrike. Seen at several points along the highway in the Zimapan district, a male (tail, 102 mm.), being taken near the Tasquillo bridge, March 30 (Semple). Cyclarhis flaviventris flaviventris Lafresnaye. Mexican Pepper- Shrike. Noted only at Jacala, where male specimens were taken by Sutton, March 29 and April 11, in thickets in mixed woodland (5000-6000 feet), north of town. Vireo griseus micrus Nelson. Least White-eyed Vireo. Fairly common in woods bordering cultivated fields near Jacala, at about 4000 feet, a male (wing, 59.5 mm.; tail, 48) being taken on April 9 by Burleigh. 180 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Vireo huttoni mexicanus Ridgway. Mexican Hutton’s Vireo. Fairly common (4000 to 6000 feet) at Jacala, where a male was taken, March 28, and a female, April 9 (Burleigh). Vireo solitarius Wilson. Blue-headed Vireo. Noted at Jacala in deciduous woodland (5000-5500 feet), March 28 and April 8-12. No specimen taken. Vireo gilvus eleanorae Sutton and Burleigh. Eleanor’s Warb- ling Vireo. Common at El Barrio and Jacala. At the latter locality it was common- est in deciduous woodland at from 5500 to 6000 feet. Males sang con- stantly, April 7-13. Mniotilta varia (Linnaeus). Black and White Warbler. Seen repeatedly at Jacala (in deciduous and mixed woodlands at from 4500 to 7000 feet) during both our visits. Male (molting extensively on head) taken on March 29 (Burleigh). Vermivora celata orestera Oberholser. Rocky Mountain Orange- crowned Warbler. V. celata was seen repeatedly at Jacala both in the opener country at 4500 feet and in heavier woodland at greater elevations. Male specimens of the present race, taken April 11 and 12, had not quite completed the prenuptial molt of the head feathers. Vermivora ruficapilla ruficapilla (Wilson). Nashville Warbler. Common about Jacala during both our visits, male and female speci- mens of the eastern race being taken March 28-29 and April 10. Vermivora superciliosa mexicana (Bonaparte). Mexican Hart- laub’s Warbler. Common at Jacala (5500 to 7000 feet) during both our visits, males being collected March 28 and 29. Compsothlypis pitiayumi nigrilora (Coues). Sennett’s Warbler. Noted only at Jacala where, in wooded ravines at from 4000 to 4500 feet, occasional singing males were noted and a male and female specimen taken, April 9-12. Dendroica coronata coronata (Linnaeus). Myrtle Warbler. Noted infrequently in mixed woodland near Jacala, March 27-29. A male in worn immature plumage, taken March 29, is of the eastern race (wing, 72 mm.; tail 57). 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 181 Dendroica auduboni (Townsend). Audubon’s Warbler. Common about Jacala, April 8-13. No specimen taken. Dendroica townsendi (Townsend). Townsend’s Warbler. Noted daily at Jacala, at from 5500 to 7000 feet, specimens being taken March 28-30 and April 8-11. The commonest warbler seen there. Dendroica virens virens (Gmelin). Black-throated Green Warbler. Fairly common at Jacala during both our visits, from one to ten birds being seen daily at higher elevations. Female taken March 28; male, April 8. Dendroica occidentals (Townsend). Hermit Warbler. Noted infrequently at higher elevations about Jacala, specimens being taken during both our visits. Oporornis tolmiei (Townsend). Macgillivray’s Warbler. Noted but once, a single bird near Jacala (4000 feet), April 12. Geothlypis trichas (Linnaeus). Marsh Yellow-throat. Recorded but once, a single bird in a thicket near Jacala, April 9. Wilsonia pusilla pileolata (Pallas). Pileolated Warbler. Wilsonia pusilla was noted at the Cuesta Texquedo, April 7, and at El Barrio, where a male of the present race (wing 61 mm.; tail 53) was taken April 12 (Burleigh). Setophaga picta picta Swainson. Painted Redstart. Mated pairs noted daily at higher elevations near Jacala during both our visits. Two males taken April 8 in deciduous woodland near La Placita. Myioborus miniatus miniatus (Swainson). Red-bellied Redstart. Fairly common on high slopes about Jacala, males being collected six miles north of town (5500 to 6000 feet), March 29. Basileuterus culicivorus culicivorus (Lichtenstein). Lichtenstein’s Warbler. On April 9, in a dry ravine near Jacala (4500 feet), Sutton took what he thought to be a mated pair of B. culicivorus , but one of these, the male, has the grayish upperparts of B. c. culicivorus , the other, the female, the yellowish gray upperparts of B. c. hrasheri. 182 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Basileuterus belli belli (Giraud). Bell’s Warbler. Noted only in brushy thickets in mixed woodland north of Jacala (6000 feet) on April 12, on which date two males were taken by Sutton. Basileuterus rufifrons jouyi Ridgway. Jouy’s Warbler. Noted only about Jacala, where it was fairly common at higher ele- vations and where two specimens were taken, a male on March 29 and a female on April 8. Icterus wagleri wagleri Sclater. Wagler’s Oriole. Three were seen at the Cuesta Texquedo, April 7. Noted at Jacala only on April 11 when a male was taken at 4000 feet in a wooded ravine southeast of town (Burleigh). Icterus graduacauda Lesson. Black-headed Oriole. Noted infrequently at Jacala, at from 5500 to 7000 feet, April 8-12. Icterus cucullatus cucullatus Swainson. Hooded Oriole. From one to four noted daily on the outskirts of Jacala, a male being taken there, April 11 (Burleigh). Icterus parisorum Bonaparte. Scott’s Oriole. Two males were seen on April 7, at the Cuesta Texquedo. Tanagra elegantissima Bonaparte. Blue-headed Euphonia. Noted twice by Sutton in mixed woodland six miles north of Jacala: March 29, when a mated pair were taken; and April 12, when a male was taken. Piranga bidentata sanguinolenta (Lafresnaye). Lafresnaye’s Tanager. Noted infrequently at Jacala, breeding males being taken, April 11 and 12, in open deciduous woodland. Piranga leucoptera leucoptera Trudeau. White-winged Tanager. Recorded only at El Barrio, where males were taken on March 27 and April 13. Piranga flava hepatica (Swainson). Hepatic Tanager. Common at Jacala, especially in pine and oak woods at from 6000 to 7000 feet. Specimens taken, March 27-29 and April 8-12. 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 183 Chlorospingus ophthalmicus ophthalmicus (Du Bus). Brown- headed Chlorospingus. Noted at El Barrio where it was common, and where, on March 27 and April 13, breeding specimens were collected. Noted also along the high- way between El Barrio and the San Luis Potosi state-line. Richmondena cardinalis canicauda (Chapman). Gray-tailed Cardinal. Fairly common at the Cuesta Texquedo, where a male was taken on April 7; and at 4000 to 4500 feet in the Jacala district, where a female was taken on April 9. Hedymeles melanocephalus melanocephalus (Swainson). Black- headed Grosbeak. Fairly common at Jacala, single birds and small flocks being seen re- peatedly during both our visits. A male was taken on April 10, thirteen miles south of town (Semple). Guiraca caerulea interfusa Dwight and Griscom. Western Blue Grosbeak. Seen repeatedly in thickets near Jacala, April 8-12. A male of the present race was taken on April 9 (Burleigh). Passerina cyanea (Linnaeus). Indigo Bunting. Male taken in thicket near Jacala, at 4500 feet, April 11 (Burleigh). Passerina versicolor (Bonaparte). Varied Bunting. Male seen at the Cuesta Texquedo, April 7 ; flock of five seen, April 12, in thickets south of Jacala (4000 feet). Tiaris olivacea pusilla Swainson. Mexican Grassquit. Noted daily at Jacala, where it was rare. Male taken, March 29, in mixed woodland six miles north of town (Sutton). Carpodacus mexicanus (Muller). House Finch. Common at the Cuesta Texquedo, April 7. No specimen taken. Spinus psaltria (Say). Arkansas Goldfinch. Noted only at Jacala, where a flock of thirty was seen along the borders of a field near town on April 9. Atlapetes pileatus pileatus Wagler. Rufous-capped Atlapetes. Recorded only at Jacala where, in mixed woodland at from 5500 to 7000 feet, it was seen infrequently, male and female specimens being taken near La Placita on April 8. 184 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Atlapetes brunnei-nucha brunnei-nucha (Lafresnaye). Chestnut- capped Atlapetes. Common at El Barrio, where breeding specimens were taken, March 27 and April 13 (Sutton and Semple). Arremonops rufivirgatus (Lawrence). Texas Sparrow. Noted infrequently about Jacala. A male taken by Burleigh at about 5500 feet near that place is so dark, large billed, and short tailed that it cannot be called A. r. rufivirgatus, though it is obviously not large billed nor dark enough for A. r. crassirostris. Specimens taken by us at Tama- zunchale, San Luis Potosi are similarly intermediate and unnameable. Forty years ago, Ridgway (Birds of North and Middle America, Part 1, 448) called attention to the fact that specimens of Arremonops rufivirga- tus “from southern Tamaulipas and Nuevo Leon and San Luis Potosi” baried “toward A. r. crassirostris ,” but this able systematist did not, with material at hand at the time, perceive how definitely intermediate in color and bill-size San Luis Potosi birds were, nor did he have specimens from Hidalgo. With fresh material from both these States for comparison, we believe that this intermediate race should be described and feel that no better name for it could be found than Arremonops rufivirgatus ridgwayi subsp. nov. Type. — Adult male in breeding plumage, Louis Agassiz Fuertes Me- morial Bird Collection at Cornell University no. 7491; La Placita, near Jacala, Hidalgo (5500 feet elevation), April 8, 1939; collected by Thomas D. Burleigh. Subspecific characters. — Too dark throughout upper parts and on throat, chest, sides and flanks, and too large-billed for A. r. rufivirgatus (Law- rence’s type, from “Rio Grande in Texas” = Brownsville, Texas, we have examined) ; but not dark enough nor large-billed enough for A . r. cras- sirostris (type, from “Cordoba and Orizaba, Veracruz,” also examined), hence definitely intermediate between the two races. Dissimilar to verticalis , sinaloae , sumichrasti , chiapensis , and superciliosus (all of which are considered by Hellmayr to be conspecific with rufivirgatus ) in having uniform, comparatively light brown, crown stripes. In tail- and wing-length ridgwayi is not, apparently, so constantly in- termediate as in bill-size and color, but it tends to be short- tailed, the tail of our type specimen measuring only 58 mm. (58.67 mm. being the average tail-length of six male crassirostris examined by Ridgway). 1940 Sutton and Burleigh: Birds Recorded in Hidalgo 185 Measurements. — Specimens collected by the authors: Type, wing, 61 mm.; tail 58; exposed culmen, 13.5; tarsus, 24. Male and female from Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi: wing, 64, 61; tail, 64, 61; tail 64, 58; exposed culmen, 13.5, 13; tarsus, 24, 24. Range. — Hidalgo, southeastern San Luis Potosi, and probably contigu- ous parts of southern Tamaulipas and northern Veracruz, from about sea-level to possibly 6000 feet. Pipilo maculatus montanus Swarth. Spurred Towhee. Fairly common in the mixed woodlands about Jacala, specimens being taken there, April 8-12. Pipilo fuscus potosinus Ridgway. Plateau Brown Towhee. Fairly common in opener country about Jacala, where a breeding male (wing, 92 mm.; tail, 96) was taken, April 11 (Burleigh). Noted also at the Cuesta Texquedo, April 7. Ammodramus savannarum pratensis (Vieillot). Eastern Grass- hopper Sparrow. Three Grasshopper Sparrows were seen at the edge of an open field near Jacala, April 9. One of these, a female of the present race (wing, 60.5 mm. ; tail, 43), was collected by Burleigh. Pooecetes gramineus (Gmelin). Vesper Sparrow. Three were seen feeding at the edge of an open field near Jacala on April 9. No specimen taken. Chondestes grammacus (Say). Lark Sparrow. Flock of eight seen April 9, near Jacala. No specimen taken. Aimophila ruficeps eremoeca (Brown). Rock Sparrow. Identified with certainty but once: a female taken at 5000 feet near Jacala, April 11 (Sutton). This subspecies presumably winters in the region. Aimophila ruficeps boucardi (Sclater). Bou card’s Sparrow. Most A. ruficeps noted at Jacala were thought to be of this race. A male was taken there at 6000 feet, March 28 (Burleigh). Junco phaeonotus phaeonotus Wagler. Mexican Junco. Noted only at and near Jacala, where mated pairs were seen several times in mixed woodland at 6000 feet north of town, more frequently at from 6500 to 7000 feet, 13 miles south of town. Specimens were taken, March 29-30 and April 10. 186 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Spizella passerina arizonae Coues. Western Chipping Sparrow. Seen at El Barrio, Jacala, and the Cuesta Texquedo, but nowhere com- mon. Male of present race (wing, 72 mm.; tail, 60) taken at Jacala, April 12 (Semple). Spizella pallida (Swainson). Clay-colored Sparrow. Noted only at the Cuesta Texquedo, where a male was taken from a small flock, April 13 (Semple). Spizella atrogularis atrogularis (Cabanis). Mexican Black-chinned Sparrow. Noted at the Cuesta Texquedo, where a male was taken on April 7 (Burleigh); and infrequently about Jacala (4000-4500 feet), April 8-12, a female being taken on April 12 (Burleigh). Melospiza lincolnii (Audubon). Lincoln’s Sparrow, Noted at Jacala (4500 to 5500 feet), April 8-12. V, % ART. X. A NEW SPECIES OF CYMOTHALES (MYRMELEONIDAE) By Nathan Banks Museum of Comparative Zoology (Plate XIII) While looking over some West African Neuroptera in the Carnegie Mu- seum, I noted a specimen of Cymothales that was unfamiliar to me. Dr. Kahl kindly loaned it for study, and I find it is new. There are about a dozen species of this fine genus already known from Africa. Navas, not knowing of Gerstaecker’s genus, described two species in a new genus, Mironius. I have not seen either of his species, but from the figures and descriptions, it may form a section or subgenus, for in those that I have seen there are two sections, readily separated by the condition of the anal veins in the fore wings. Cymothales gerstaeckeri sp. nov. (Plate XIII) In general appearance it is similar to C. johnstoni (of which C. regalis is probably a synonym). It differs in having a large costal spot between the oblique pre-median streak and the apical marks, as well as in various minor points. The face has a broad, dark brown cross-band on upper part of the clypeus ; above the antennae it is brown to top of the vertex where there is a row of darker brown spots, and behind is another row, the laterals adjoining the eyes, the median pair close together and longitudinal. The antennae are black for about six joints beyond the second, then pale, but getting dark toward the black tip. The pronotum has a broad median dark stripe, with a pale narrow stripe on each side, these reaching back over the thorax (as in several other species) ; on each side on the hind part of pronotum are two oblique dark streaks; pleura pale above, brown be- low; abdomen dark above, pale on venter except at tip; legs mostly pale, front femora darkened except on base, hind femora with a brown streak on outer side. Wings hyaline, with the usual brown marks somewhat as in C. johnstoni. Fore wing with a subbasal band; before the middle of wing the usual 187 A© Issued Jan. 13, 1941. 188 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII oblique band, the upper part rather broad and from its tip an oblique line extends back to the hind margin, the lower part of this band is more slender, and basad of it are a few dark spots. A little beyond middle of wing is a large spot reaching from the costa to the first branch of the radial sector; the apical mark is broken up somewhat like johnstoni, and shows the longitudinal streak, and several large pale areas, one over stigma, one at apex, and one just beyond rhegma. The small marks along the cubitus are not as distinct as in some species. In the hind wing the mark from hind margin is very oblique, and from its upper end a line goes down in a curve to the hind margin, along the hind margin and then up in a curve indicating a circle; the apical mark is broken by one large and several small pale spots, somewhat like C. excentros; several of the radial cross-veins are bordered with dark. In structure this species belongs with C. mirabilis, liberiensis, and delicata in which the second anal vein of the fore wing unites for some distance with the third anal (not so in speciosus, excentros , and hermosa). The antennae are longer than usual, reaching to the submedian band. The pronotum is long and slender; the vertex is elevated and straight across on top as in liberiensis. The fore wings are broader than in liberien- sis, the hind wings are much longer than the front ones, and the tip be- hind is deeply excavate. In the fore wings before the radial sector there are two rows of cells except near base; the radial sector at the post- median costal mark bends upward more than in allied species; there are about ten radial sectors; before the cubital fork none of the cells are crossed. In the hind wings the venation is much as in liberiensis, but the medius and cubitus are further apart. Abdomen is somewhat longer than many species. The legs are very slender, the front femora not thickened nor with the dense black hair, the bristles on femora and tibiae are black. Length of fore wing 42 mm., width 14 mm. Length of hind wing 50 mm., width 10 mm. Type specimen from Lolodorf, Kamerun, collected by J. A. Reis, unique, in collections of Carnegie Museum. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XIII Cymothales gerstaeckeri Banks, sp. nov. About twice natural size. ART. XI. AN ARCHAEOLOGICAL COLLECTION FROM THE BELCHER ISLANDS IN HUDSON BAY I. By Diamond Jenness Annals of the Carnegie Museum Vol. XXVIII, p. 189-206 . Issued Feb. 18, 1941 Pittsburgh, Pa. ART. XI. AN ARCHAEOLOGICAL COLLECTION FROM THE BELCHER ISLANDS IN HUDSON BAY By Diamond Jenness1 National Museum of Canada (Plates XIV-XXII) Through the kindness of Mr. J. Kenneth Doutt and Mr. Lawrence C. Woods, of Pittsburgh, the National Museum of Canada has received a collection of about a thousand archaeological specimens that Eskimos had gathered from old camp-sites in the Belcher Islands and delivered to Mr. Robert Cruickshank, the factor of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s trading post. The exact location of these camp-sites, and the extent to which they were ransacked, is unknown. About half the specimens are of stone, the other half of bone and ivory. Except for some teeth of seals, bears, dogs, and perhaps beluga, all the ivory has come from walrus tusks. The sources of the bone are more uncertain. A few objects have been made from the flipper bones of seals; two mouth-pieces of bow drills from the astragali of caribou; and the handle of a snow-knife from what seems to be a whale rib. Of the stone implements more than ninety-five per cent are made from slate, which is apparently very abundant in the islands. The slate was first battered or, occasionally, sawn into shape, then finished by grinding on slabs of either slate or sandstone. Many specimens were drilled for at- tachment to handles, or for lashing two broken parts together; and this drilling was done sometimes from one side only, sometimes from both. Drills with stone points were used, presumably, although no actual drills appear in the collection. Two specimens, both arrowheads, are of quartz, chipped but not polished. In addition, there are two unworked quartz crystals. 1 The author gratefully acknowledges the help he has received from his col- leagues in the National Museum of Canada, Mr. W. J. Wintemberg and Mr. J. D. Leechman. For additional information on Belcher Islands’ archaeology he would refer the student to the excellent article by Quimby, G. I. “The Manitunik Eskimo Culture of East Hudson’s Bay,” American Antiquity, Vol. 6, No. 2, Octo- ber, 1940, which was not in print when this paper was submitted. 189 Issued Feb. 18, 1941. 190 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Eight specimens are of sandstone. Six of these are whetstones, one a bead. The use of the eighth is unknown. Three implements, two of them small knives and one a lance-point, are of nephrite. A fourth implement, of uncertain use, is from a hard stone that looks like impure nephrite. Soapstone appears in the form of a toy lamp. Six pebbles, probably juggling stones, are of some undetermined igneous rock; two small knife- blades and what looks like a toy arrowhead are of a greyish-green amphi- bole; and one arrowhead of a black, basaltic rock. The source of the nephrite is unknown. Odd specimens made from it are distributed rather widely throughout the eastern Arctic, even as far south as northern Newfoundland. The soapstone probably came from somewhere in the Labrador Penin- sula. Implements made from black basalt seem to be common along the east coast of Hudson Bay; the arrowhead of that material may therefore have come from the mainland. HUNTING AND FISHING WEAPONS Harpoon Heads In this collection from the Belcher Islands are nineteen harpoon heads, nine of which — two made from ivory and seven from bone — have open sockets. Of these nine heads, one which carries a single spur and lashing holes for the foreshaft is broken at the fore-end so that it is impossible to determine whether or not it was slotted for a blade. A second specimen, very small and without a blade-slot, conforms to Mathiassen’s type Ala.2 A third, very flat but broken at the line hole, probably belongs to Mathias- sen’s type BI; its base is bevelled to an edge and serrated, and there is only one hole on each side for the foreshaft lashing. The other six heads with open sockets (Plate XIV, figs. 5-7) have blade- slots parallel with the line-hole and belong to Mathiassen’s type Aid. One specimen (Plate XIV, fig. 7) still retains its original iron blade. In every case barbs are lacking, and the base terminates in a single spur. Five heads carry holes for the foreshaft lashing; the sixth (Plate XIV, fig. 5) has a row of notches along each side. Of closed socket harpoons there are likewise nine examples, all barbless ; 2 Mathiassen T. Archaeology of the Central Eskimos, Report of the Fifth Thule Expedition, 1921-24, Vol. IV, Pts. I and II, Copenhagen, 1927; particularly Pt. II, pp. 12-26. 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 191 seven are made of ivory, two of bone. Four of them are quite thin, with line holes running from side to side and blade-slots parallel with them (Plate XIV, figs. 1, 2); and of these four three have bifurcated spurs, the other a single median spur. They belong to Mathiassen’s type AIIcl. The remaining five harpoon heads with closed sockets are very flat, belonging to Mathiassen’s type Bile. All have bifurcated spurs. Four have also blade-slots, three parallel to the line-hole, the fourth at right angles to it (Plate XIV, fig. 3). The fifth specimen is a toy weapon only. One harpoon head, of bone, has two barbs and no blade-slot (Plate XIV, fig. 4). Its base is broken, so that the character of the socket is uncertain. It is noticeable that the type of harpoon-head Mathiassen found most frequently recurring in Thule culture remains, a type with open socket and two opposing barbs, is lacking in this Belcher Island collection, though Mathiassen obtained one specimen from Port Harrison, on the coast of Labrador to the northward. There are six specimens of another common Thule type, that with open socket and blade-slits parallel to the line-hole; but one of these specimens bears an iron blade, showing that it persisted into early historic times. This may well have been the case also with the small specimen without a blade-slot (Mathiassen’s type Ala), and with the other specimen that is broken at the line-hole (Mathiassen’s type BI). The harpoon heads with closed sockets definitely belong to the later stages of the Thule culture and to the recent culture that succeeded it in the Central Arctic. Harpoon Foreshafts There are two foreshafts, both of ivory, and both used, probably, on walrus harpoons. One was a fixed foreshaft, i.e., firmly lashed to the shaft, the other was detachable. The fixed foreshaft (Plate XVII, fig. 3) is cut off square at the base, and its two lashing holes run parallel side by side, not at right angles to each other as was customary in the central Arctic from the late Thule period to comparatively recent times. It has also a third and larger hole, 4 cm. along the stem, that served for a reinforcing lashing. The detachable or movable foreshaft (Plate XVII, fig. 4) has a rounded base and, 6 cm. down the stem, a central hole whose grooves indicate a lashing down to the shaft. It has its counterpart in a toy specimen, 7 cm. long, which may have been deposited on a grave. This type of foreshaft has been used in the central Arctic from early Thule times (Mathiassen found it at Naujan) down to the 19th century. 192 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxvm Socket-pieces for Harpoon Shafts Two types of socket-pieces are represented, each by two examples. The first (Plate XX, fig. 1) is a solid piece of bone hollowed at the top and scarfed at the bottom for attachment to the shaft; the second (Plate XX, fig. 6) is the cap-shaped type in common use today throughout the Central Arctic. The second specimen of this latter type (Plate XX, fig. 4) is a hollow tube with two large holes in the side, in addition to the two holes at the base for pegging to the shaft; possibly it has been reworked for some purpose. Mathiassen states that the cap-shaped type is a later form which, in the central and eastern areas of the Arctic, has replaced the heavy, solid type. Finger-rest of Harpoon There are two finger-rests for the throwing harpoon, both of ivory. One (Plate XXI, fig. 2) has two small holes for lashing to the shaft, the other (Plate XXI, fig. 3) only one. Neither shows any unusual features. Swivel for Harpoon Line A bone swivel to prevent the harpoon line from entangling is shown in Plate XXI, fig. 11. Similar swivels are still used in Baffin Island and in Greenland. Their antiquity is a little uncertain, for Mathiassen seems not to have found any in Thule age remains. Bladder-inflator An ivory bladder-inflator is shown in Plate XXI, fig. 7. A second speci- men differs only in being a little smaller. The type has remained constant from Thule times to the present day. There are also two stoppers for bladder-inflators, one of ivory (Plate XXI. fig. 8), and the other of bone. They do not differ from stoppers found in other parts of the Arctic from the earliest times onward. Harpoon Rest on Kayak A bone rest for the harpoon is shown in Plate XX, fig. 3. In addition to the end hole there are two holes on the underside, near the widest part, that meet in the middle and serve to lash the object to the deck of the kayak. 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 193 Mathiassen considers the harpoon rest a late feature among the Central Eskimos because he did not find it in any Thule site except the very late one at Qilalukan, on the north end of Baffin Island. In the National Museum of Canada, however, there is a ‘hoop’ made from musk-ox horn (text-figure 1) that was found in the old site at Birnirk, north Alaska, and Fig.1. Harpoon rest from Birnirk, northern Alaska. immediately identified by the local Eskimos as an appliance lashed to the deck of the kayak to keep the spear from falling overboard. It may be, therefore, that some kind of a rest is an ancient and wide-spread feature. Bladder -dart Head On Plate XVII, fig. 1, is shown an extraordinarily long (38 cm.) ivory dart-head, cleverly spliced together to mend a break. It has four barbs on one side, six on the other, all made in the same peculiar way, by drilling two overlapping holes close to the edge. The base tapers to a point and is roughened for attachment to the shaft, besides which a small hole has been drilled in the edge, presumably for a lashing. Bladder-dart heads appear not to have been very common in the eastern Arctic (outside of Greenland). All those that have been discovered hitherto seem to be rather shorter, and to have either unilateral barbs, or two opposing barbs. Mathiassen illustrates a whale-bone head from Port Harrison ( Op . cit., Plate 77, fig. 1), on the Labrador mainland to the north of the Belcher Islands, which seems to have barbs made by drilling two overlapping holes; I know of no other example. It may be worth recording that from the east coast of Hudson Bay, “somewhere between Port Harrison and Cape Smith, there was obtained a long slate pencil which was said to be a weight attached to the seal- 194 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII spear (bladder-dart?) to give it the correct balance.” The specimen is now in the Hudson’s Bay Company’s Museum in Winnipeg, but a drawing of it is shown in text figure 2. Fig. 2. Weight attached to a seal-spear to give it the correct balance. About one-fourth natural size. From ruined rock dwellings between Port Harrison and Cape Smith. Lance-Head There are four lance-heads ; all have open sockets, three of them flattened at the fore-end for a blade (Plate XIV, fig. 8), the other slit. A fifth specimen (Plate XIV, fig. 9), rather flat, exactly resembles these heads except that it lacked a blade, tapering instead to a rounded point very like certain harpoon-heads. All five lance-heads are of the ‘loose’ variety, attachable to the harpoon fore-shaft. The type seems to have been known in the Central Arctic from the Thule period until comparatively recent times. No ‘fixed’ lance-heads are present in the collection. Arrowheads There is only one bone arrowhead (Plate XV, fig. 10), with a barb on each side. The base is broken, so that it is uncertain whether it was tanged or scarfed. Prongs for Salmon Spears There are two bone prongs for the salmon spear (Plate XV, fig. 5), of a type common in the Central Arctic from the earliest times. Mathiassen 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 195 has illustrated a third from the Belcher Islands that does not differ from them in any essential feature. Prongs for Bird Spears Five side prongs for bird spears have one or more barbs on the inside, none on the outside (Plate XV, fig. 8) ; but a sixth prong (Plate XV, fig. 9) has a barb on the outside also, as was customary during the Thule period. An unusual feature in this specimen is the hole in the base for lashing to the shaft. Sinkers for Fish-Hooks The fish-hooks, or rather sinkers for fish-hooks, are of very unusual types. Seven are of bone, and seven of stone. At least four of the bone sinkers are fashioned from flipper bones of the seal. At one end is a hole for the fishing line; in the curve of the other end is a hole for the barbed bone or ivory hook. One specimen (Plate XV, fig. 2) has a hook still in place, but it appears newer than the rest of the implement and may have been made recently. There is, however, another hook of exactly the same shape, but much older-looking, that seems to fit the hole of another sinker (Plate XV, fig. 1). All the stone sinkers are made from slate (Plate XV, figs. 3, 4, 7). Four have single notches for the attachment of the barb (which was presumably bone or ivory) ; three have two diverging notches. Five are grooved at both ends for lashings; the upper ends of the remaining two are broken. Both the stone and the bone sinkers were doubtless used for catching cod. Since neither type seems to have been recorded hitherto, they may be peculiar to the Belcher Islands, or perhaps to those islands and the adjacent shores of the Labrador peninsula. Blades and Points for Hunting Weapons Apart from two bone points, all the blades are made of stone. Four types seem distinguishable. Type i: Thin triangular slate blades, with straight bases and with sides, as a rule, slightly curving; they are commonly bevelled towards the three edges so as to leave a ridge from the point to near the middle, where the blade is thickest (Plate XVI, figs. 1-8 and 10). In a few specimens the corners of the base are rounded or ground diagonally. The majority of the 196 Annals of the Carnegie Museum yol. XXVIII blades range from 3 to 6 cm. in length, but one unfinished specimen, only slightly ground, measures 12.5 cm.; possibly it was intended for a knife. In one specimen (Plate XVI, fig. 5) the base has been ground straight across except in one corner, where there is a small spur or barb. A similar spur appears in another specimen, which may conceivably have carried two spurs, for the opposite corner is broken. Mathiassen illustrates a single-spurred slate blade {Op. cit ., Plate 44, fig. 12), that he found at Mitimatalik, on the north end of Baffin Island. A third blade in the col- lection (Plate XVI, fig. 10) has been ground straight across, then rendered slightly concave by chipping. Possibly in these three specimens the Belcher Islanders have been influenced by their concave-based arrow- points of chipped quartz or basalt (Plate XVI, figs. 11, 12). Mathiassen illustrates an unground slate point with concave base that came from Port Harrison {Op. cit., Plate 77, fig. 5). The smallest of these slate blades were doubtless arrow-heads, and the larger ones used for harpoons and lances. Seventeen lack any holes or notches for securing them to the shafts; presumably they were expected to slip out and remain in the quarry. An almost equal number have one hole either through the middle or to one edge; and two specimens (Plate XVI, fig. 3) have two holes, one above the other. Slate blades of this type (excluding the three specially noted) were widely distributed throughout both the eastern and the western Arctic from early times right down to the introduction of iron. The Belcher Island collection contains two points of bone that are exactly similar (Plate XVI, figs. 13, 14). They also seem equally wide-spread, though not so common as slate ones. Type 2: Long slender slate blades, flat on both faces but with bevelled edges, and with one or more notches on each side of the base for attach- ment to the handle (Plate XVI, figs. 16-19). In two specimens (Plate XVI, fig. 17) the point is very sharp, which suggests that they were arrow- points or small lance-points; two others (Plate XVI, figs. 19, 18), one with a rounded point, the other with a chisel-shaped one, may have been knives; the points of the remaining two specimens are broken. One of these broken specimens (Plate XVI, fig. 16) is ground steeply to an edge on one face, and on the opposite face to produce the edge on the other side. The same feature reappears in two other slate blades {Cf. Plate XV, fig. 11, and Plate XVIII, fig. 9), so that it was probably intentional. Blades of this type, made from ground slate, seem unknown outside of the Belcher Islands and the west coast of the Labrador Peninsula, whence 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 197 Mathiassen also obtained some specimens. One blade with three notches on each side was found in a ruined stone dwelling between Port Harrison and Cape Smith; it is now in the Hudson's Bay Company’s museum in Winnipeg. Mathiassen illustrates three others from Port Harrison; one has one notch, one two, and the third three notches on each side {Op. cit., Plate 77, figs. 18-20). Blades of the same type, but chipped from chert, seem to have a rather wider distribution around the Labrador Peninsula and even extend into Newfoundland, where they are associated with Dorset Eskimo remains. Type j: Flat, triangular blades, probably lance-points, with long flat tangs for insertion in a handle. The collection contains only three certain examples, one (Plate XVI, fig. 9) made from nephrite, the other two (Plate XVI, fig. 15) from slate; but a fourth specimen, broken at the base, seems to have belonged to the same type, which has been widely spread throughout the Arctic since early times. Type 4: Chipped points, unground. There are only three in this col- lection, two (Plate XVI, fig. 12) of quartz and one (Plate XVI, fig. 11) of a black basaltic stone. All are triangular and have the concave bases that seem specially associated with Dorset culture remains. In addition to the four types listed above, there are one or two anomalous blades. Plate XVI, fig. 24, shows what seems to be a tiny arrow-point of amphibole. The chip at the base was accidental. One of the two holes has been drilled from both faces to meet in the middle, but the workman made a mistake and his first hole did not meet the one from the opposite side. It should be noted that Wintemberg found a rather similar speci- men, but of ground slate and with its two holes sawn out, not drilled, on the Dorset Eskimo site at Portland Creek in Newfoundland; and that another from the same island has been illustrated by Patterson (Trans- actions of the Royal Society of Canada, Sect. II, PI. X, 1, 1891). Another peculiar specimen is shown in Plate XV, fig. 11. From its shape, and its sharp point and edges, one suspects that it was a lance-head, but the base is unusually thick. Like the specimens shown in Plate XVI, fig. 16, and Plate XVIII, fig. 9, the edges are bevelled on opposite faces. One face, too, is quite rounded, so that the blade has a twisted appearance. I have found no other blades bevelled on opposite faces in the National Museum of Canada’s collections from the Central Arctic except one small point from Pond’s Inlet, in which the bevelling is much less pronounced, and a broken slate knife-blade from the Dorset Eskimo site at Port-au- Choix, Newfoundland. 198 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII HOUSEHOLD TOOLS AND ORNAMENTS Snow-Knives There are five curving snow-knife blades made of ivory and two bone handles for such knives. Four of the blades (Plate XVII, fig. 5) are cut off square at the base, where there are holes for lashing to the handles. The fifth, (Plate XVII, fig. 2), for a left-handed person, is double-shouldered, tapering in to a hollowed-out tang that is pierced with eight holes joined in pairs on one face by grooving. In breadth all the blades are inter- mediate, neither very wide nor very narrow. Both handles, like the blade just described, are double-shouldered. One seems to fit the largest blade, as shown in Plate XVII, fig. 5. The other closely resembles it, but is a little smaller. Snow-knives of similar shape, with double-shouldered handles, per- sisted in many parts of the Central Arctic ( e.g ., Southampton Island) from Thule times down to the introduction of iron. Men’s Knives Out of nearly fifty men’s knives, or parts of such knives, all but about six are single-edged (Plate XVIII, figs. 1-9; Plate XIX, figs. 1-2). The backs are almost straight, but the curved cutting edge tapers in to pro- duce a long tang. In the larger specimens this tang made a satisfactory handle even without a wrapping, provided the hand was protected with a mitten; the smaller and thinner specimens (Plate XVIII, figs. 6, 7) were doubtless hafted or wrapped. One specimen (Plate XVIII, fig. 1) has the shape of a single-edged knife, but its almost straight back has also been ground to a sharp edge. In another specimen (Plate XVIII, fig. 9) the edge has been produced by unusually steep bevelling on one face only, and the almost straight back is also steeply bevelled, but on the opposite face, thus giving the blade a twisted appearance (Plate XV, fig 11 and Plate XVI, fig. 16). Plate XVIII, fig. 3 shows the fore-end of a blade with an unusually curved back. Of the double-edged knives, three are perfectly symmetrical, with both edges tapering in to the long tang. In two of them the points are rounded ; in the third (Plate XVIII, fig. 4) it is broken off. The largest of these three knives, 36 cm. long, (Plate XIX, fig. 2) may be unfinished; only the edges have been ground, and they are not ground sufficiently to produce a uniformly smooth bevel. That this grinding was usually the final stage in 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 199 manufacture becomes clear from the well-formed single-edged specimen shown in Plate XIX, fig. 1, which has been battered and chipped into shape, and only awaits the grinding of its edges and surfaces. A fourth double-edged knife (Plate XVIII, fig. 2), broken, unfortunately, at the fore-end, shows no sharp separation between blade and tang, but in the tang, which has rather sharp edges, three holes have been drilled as though for lashing to a heavy handle. Were it not for its size one would be tempted to consider this blade a lance-head. One of the double-edged knives, and a few of the single-edged, have holes in the tangs for suspension handles. When the blade of one neatlv-made single-edged knife broke in two, its owner drilled four small holes to lash the two parts together (Plate XVIII, fig. 6). Besides these single- and double-edged slate knives with blade and handle in one piece, known from several other parts of the Arctic (accord- ing to Mathiassen, wherever slate was plentiful), there are tw'o slate knives, also single-edged, of a type not hitherto recorded. The handle of the one shown in Plate XV, fig. 13, is but slightly worked, but that of Plate XV, fig. 14, is both chipped and ground. Its edge, too, has been bevelled from both sides. Although the blades of the two specimens are broken, they seem from their thinness to have been very short, perhaps not exceeding 3 cm. Possibly they were used for sawing or graving. In Plate XVI are shown some very small knife-blades made from greenish-grey amphibole (figs. 26 and 27) or nephrite (figs. 21 and 22). Three of them were probably side-blades, but one of the two nephrite specimens (fig. 21) seems to have been an end-blade, admirably adapted for cutting bone and ivory. The slate implement shown in Plate XVI, fig. 25, is broken. Both of its faces have been carefully bevelled to a chisel-like end and its edges are finely notched. This implement may be the base of a knife. The only separate knife-handle is the bone fragment shown in Plate XX, fig. 7, which has a deep slot at the side of the fore-end and traces of the hole through which the blade was lashed. It was adapted, apparently, for a whittling knife such as was common in the Central Arctic from Thule times onward. Women’s Knives {ulos) There are thirty-four ulos or fragments of ulos (Plate XVIII, figs. 10-12, Plate XIX, figs. 3-5), all made of slate. They range in size from a very neat specimen less than 7 cm. long to an enormous blade (Plate XIX, fig. 200 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 3) over 27 cm., the largest I have seen recorded.3 This extraordinary knife, however, is unfinished, for its edge, though chipped all round, has been left unground. In some of these ulos the edges are only slightly ground ; others resemble in outline a crescent moon. All except one are tanged for the reception of a handle, a feature characteristic of the old Thule culture, but whether of the Dorset also is not certain. Several have a hole near the base of the tang, and one has two holes near the corners. In one knife (Plate XIX, fig. 4) there is a small hole in the tang, and, below it, a much larger hole, made by grinding on both faces, for the insertion of a finger; probably the maker was here copying the open frame handle of bone so common in the Thule period, thereby making it unnecessary to attach any handle (Cf. Mathiassen, Op.cit., Plate 50, fig. 3). The specimen without a tang (Plate XVIII, fig. 10) had two holes in the body of the blade for lashing on a handle or wrapping (Cf. Mathiassen, Op.cit ., Plate 50, fig. 10), but it is broken across one of the holes. The only two ulo handles in this Belcher Island collection are of modern form, with the handles morticed and also riveted to slender tangs, that in turn were riveted to the blades. One specimen, with an ivory handle and bone tang, is a mere toy; the other (Plate XX, fig. 5) has a wooden handle and bone tang pierced by iron rivets. Adzes There are no adze handles in the collection, and only one adze head (Plate XX, fig. 2) which is made of bone. The socket for the blade, which was evidently of stone, is almost oval and very shallow; on each side of it is a hole for the lashing. The body tapers off to a blunt point, and, in addition to roughened edges, has a vertical hole through the middle to secure the handle. Of adze-blades there are three, all of slate. The largest (Plate XIX, fig. 7), 15.5 cm. long by 6 cm. wide and 3 cm. thick, has been smoothed on both faces and bevelled to an edge at one end. By chipping and grind- ing, three grooves were formed on each edge of its upper surface for secur- ing the lashing that fastened it to the handle. I know of no other blade shaped in this manner. The two other adze-blades were roughly chipped into shape and left 3 Mathiassen records one 25 cm. long, also from the Belcher Islands (Op. cit., p. 291). 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 201 unfinished. One was ground at the end on both faces to produce a sym- metrically bevelled edge; the other was ground a little on one side and on the upper surface, and the fore-end of this surface bevelled to an edge. The maker then proceeded to dress it, apparently, by more chipping, and in so doing broke the implement in two. Whetstones Of the twenty-four whetstones, eighteen are of slate and six of sandstone. The majority are rectangular, some fairly broad, others long and narrow. On some, both surfaces have been used, on others only one. One specimen (Plate XV, fig. 16), of a reddish sandstone, has three rude triangles scratched on one surface, but the marks seem recent and were probably made by the finder. Skin Scrapers There is only one skin scraper, of slate, with blade and handle in one piece and a foot on the handle (Plate XIX, fig. 6) . Mathiassen illustrates a rather similar specimen from Port Harrison (Op. cit., Plate 77, fig. 7). The type is known from Thule remains, and is still used occasionally in the Central Arctic. Another slate blade, chipped along the rounded front edge, seems to have been intended for a scraper, but broke in manufacture. Chisel (?) or Boot-creaser (?) On Plate XVI, fig. 20 is shown a small implement fashioned from some hard rock that is probably nephrite. The fore-end has been bevelled to a sharp, chisel-like edge, one side-edge ground smooth, and the other side- edge bevelled from both faces, but not to an edge. The base is broken off. Near the front end is a notch, presumably for hafting. Wintemberg found a slate tool almost identical with this one at Port- land Creek, on the northwest coast of Newfoundland; it differed only in lacking the notch. In northern Newfoundland, too, have been found several other specimens, all but one of nephrite, that are similar in every respect except that they are triangular (and the chisel-edge, therefore, much narrower) and are notched near the base. (It should be noted that these Newfoundland specimens are associated with Dorset culture re- mains, the only Eskimo culture found on the island.) Still another 202 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Fig. 3. Chisel of nephrite from Brodie Bay, east coast of Baffin Island. nephrite chisel (?), text-figure 3, with two notches on each side, comes from Brodie Bay, on the east coast of Baffin Island. Finally, Mathiassen il- lustrates what may be the same type of implement from Admiralty Inlet, in the north of Baffin Island ( Op.cit ., Plate 1, fig. 64). Just what purpose these specimens served is unknown. Their edges seem too sharp for boot-creasers ; possibly they were really chisels. Mathiassen calls his specimen a knife. Drills No drills are present in the collection, but there are two mouth-pieces for a bow-drill, each of them a caribou astragalus. One (Plate XIV, fig. 13) has been used so frequently that the socket is worn right through to the top. Mouthpieces of caribou astragalus were in common use throughout the Central Arctic from the earliest times. The cylindrical ivory object shown in Plate XXI, fig. 17, deeply grooved in the middle, may have been attached to the thong of a fire-drill. There is a second specimen very much like it, but a trifle smaller. Lamps The only lamp is the tiny specimen of soapstone shown in Plate XV, fig. 15. It is oval in outline and has a flat bottom, but, being a toy, may not represent the usual shape of Belcher Island lamps. Toggles for Dog Harness There are three toggles for dog harnesses. Two conform to the usual Central Eskimo type, that is to say, they are oval bone plates with two holes, one large and one small, drilled in the same direction (Plate XIV, fig. 10). The third toggle (Plate XIV, fig. 11) has the holes at right angles. Mathiassen records only two specimens of this latter type {Op.cit., II, p. 63), both from Naujan, his oldest Thule culture site; but the National 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 203 Museum of Canada has three from Cape Dorset, in the south of Baffin Island, and two from Strathcona Sound, in the north of the same island. On Plate XIV, fig. 12, is shown a blank for a toggle, lacking only the holes, which would evidently have been drilled in the same direction. Buckles Four belt-buckles (Plate XXI, fig. 13) have been fashioned from teeth, probably of the harbour seal. The two holes in each under side run to- gether. The bone buckle shown in Plate XXI, fig. 9, has all the characteristics of a thimble-holder except that it is rather large. It may have been used as a belt-buckle, or as a handle for carrying things. On Plate XXI, fig. 12, is shown a slightly different type of buckle, neatly carved from ivory. Four small holes drilled close to one another on its under side make a channel for the passage of a thin cord, probably of sinew. Possibly, then, this specimen was not a belt-buckle, but attached to a needle-case. Six pairs of parallel lines, the two middle and the two outermost bordered by a zigzag line, run three-fourths of the way round the circumference. This design closely resembles one on a needle-case from Port Harrison illustrated by Mathiassen {Op. cit ., Plate I, fig. 98). Combs The collection contains two combs, both of ivory. One (Plate XX, fig. 8) has a solid handle, undecorated ; the other (Plate XX, fig. 9) a handle divided into two ‘windows’ surmounted by an hexagonal ‘head.’ On the ‘head’ are numerous hatched lines, too faint to decipher, that extend into the frame. This second comb closely resembles two from Southampton Island illustrated by Boas (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XV, pt. II, fig. 216). Mathiassen considers the solid handle typical of the Thule period, the open-handle both later and restricted to the Hudson Bay region. Hair Ornaments Of two hair ornaments one (Plate XXI, fig. 18) is a thin oval plaque of ivory (unfortunately broken), ornamented with numerous rows of dots. The other (Plate XXI, fig. 19) is leaf-shaped, and has a broken suspension hole in the top. It is probably unfinished, however, since both surfaces are rough. 204 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxvm Similar hair ornaments were common among the Southampton Is- landers down to recent times, but there the usual shape was rectangular (Cf. Boas, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XV, pt. I, fig. 102; pt. II, fig. 217). Pendants In addition to some forty teeth of seals, dogs, and bears that are drilled with holes, and were evidently attached to women’s dresses as pendants, there are twenty-one drop pendants carved from walrus ivory, all of the same form (Plate XXII). Both teeth pendants and drop pendants of ivory have been common throughout the Central Arctic from the Thule period to the present day. The large bear canine (Plate XX, fig. 10) with two holes, may have been a pendant, a lure on a fish-line, or a knife-sharpener. Bear teeth have been used for all these purposes in recent times within the Central Arctic. Two problematical objects, the bird-like figure (Plate XXI, fig. 10), of slate, the other specimen (Plate XXI, fig. 4) of limestone, may have been intended for pendants. One edge of the latter shows the marks of sawing and breaking. The slate specimen shown in Plate XVI, fig. 23, shaped like a knife, may also have been a pendant. Beads There are two small disc-shaped stone beads, one of black slate, the other of limestone (Plate XXI, fig. 14). No similar beads seem to have been reported from the Central Arctic, though Mathiassen found a semi- spherical one of serpentine at Naujan. The pencil of red slate (Plate XXI, fig. 20), notched on all sides in several places, may be in process of manufacture into beads. Juggling Stones Six nearly spherical pebbles that show no signs of battering (Plate XXI, fig. 22) were probably used as juggling stones, being too large to hurl from a sling. The smallest has axes of 3.2 cm. and 2.6 cm., the largest 5 cm. and 4.5 cm. Eskimo children from northern Alaska to Coronation Gulf still juggle with pebbles about the size of the smallest of these specimens. Counters (?) There are eighteen thin, flat slate discs, ranging from 2.5 to 5.5 cm. in diameter, some only slightly polished, others ground smooth on both 1941 Jenness: Archaeology of Belcher Islands 205 sides. One is illustrated in Plate XXI, fig. 21. Their use is unknown, but they may have served as counters or markers in some game. PROBLEMATICAL OBJECTS On Plate XV, figs. 6, 12 are shown fragments of two slate points. One (6) is a fore-end bearing a barb on each side; the other and longer frag- ment (12) lacks the point, but carries traces of a small barb and has a base that is ground to a knife-like tang. These implements resemble bone arrowheads, and also central prongs of leisters, but they seem impractic- able for any such purposes. Some of the bone and ivory objects are equally puzzling. Plate XXI, fig. 5, shows an ivory plaque that resembles a pair of toy snow-goggles without slits; it would make an excellent gut-scraper. Plate XXI, fig. 15, is an ivory pin, rectangular in cross-section and broken at the tip; its use is also uncertain, for it seems too fragile for a wound- or meat-pin. An- other pin, of bone, is shown in Plate XXI, fig. 16; it is flat on the underside as though for lashing on some object, perhaps on the side of a dish. The flat ivory specimen illustrated in Plate XXI, fig. 6, is slightly bevelled at each end ; it may be a splicing piece, but the holes seem too close together. The ‘violin bridge’ made of bone shown in Plate XXI, fig. 1, may have been a wedge between the handle and rim of a drum. A few other objects of bone and ivory are too fragmentary for analysis. CONCLUSION The collection from the Belcher Islands, like the smaller one secured by Mathiassen, seems greatly mixed. The extensive use of slate, bone, and ivory, indicates that most of the specimens pre-date the historical period, but at least three of them, and probably more, must be subsequent to the introduction of iron, i.e., they cannot be earlier than the middle of the 16th century, and may well date from the 17th or even later. The open- socketed harpoon-heads (Plate XIV, figs. 5-7), the tanged ulo blades (Plate XVIII, figs. 10-12; XIX, 3-5), and the double-shouldered snow- knives (Plate XVII, figs. 2, 5) suggest the presence of an Eskimo com- munity in the later stages of the Thule culture, a community that had been influenced from the direction of Southampton Island in the matter of combs and hair ornaments. On the other hand, here as in so many other places within the Central Arctic, the mysterious Dorset culture has also left its traces in the form of triangular chipped arrowheads with con- 206 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII cave bases (Plate XVI, figs. 12, 11), stone blades with one or more notches along each side (Plate XVI, figs. 16-19), a peculiar chisel or boot-creaser (Plate XVI, fig. 20), slate blades ground on opposing edges (Plate XV, tig. 11; XVI, 16; XVIII, 9), and a small ground arrow-point pierced with two holes side by side (Plate XVI, fig. 24). Finally we have a few ele- ments that seem entirely new, viz., the bone and stone sinkers (Plate XV, figs. 1-4, 7), the slate barbs (Plate XV, figs. 6, 12), the slate knives for sawing or graving (Plate XV, figs. 13, 14), the stone counters (Plate XXI, fig. 21), the harpoon foreshaft with parallel lashing-holes (Plate XVII, fig. 3), and the stone beads (Plate XXI, fig. 14). We should notice, also, the extraordinarily long bladder-dart head (Plate XVII, fig. 1), which seems rather different from other dart-heads known from the Central Arctic. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XIV. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (One-half natural size) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (One-half natural size) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XVI. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (Slightly under one-half natural size) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XVII. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (About one-third natural size) % ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XVIII. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (Slightly under one-half natural size) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XIX. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (About one-third natural size) Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (About one-half natural size) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Archaeological objects from the Belcher Islands in Hudson Bay. (One-half natural size) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXII. Pendants of carved ivory (above) and of teeth (below). Belcher Islands. ART. XII. A NEW CROCODILIAN, HASSIACOSUCHUS KAYI, FROM THE BRIDGER EOCENE BEDS OF WYOMING By Charles C. Mook ■ Annals of the Carnegie Museum Vol. XXVIII, p.207-220, 1941 Issued March 24, 1941 Pittsburgh, Pa. ART. XII. A NEW CROCODILIAN, HASSIACOSUCHUS KAYI , FROM THE BRIDGER EOCENE BEDS OF WYOMING By Charles C. Mook Brooklyn College1 (Plates XXIII-XXV) During the field season of 1936 an unusually well preserved fossil crocodilian skeleton was discovered in the Bridger Eocene Beds near Mountain View, Wyoming, by Mr. J. LeRoy Kay of the Carnegie Mu- seum. This specimen consists of a nearly perfect skull with jaws and a practically complete postcranial skeleton with the dorsal scutes in place. The skeleton now comprises Carnegie Museum No. 9600. It was referred to me for study by Mr. Kay. I wish to express my appreciation for the privilege of describing this fine specimen. The drawings and photographs for this article were made by Sydney Prentice. The individual preserved was young and rather immature but hardly to be called juvenile. In many respects the characters of this specimen agree with those exhibited in the type of Hassiacosuchus haupti, recently described by Weitzel.* In some details the characters differ from those of H. haupti. The specimen is therefore made the type of a new species which is referred to the genus Hassiacosuchus Weitzel. The specific name kayi is indicated in honor of Mr. J. LeRoy Kay of the Carnegie Museum. The designation becomes therefore: Hassiacosuchus kayi sp. nov. Generic characters: Those designated for Hassiacosuchus as far as preservation permits determination. Specific characters: This form differs from H. haupti in having the skull more elongate as a whole and also with respect to individual bones; the supratemporal fenestrae are more pointed anteriorly; the orbits are more pointed anteriorly; the degree of lateral festooning of the upper jaw is less; there was probably an additional mandibular tooth in each ramus. *Notizblatt des Vereins fur Erdkunde und der Hessischen Geologischen Landesanstalt zu Darmstadt, V, Heft 16, Darmstadt, 1935. 1 “Contributions to the Osteology, Affinities, and Distribution of the Croco- dilia,” No. 33. 207 Issued March 24, 1941. 208 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Type: Skull and skeleton, Carnegie Museum no. 9600. Type locality and level: Black’s Fork Member, Bridger Eocene Forma- tion: Levitt Creek, about 5 miles east and south of Mountain View, Uinta County, Wyoming. Detailed Description of Type Skeleton Preservation: The anterior portion of the snout is missing. The right side is preserved forward almost to the premaxillary. The left side ex- tends forward only slightly beyond the orbit. The skull is very slightly depressed by crushing. There is a very slight lateral distortion. Both rami of the jaw are complete posteriorly; they extend far enough forward to indicate the position of the symphysis. The tips are missing. The vertebral column is nearly complete but the individual vertebrae are in close contact with each other, are buried in matrix, or are covered by scutes, so their characters are difficult to make out for comparison. The limb bones are well preserved but the feet are incomplete. The dorsal scutes are well preserved and are in position. The ventral scutes are fairly well preserved and are partly in position. General form: The skull is relatively short in proportion to its breadth. The cranial table is low and is not sharply separated from the snout; its external borders are convex outward. There is a slight festooning of the lateral borders of the upper jaw. Cavities of the skull: The orbits are very large. This condition may be emphasized because of the relatively immature age of the specimen. Due to crushing, the left orbit is somewhat larger than the right. Each orbit is longer than it is broad and is rather acuminate anteriorly. Its lower border is nearly straight, while its upper border is broadly rounded. The orbits face almost directly upward with a very slight outward component of direction. The interorbital space is broad, being about half as broad as the right orbit. The supratemporal fenestrae are relatively small occupying about one- sixth of the space occupied by the orbits. The length of each fenestra is about twice its breadth. The long axes of the two fenestrae diverge in the anterior direction. The inner sides are strongly curved while the outer sides are nearly straight. In depth the fenestrae are small, only a small portion of each extending through to the orbital cavity above the ptery- goids. The posterior portion of each fenestra is floored by the expanded brain-case. This is a character of immaturity. The interfenestral plate is broad, being broader than either fenestra. The left lateral temporal 1941 Mook: Hassiacosuchus kayi 209 fenestra is quadrangular with no two sides parallel with each other. It is about one-fifth the size of the orbit. The bones surrounding the right cavity are distorted by crushing. The palatine fenestrae are relatively short and broad. Two-thirds of their length lies beside the posterior four teeth on each side; the remaining third is farther back. The length of each fenestra is less than twice its maximum breadth. The anterior ends are not acute. The outlines are irregular. The interfenestral plate is narrow but the plate of the maxillary between the external border of each fenestra and the tooth row is broad. The posterior narial aperture is almost circular. It is situated almost in the center of the combined pterygoid bones but is very slightly nearer the posterior than the anterior borders of the latter. The anterior rim is smooth but the posterior rim is slightly uprolled. Bones of the skull: The premaxillaries are missing. The maxillaries are incomplete on each side. On the right side the maxillary faces more out- ward than upward. The nasals are broad, the two together at the level of the anterior ends of the orbits occupying nearly half the breadth of the skull. Their con- tacts with the prefrontals are short. Their contacts with the lachrymals appear to be longer but the sutures are indistinct and the exact boundaries are difficult to determine. The lachrymals are relatively large. They appear to have long contacts with both nasals and prefrontals. The pre- frontals are small and their long axes diverge anteriorly. The frontal is large. It has short contacts with the nasals and moderately long contacts with the prefrontals. It occupies most of the inner margin of each orbit. Its suture with the parietal is distinctly posterior to the anterior ends of the supratemporal fenestrae. The area of the bone posterior to the level of the posterior ends of the orbits is unusually large. The postorbitals are small. Each comprises only about one-third of the external border of the cranial table and about one-fourth of the external border of the corresponding supratemporal fenestra. The squamosals are large, each comprising two-thirds of the external border of the cranial table and three-fourths of the external border of the supratemporal fenestra. The two squamosals together comprise over two-thirds of the posterior border of the cranial table. The postero-external corner of each squamosal is rounded and turned slightly downward. The parietal is rather large as it is exposed on the cranial table, the interfenestral plate being broad. The parietal occupies two small areas along the posterior border of the cranial table; these areas, or rather lines, are separated from each other 210 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII by the superior process of the supraoccipital. The jugals are thick vertically in their posterior portions. The thick portion of each is slightly longer than the thin portion ; the superior edges of these thick portions are rolled inward slightly. The ascending bar of each jugal which meets the de- scending bar of the postorbital is slender. The suture of the right jugal with the right maxillary extends the distance of three teeth forward beyond the anterior tip of the orbit. The quadrato- jugal is short. Its pitted area is relatively large and the pitting in this area is coarse. The quadrate is short and stout. Its articular surfaces are distinctly anterior to the postero-external corners of the cranial table. It apparently occupies no part of the border of the lateral temporal fenestra. The supraoccipital occupies a considerable area of the posterior surface of the skull. It is separated from the foramen magnum by two slender processes of the exoccipitals. It occupies about one-tenth of the posterior border of the cranial table, where a small, symmetrically curved process wedges apart the posterior processes of the parietal. The exoccipitals are large. They comprise most of the area of the posterior surface of the skull. They almost surround the foramen magnum; they evidently formed no part of the occipital condyle, but this region is crushed and the details of its structure are not clear. The basioccipital is not well exposed on the specimen. It occupies a considerable portion of the inferior surface of the skull and, seen from below, is not cut off by the pterygoid. This may be due partly but not entirely to crushing. The basisphenoid is not suf- ficiently well shown to warrant description. The pterygoids appear to be two separate elements united by suture. Together their breadth is about twice their length. The posterior ends of the pterygoids lie directly beneath the anterior ends of the supratemporal fenestrae. The pterygoids occupy most of the posterior borders of the palatine fenestrae. The sutures with the palatines are distinctly anterior to the posterior ends of the palatine fenestrae. The ectopterygoids are relatively large. They occupy most of the external borders of the palatine fenestrae and their anterior bars lie opposite four maxillary teeth. The palatines are comparatively small. Their sutures with the maxillaries ex- tend forward beyond the palatine fenestrae for the distance of four teeth only. The tooth row is incomplete on each side. On the right side twelve teeth, or alveoli of teeth, are observable. The last six teeth are small and have the crowns and roots sharply separated from each other. The crowns are low, blunt, and do not appear to be striated. In front of these 1941 Mook: Hassiaccsuchus kayi 211 six teeth are two alveoli, of equal size with that of the sixth, then a slightly larger tooth with crown and root confluent and moderately sharp. An- terior to this is the largest tooth preserved, a strong tooth resembling the fifth maxillary tooth of typical specimens of Crocodilus. Whether it is the fourth or the fifth is impossible of determination at present. Anterior to this tooth is a smaller one and anterior to this is a small alveolus. Beyond this point the snout is missing. 3 Fig. 1. Lower jaws of Hassiacosuchus kayi n. sp. Natural size. Type specimen. 1. Inferior view. 2 Superior view of left ramus. 3. Lateral view of left ramus. 212 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Lower jaws: The two rami diverge posteriorly at a moderate angle only. The symphysial region is not completely preserved, but it is clear that the symphysis was not long, at most lying opposite six mandibular teeth on each side, possibly only five. The external mandibular foramen is of moderate size. The anterior portion of the jaw is low and is slightly festooned. The splenial bones are not completely preserved but grooves on the dentaries indicate that they extended forward to the symphysis al- though they probably did not participate in the latter. The posterior portion of the jaw is moderately high. The tooth row is not complete in either ramus, but is nearly enough complete in the left ramus to indicate fairly clearly that the first alveolus preserved is the third of the mandibular series. The largest alveolus is the second preserved, probably the fourth of the series. It contains a vestige of a tooth. Posterior to this are ten small alveoli with bases of tiny teeth. Back of these are five small, low- crowned teeth with distinct roots. This indicates the tooth row to be composed of nineteen teeth altogether. An accurate ratio cannot be de- termined because of the absence of the tip, but it is clear that the tooth row is shorter than the post-dental portion of the jaw. The articular process is short. Postcranial skeleton: The postcranial skeleton, with the exception of the ribs and feet, is nearly complete. It is in matrix and both dorsal and ventral aspects are visible. The individual bones are articulated or are covered with matrix or with scutes, in many cases, in such a way that the detailed characters of the bones cannot be made out. On the dorsal aspect three pairs of cervical scutes are in position. The first and second of these are very large. In the dorsal region there are three rows of almost square scutes in their original positions, with an irregular row of external scutes that are rounded externally. All of the dorsal scutes are finely pitted and none of them have median keels. The sacral scutes resemble those of the dorsal region. The caudal region contains two rows of large scutes, most of which are keeled. A third outer row of smaller scutes is less complete. The limb bones may be seen to some extent from above but their characters can be made out better from below. The ventral aspect of the skeleton reveals most of the girdle bones, al- though the scapulae and ilia are scarcely visible. The limb bones are well exposed. The only feature of distinction in connection with the limb bones is the relatively great length of the humerus and femur compared with the radius and ulna and the tibia and fibula. The manus and pes of each side is incomplete. Twenty presacral vertebrae are visible, probably 1941 Mook: Hassiacosuchus kayi 213 including the axis. The characters of the vertebrae are obscured by con- cealment. The centrum of the last presacral differs from the rest in being unusually short and broad. Seventeen caudals are clearly shown in posi- tion and several more centra are scattered in the matrix. Affinities: This form and also Hassiacosuchus haupti, are clearly alli- gatorids with dental specialization in the direction of that of Allogna- thosuchus, but the specialization is less extreme. On the other hand these species appear to be more highly specialized than the modern alligators and caimans. The relationships as interpreted may be expressed in the following diagram. MODERN ALLIGATORS MODERN CAIMANS CROCODILIDS GAVIALIDS Fig. 2. Affinities of Hassiacosuchus. 214 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII MEASUREMENTS Skull mm. Length skull and portion of right ramus of mandible as preserved 98 Length right orbit 31 u left orbit 30 “ right S.T.F 14 “ left S.T.F 14 Breadth nasals, maximum 15 “ right orbit 16 “ left orbit 21 d “ snout, anterior ends of orbits 40 “ interorbital plate 9 “ cranial table 37 “ right S.T.F 8 “ left S.T.F 8 “ interfenestral plate 10 “ across quadrates 55 “ quadrato-jugals 59 “ “ pterygoids 42 “ interpalatine fenestral plate 7 Length pterygoids 22 Maximum height 32 Length I.N.A 8 Breadth I.N.A 10 Lower Jaw mm. Length left ramus as preserved 106 “ posterior to last tooth 56 Maximum height 18 Length E. M.F 13 “ tooth row 50 e Breadth of lower jaws, maximum 57 “ across symphysis 21 Length of symphysis 12 e Post-Cranial Skeleton Length right humerus 48 e “ ulna 30 e “ coracoid 31 u femur 63 “ “ tibia 57 “ longest right metatarsal 32 “ left pubis 30 “ right ischium 28 e “ last 12 presacral centra 157 216 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII Hassiacosuchus kayi Mook. Dorsal view. One-third natural size. Type specimen, Carnegie Museum, no. 9600. T ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXIII. 218 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV Hassiacosuchus kayi Mook. Ventral view. One-third natural size. Type specimen, Carnegie Museum, no. 9600. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII Plate XXIV. 220 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV Hassiacosuchus kayi Mook. All figures, natural size. Type specimen, Carnegie Museum, no. 9600. Upper figure, skull, lateral view of right side. Middle figure, skull, superior view. Lower figure, skull, inferior view. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol XXVIII, Plate XXV. m ART. XIII. A REVIEW OF THE PILEATE POLYPORES OF WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA V By Leroy k. Henry X , • -v- w:-i- & : 4 ■n Wgm jsi/1 Annals of the Carnegie Museum Vol. XXVIII, p.221-272, 1941 v nri re- issued March 27, 1941 Pittsburgh, Pa. -;>■ x ku v ' X X- -x x Hv.- v-xf ■ e.. .'-. V' kXVr -'• v/X1 X>X> -fev. 7'"-V>f ( /■ -x : .. k„:v X ■a-N'X- '■> ' X .X-.vvV'V '- '‘; ‘ X ; .; f - -' ' V ■; ■^0 -•■• ■ -XXV.: ■ ■ . v >y . 4'Vti XX ; ■ ■ m O' fXv X 4 " ' t X "M :xx m il w,'. Xxf xx ' x • i X ; X:’ ’.. . v. , x .vx' .. ^ . , ; I ' /X f.x vrXVXxvXkX V< .. "V; ir >: (• / -:i'. X xfkx 'V~ v '- x - ,-v /■': * ' i )X X 4-f< )l >fc'i ' X WXXM XX'XXXfXX „ ■ * ' f , X j ■; - '■ ,: ■- ' ■ fi :. f X .'; CM -. :■■' X’XpX , X; X XX XX t X • - XXXX; £ ‘ ixf xif X : '• * ; fxxxxxx^vjk ffexlff X. „ . , i j X : V V. ; I ■ , •■ '-.JfX'-: X v^J fs ^XXX'XX \j.A 'ujk X^> XX rXVXXXXVXiV „•/ U ■>■ X . .' ' ;X .- ~ " " : 'XZx y-' i \ -v :'j ■ /- x' , -•;> : f ’v rx f o':-xmx y,\XX:;xl f 7\ X- :7 i ' ‘?'XX> vV' ' £'Y^ ! x v ■ - 1 ; ' ;X : pf.Pf - f f ; fxf v '.!X-V-r .X 2 ;;.f- :(.■ x"'" -5-- ;xf ,f If ; Xx . . . . „. , ..... AsX 'P*.' / . .''/ l; 'X;- ,x-- /' p -# "/v'./ -N \-X .x A • y'X:)..' ^ ■> 'fXX'mXMxX WXM ^ XXX XX X-yX-Y ’>y XXjfeyJ : ' 1 y t s x - f , x'w,. ^ ' • ■ ’ \ . i • ■ • ■ ■ ■ • '. \x c :XXj;-f 'f', A :’- X- ■ •v ■ S 'sf '••*-' . X -XX\ .: > < X ::• n h-jp- ; ■ . v •j }’>. • xV Vi w.: ' ^x -X.'f "• if’1 -'x-kp r C .x ’ ' ' -1^.. S xi ■•' "x’ ^ , x, X-- ' -Xf-XX : X X -Xl ix -,XXX' X - - ? 1 nXX X (fX % XXXm.:: 'X, ■ m v'-'<,;:Mv x '? :S : ~-'x xxxxx^xmx^xm^xxmxf§ ■ . ■ ' x-: ■ ' .. X f ' yX- ■ vX~ / ,- f f , t X "■ ;. , ■ - ..■- . XMx • XVX.V X/J ; ,'V. • - . : '• . x '4 -X. iXx - fsh xf -c :x'x^^n-:i ^ ^XX:XX^ X' ■ % I X 'rc ■■■■t-:,;v:v:x \'^,: v,x;.x, ' ' • - - '£#% • 7\: : •- < f x x ' Y U X" :(X . &X ' x-k. x ■■ U . : : -V ■' r S X f''X V .'•■■'■' -N- ■: : X'.etf\XvXJX X-\i 'X-HyX' XX;:) ■ ■ f.. \ V c : . '-^"x f " -X • Lx h XV 'X ^ - ■ ..-X .,/. ^ Vf " - x'xf 7 x4x x .tk,JX: J$X\& X":bx- .; ./'-”v X x x ,-f< ,,./ ■: >., >'<■' ■ ■ , X/‘ -• v - ••> -y /- - :-• ■ .XXX -X/ .J xxi ■ :' X X' ^'"' X 1 \ ■■ k XV yfx/lxj PgSfrlPt., f X:,; X^'-Vvixf V . S^h yx ,';1:x Xn -VV> '-X'. ,.xik' ;^v XX - V X1 , V v^x ,: j '-yXX. -. x / r , x-y < \ ‘ '■ X$?M pj* wpTX’ ■ ••>/. •>nX' -'-v ;k--- f x. v) iX-Xp\- X ->x " x.,< x/ 'y ■ ,4k ' V ; X •. .. • /. ’ x X .. .' '■• . :••> ,'i :x. '.A'XX ' a. •-' - - /xv , / .. / 'X 7, {- /- ,‘x X , X ^ ' -i/J /' *V'- .'. Xv ■■’ / \-A- "X ' " k;) ^ v ~ ■* t p \ X s XV- Ar', . * V - K) A xv*x ART. XIII. A REVIEW OF THE PILEATE POLYPORES OF WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA By LeRoy K. Henry (Plates XXVI-XXIX) INTRODUCTION The majority of the polypores grow upon dead trunks, branches, and twigs of trees and shrubs and bring about their decay, but a few grow on the ground and some even grow on living trees. The family of the pore fungi, Polyporacese, may be divided into two sections: annual and peren- nial. The annual ones are mostly leathery or corky, while the perennial ones are woody. The perennial polypores add a new layer of pores or tubes each season, and thus a section cut through them shows successive layers of tubes. In the annual polypores there is but one layer of tubes, although a new plant may grow from the cap of the old one. The entire plant, as we know it, is called the sporophore. The pileate sporophore may grow out from the side of a log to form a cap or pileus or it may have a central stem or stipe for attachment. The under surface of the cap consists of tiny pores or tubes lined with the spore bearing layer, the hymenium. Those pilei attached by one side have given rise to the term “bracket fungi” and by far the greater number of them are of this type. This paper does not include the entirely resupinate polypores belonging in the genus Poria. As the eastern boundary for Western Pennsylvania, I have arbitrarily chosen the eastern borders of Potter, Clinton, Centre, Huntingdon, and Fulton Counties. The terms common, frequent, infrequent, and rare are used to indicate the abundance of the species within this area. The initials following the collection data are to be interpreted as follows: l.k.h. — L. K. Henry; o.e.j. — O. E. Jennings; m.b.k. — Marie B. Knauz; and d.r.s. — D. R. Sumstine. The numerals following the author’s initials are his field numbers. 221 Issued March 27* 1941. 222 Annals of the Carnegie Museum vol. xxvm Enumeration of Species Cylomyces Greenei Berk. (Plate XXVI, figs. 1, 2) On ground in woods. Rare. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 9/1/07, o.e.j. Daedalea ambigua Berk. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Rare. Identification checked by L. O. Overholts. Allegheny County: On Acer, Guyasuta Hollow, Sharps- burg, 8/20/07, d.r.s. Daedalea confragosa (Bolt.) Pers. On dead wood of many species of deciduous trees, occasionally on coni- fers or on living trees. Variable and common. Allegheny County: Cora- opolis, Sept. 1905, d.r.s.; Bradford Woods, 9/29/16, o.e.j.; Tom’s Run Ravine, Dixmont, 11/11/16, o.e.j.; Valley of Big Sewickley Creek, 7 miles above Ambridge, 10/14/16, o.e.j.; Black’s Run, N. of Oakmont, 10/30/26, o.e.j. ; on Betula lutea, along creek 1 mile above the Station near Groveton, 10/22/27, o.e.j.; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wild- wood, 9/28/38, l.k.h., 2575; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/23/39, H. Roslund ; 1 mile W. of Mt. Nebo, 8/1/39, l.k.h., 2952; Glen- shaw, 8/15/39, l.k.h., 3025; near Sewickley, 8/24/39, d.r.s. Armstrong County: Meredith’s Hill, Oct. 1901, d.r.s.; Kittanning, 1903, d.r.s.; on Betula lutea, Roaring Run, near Apollo, May 1915, o.e.j.; valley of Buffalo Creek, W. of Slate Lick, 10/17/30, o.e.j. Beaver County: near Ambridge, 1922, E. H. Graham ; and Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombel, 4/5/36, l.k.h., 227. Bedford County: Morrison Cove region, 7 miles N.E. of Everett, Nov. 1934, l.k.h., 193; Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 871; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1636; along Route 528, one quarter-mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4227; near Zelienople, 11/2/40, d.r.s. Cambria County: on log near Cresson, Aug. 1909, d.r.s.; near Armagh, 11/12/38, d.r.s.; and V/% miles E. of Patton, 10/13/40, R. Little. Cameron County: on Betula Papyrifera, one half-mile N. of Driftwood, 8/29/25, o.e.j.; along Route 872, 10 miles N.E. of Sinnemahoning, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 143. Centre County: near Woodward, 9/6/39, d.r.s. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/2/26, Dorothy Rome; gilled form near Clarion, 10/14/38, d.r.s. Clearfield County: on Betula, Medix Run, 8/26/25, o.e.j. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/16/06, d.r.s.; on Betula lutea, Hartstown, Pymatuning Swamp, 11/18/29, o.e.j. Elk County: near Saint Marys, 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 223 8/23/25, o.ej.; Route 555, 2 miles E. of Medix Run, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1516. Erie County: Girard, Dec. 1911, R. H. Daily; Mercyhurst College, S. of Erie, 10/8/31, M. P. Wilbert; Presque Isle, August 1933, o.e.j. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 9/16/06, d.r.s.; Indian Creek Reservoir re- gion, 4/13/35, l.k.h. , 334 and gilled form, l.k.h., 338. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2695 ; on dead Betula, 1 mile N.W. of Brooks- ton, 7/24/40, l.k.h., 3782. Indiana County: Homer, Dec. 1901, d.r.s.; Chambersville, 10/16/37, o.e.j.; near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2128. Lawrence County: Kennedy’s Mills, Slippery Rock Creek, 1/30/26, E. H. Graham; Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1715. McKean County: on Betula lutea, Mt. Jewett, 9/16/22, o.e.j.; Kane, Exp. Forest, 6 miles S.W. of Kane, 10/18/35, o.e.j.; near Kane, 8/4/37, d.r.s.; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3795. Potter County: Walgren’s place near Odin, 8/18/35, o.e.j.; Route 872, 7 miles N.E. of Austin, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1451. Somerset County: Laurel Hill Mt., 3 miles S. of Bakersville, July 1932, C. M. Hepner; Buckstown, 10/1/38, o.e.j.; near Jennerstown, 9/5/40, d.r.s. Venango County: Scrub Grass Creek near Lisbon, 11/3/35, m.b.k. ; Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 825 and lenzitoid form, l.k.h., 844. Warren County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3852. Wash- ington County: along branch of Wheeling Creek, 3 miles S. of Burnsville, 9/22/40, l.k.h., 4435. Westmoreland County: above Millbank, 12/3/16, o.e.j.; Chestnut Ridge above Youngstown, 5/21/22, o.e.j.; on dead Betula lutea , Forbes Forest vicinity of Rock and Lynn Runs, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 6/25/22, o.e.j.; on Prunus pennsylvanica, ibid, 11/4/33, o.e.j.; Forbes Forest, 2 miles S.E. of Laughlintown, 8/24/34, m.b.k.; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 186; Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s.; on Prunus serotina , Buttermilk Falls near Ligonier, 9/21/35, H. S. Wieand; near Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 927; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, l.k.h., 1369; Laughlintown, 11/11/38, d.r.s.; Vicinity of Loyalhanna Creek Dam, 9/11/40, l.k.h., 4115. Daedalea quercina (L.) Fr. On logs and stumps of deciduous trees, usually oak and chestnut. Common. Allegheny County: on old Salix, Stoop’s Ferry, 9/3/01, o.e.j.; Thorn Hill, 8/28/21, W. H. Emig; 2 miles W. of Bradford Woods, 8/29/22, o.e.j.; Carnegie, 9/11/26, Dorothy Rome; Glenfield, 6/30/30, C. K. Henlen; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 9/10/34, l.k.h., 117; South Hills, Pitts- burgh, Oct. 1935, Mrs. Paul Wible; Nine-mile Run, Frick Park, 10/6/35, 224 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII H. S. Wieand; along Pine Creek, mile S.E. of Wildwood, 4/4/36, 0. ej. ; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h., 1191 ; South Branch Little Sewickley Creek, N.E. of Sewickley, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2228; near Aspinwall, Sept. 1939, d.r.s. ; 1-2 miles N.E. of Mt. Nebo, 6/5/40, l.k.h., 3073; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 6/27/40, l.k.h., 3319. Armstrong County: across river from Jonetta, 10/23/21, o.e.j. ; Kittanning, 3/5/27, Amy Neale. Beaver County : along road to Red Oak Hollow, 12/25/21, H. W. Graham; Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, 1. k.h., 240; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1900. Bedford County: Bedford Springs, 9/13/19, o.e.j.; Morrison Cove Region, 7 miles N.E. of Everett, Nov. 1934, l.k.h., 210. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, June 1931, l.k.h., 40; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1635; near Slippery Rock, 9/24/38, d.r.s. Centre County: 1 mile N. of Shingletown, 9/22/09, o.e.j.; Bald Eagle Creek, 7 miles W. of Bellefonte, Nov. 1935, Mrs. Paul Wible. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 6/22/35, C. K. Henlen; near Clarion, 10/14/38, d.r.s. Elk County: Route 555, 2 miles E. of Medix Run, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1511. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s.; Indian Creek Reservoir region, 4/13/35, l.k.h., 336. Forest County: Cook Forest, 9/15/22, C. K. Henlen. Greene County: Holbrook, 11/20/25, Sarah Marley. Mercer County: One mile S. of Swamp Root, 7/15/34, l.k.h., 97. Somerset County: Winber, 1924, o.e.j.; Laurel Ridge, 10 miles E. of Indian Creek Reservoir, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 325; Laurel Hill Mt. above Ligonier, 5/9/36, d.r.s.; one mile E. of Buckstown, 8/14/36, 0. e.j. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 820. Washington County: along Chartiers Creek, 1 mile S.E. of Houston, 5/11/40, l.k.h., 3040; 5 miles S.E. of Houston, 5/13/40, 1. k.h., 3046. Westmoreland County: 2 miles E. of Rector, 7/1/22, o.e.j. ; Forbes Forest, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 1925, o.e.j.; Hillside, Chestnut Ridge, 5/26/26, o.e.j.; near Delmont, 11/13/29, l.k.h., 41; Congruity, 4 miles E. of Delmont on Route 22, 9/27/34, l.k.h., 141; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 178; Jones’s Mills, 8/16/35, d.r.s.; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 953; Route 22, 1J^ miles E. of New Alexandria, 7/29/37, l.k.h., 1283; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, l.k.h., 1333. Daedalea unicolor (Bull.) Fr. On wood of deciduous trees. Common. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 9/17/05, o.e.j.; Verona, 8/14/06, d.r.s.; Wilkinsburg, 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 225 8/10/08, d.r.s. ; near Sandy Creek, 8/25/35, l.k.h., 435; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 8/26/36, d.r.s.; 1 mile W. of Mt. Nebo, 8/1/39, l.k.h., 2971; Gourdhead Run, near Allison Park, 7/4/40, m.b.k. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1904, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; near Economy, 1/21/22, H. W. Graham. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, Oct. 1925, l.k.h., 33; near Zelienople, 8/18/34, d.r.s.; along Route 528, one quarter-mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4228; 1 mile S.E. of Whitestown, 9/17/40, l.k.h., 4298. Cambria County: Cresson, Aug. 1909, d.r.s. Crawford County: Linesville, 8/3/09, o.e.j. Erie County: near Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s.; Presque Isle, 8/13/29, C. K. Henlen. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 9/10/05, o.e.j. McKean County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3696. Mercer County: Transfer, 8/9/12, d.r.s. Somerset County: near Jenners- town, 9/5/40, d.r.s. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Washington County: near Amity, 9/19/39, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Byers, 7/28/08, d.r.s.; Ligonier, 7/28/08, d.r.s.; on Aesculus Hippocastanum , Ligonier, 8/27/23, d.r.s.; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, l.k.h., 1360. Favolus canadensis Kl. On dead wood of deciduous trees, especially hickory. Frequent. Alle- gheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 7/5/06, d.r.s. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1905, d.r.s.; Kingston, 6/28/07, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; Raccoon Creek, 2 miles W. of Aliquippa, 7/13/37, l.k.h., 1152. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/12/35, l.k.h., 512; near Slippery Rock, 7/3/40, d.r.s. Cameron County: Route 872, 10 miles N.E. of Sinnemahoning, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1501. Centre County: Musser’s Gap, 6/30/36, m.b.k.; State Game Lands, S.E. of Philipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3626. Crawford County: Pymatuning Swamp Region, 7/19/06, d.r.s. Erie County. Presque Isle, 1904, o.e.j.; near Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s.; near Wallburg, 7/31/28, C. K. Henlen; DeWitt Farm, 8 miles S.E. of Erie, 8/8/33, o.e.j. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 1905, d.r.s. Forest County: 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, l.k.h., 3783. Greene County: Waynesburg, 8/30/04, o.e.j. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1759; E. of Volant, along Route 278, 6/9/40, o.e.j. McKean County: Kane, 7/3/38, d.r.s. Mercer County: Transfer, 8/9/12, d.r.s. Somerset County: Pickings, Laurel Hill, 7/8/06, d.r.s.; near Jennerstown, 9/5/40, d.r.s. Warren County: 3 miles W. of Tidioute, 226 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 7/16/40, A. G. Shields. Westmoreland County: Hillside, Chestnut Ridge, 5/25/07, o.e.j.; Idlewild Park, 7/21/07, d.r.s. ; Rachelwood near New Florence, 9/7/07, o.e.j.; 2J^ miles N. of Bolivar, 1933, H. S. Wieand; Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s.; Ligonier, 5/28/40, d.r.s. Fomes applanatus (Pers.) Wallr. Very common on logs and stumps of deciduous trees, rarely on conifers. Allegheny County: near McKeesport, 1900, D. A. Atkinson; Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 10/27/01, J. A. Shafer; on Populus grandidentata, Narrows Hollow, Moon Twp. 2/23/03, J. A. Shafer; Braddock, 3/20/04, O.e.j.; Power’s Run, opposite Verona, 7/31/04, o.e.j.; Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, 8/16/05, o.e.j.; Sandy Creek, July 1906, d.r.s.; Verona, August 1906, d.r.s.; Wilkinsburg, 1907, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 6/4/13, S. H. Ashe; West End Park, 1916, Neil McCallum; Valley of Little Sewickley Creek above Edgeworth, 10/21/16, o.e.j.; Thorn Hill, 11/18/16, Wm. Millward; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wild- wood, 4/30/17, o.e.j.; Black’s Run Ravine, N. of Oakmont, 10/4/19, o.e.j.; Ravine N.W. of Saunders, 10/2/21, M. Bomhard; Sewickley Hts. Park Estate, 2/21/30, C. K. Henlen; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h., 1178; Union Avenue between Bellevue and West View, 4/2/38, l.k.h. , 1828; near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2126; South Br. Little Sewickley Creek, N.E. of Sewickley, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2230; 1-2 miles N.E. of Mt. Nebo, 6/5/40, l.k.h., 3072; Bellevue Reservoir, 9/15/40, J. A. Schatz. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1900, d.r.s.; Big Buffalo Creek across from West Winfield, 8/12/39, m.b.k. Beaver County: near Ambridge, 1922, H. W. Graham; Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, l.k.h., 229. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 7/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Valencia, 9/27/04, o.e.j.; near Nixon Station, Butler Short Line, 2/3/17, Wm. Millward; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, June 1931, l.k.h., 42; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 872; near Saxonburg, 9/18/39, d.r.s.; Muddy Creek Falls, 10/16/40, l.k.h., 4517. Cameron County: on Betula papyrifera along creek N. of Driftwood, 8/27/25, o.e.j.; Route 872, 10 miles N.E. of Sinnemahoning, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1473. Centre County: Bald Eagle Creek, 7 miles W. of Bellefonte, Nov. 1935, Mrs. Paul Wible; near Woodward, 9/8/39, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, near Port Matilda, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3674. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/7/38, l.k.h., 2599; near Clarion, 10/14/38, d.r.s. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/17/06, d.r.s.; Hartstown, Pymatuning Swamp, 5/18/08, o.e.j.; Linesville, Pymatuning 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 227 Swamp, 5/30/30, o.e.j. Erie County: Girard, Dec. 1911, R. H. Daily; Presque Isle, 5/30/16, o.e.j.; near Wessleyville, 7/24/30, C. K. Henlen. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 7/20/02, J. A. Shafer; Meadow Run Valley, 4 miles S. of Ohio Pyle, 9/2/07, o.e.j.; near New Geneva, 8/21/40, d.r.s. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2686. Indiana County: Chambersville, 10/16/37, o.e.j. Lawrence County: near New Wilmington, 4/9/30, C. K. Henlen; Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1416. McKean County: Larabee, 7/21/04, o.e.j.; Kane, 9/8/20, o.e.j.; on Betula lutea, Mt. Jewett, 9/16/22, o.e.j.; Kane Exp. Forest, 6 miles S.W. of Kane, 10/18/35, o.e.j. ; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3698. Mercer County: 1 mile S. of Swamp Root, 6/21/36, l.k.h., 584. Potter County: on Tsuga stump, near Odin, 4/1/06, W. H. Emig; Route 872, 7 miles N.E. of Austin, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1449. Somerset County: Pickings, 7/8/06, d.r.s. ; on dead Quercus alba , 1 mile N. of Jenners, 6/9/16, o.e.j.; near Somerset, 10/30/21, d.r.s.; near Windber, 1934, o.e.j. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, A. J. Deer. Warren County: on trunk of Fagus grandifolia, Tamarack Swamp, near Pine Valley, 12/19/33, E. H. Graham; Tionesta Tract, near Brooks- ton, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3853. Washington County: along Chartiers Creek, 1 mile S.E. of Houston, 5/11/40, l.k.h., 3041; 5 miles S.E. of Houston, 5/13/40, l.k.h., 3047; along Buffalo Creek, above junction with Buck Run, 5/23/40, l.k.h., 3057; vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4188; vicinity of Houston, 9/21/40, l.k.h., 4419; along branch of Wheel- ing Creek, 3 miles S. of Burnsville, 9/22/40, l.k.h., 4436. Westmoreland County: on stump of Tilia americana, Jacob’s Creek above Laurel ville, 5/21/03, J. A. Shafer; Latrobe, June 1906, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 8/11/06, d.r.s.; Hillside, 5/25/07, o.e.j.; on Quercus log, lower slope of hill, 1 mile W. of Laughlintown, 12/3/16, o.e.j.; on dead Quercus prinus trunk, top of Chestnut Ridge back of Ridgeview Park, 10/14/17, o.e.j. ; W. of Export towards Logan’s Ferry, 10/15/17, W. H. Emig; Game Refuge, Forbes Forest, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 9/1/28, Miss Stewart; Congruity, 4 miles E. of Delmont on Route 22, 9/27/34, l.k.h., 144; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 188; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 934; Bethel Church, 10/22/39, m.b.k. ; Loyalhanna Creek, above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h., 3106; 1 mile E. of Mt. Pleasant, 6/13/40, I. H. Horner. 228 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Fomes conchatus (Pers.) Gill. On dead wood of deciduous trees, chiefly ash and maple. Frequent. Allegheny County: on Crataegus , Duff City, 2/18/22, H. W. Graham; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 10/30/27, C. K. Henlen. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1612; near Slippery Rock, 8/29/39, d.r.s. Cambria County: Cresson, August 1909, d.r.s. Crawford County: Dollar Lake, Hartstown, 9/10/38, l.k.h., 2201. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, 7/31/19, d.r.s. Lawrence County: near Portersville, 11/26/26, H. M. Roup. Westmoreland County: on Crataegus , near Ligonier, 7/28/08, d.r.s.; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 924. Fomes connatus (Weinm.) Gill. (Plate XXIX, figs. 3, 4) On wounds of living maple, rarely on other hardwoods. Frequent. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, October 1905, d.r.s.; Power’s Run, opposite Verona, 9/4/20, d.r.s. ; on Populus canadensis var. Eugenie , Pittsburgh, October 1920, d.r.s. ; on Acer rubrum , Sewickley Water Works Park, 10/11/36, m.b.k.; on living Acer rubrum along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 9/28/38, l.k.h., 2582. Armstrong County: on Acer, Kittanning, 1902, d.r.s.; Leechburg, 10/8/38, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, l.k.h., 571. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/13/36, l.k.h., 783. Cambria County: miles E. of Patton, 10/13/40, R. Little. Centre County: on Acer, near Woodward, 9/6/39, d.r.s. Erie County: near Corrv, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s.; on live Acer, Ohio Pyle, 10/18/36, m.b.k. Venango County : Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 812; on Acer, along Little Scrubgrass Creek, N.E. of Sutton’s Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Westmoreland County: Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s. Fomes everhartii (Ellis & Gall.) von Schrenk On trunks of living deciduous trees, usually oak. Frequent. Allegheny County: Pittsburgh, October 1903, J. A. Shafer; on Quercus , Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 8/16/07, d.r.s.; on Quercus imbricaria, Brush Creek Swamp, 8/27/21, o.e.j.; on live Quercus rubra, S. Br. of Little Sewickley Creek, N.E. of Sewickley, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2233. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1903, d.r.s.; Latrobe, 8/10/07, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s. Butler County: near Saxonburg, 9/18/39, d.r.s. Erie 1941 Henry : Polypores of Pennsylvania 229 County: Presque Isle, 8/1/29, o.e.j. Westmoreland County: Ligonier, 7/9/06, d.r.s. ; New Florence, Mellon Estate, 9/7/07, o.e.j. Fomes fraxinophilus Peck On trunks of living ash. Infrequent. Allegheny County: on trunk of Fraxinus americana, Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/30/39, H. Roslund. Fomes fomentarius (L.) Gill. On living and dead deciduous trees, especially birch. Common. Beaver County: near Ambridge, 1922, H. W. Graham. Cambria County: on Betula lutea, Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s.; Ebensburg, August 1915, d.r.s. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/17/06, d.r.s.; Exposition Park, 7/5/08, d.r.s.; on Betula lutea, Crystal Lake, Hartstown, 11/18/29, o.e.j. Erie County: near Erie, 7/21/28, C. K. Henlen; on dead Betula lutea , DeWitt farm, 8 miles S.E. of Erie, 8/8/33, o.e.j.; on Betula lutea, Wintergreen Gulch, near Erie, 8/5/35, o.e.j. Indiana County: near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2121. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 722. McKean County: on Betula lutea, Mt. Jewett, 9/16/22, 0. e.j.; on Fagus grandifolia, Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, 1. k.h., 3698. Mercer County: on dead Betula lutea, near Swamp Root, 6/8/35, l.k.h., 313; 1 mile S. of Swamp Root, 6/21/36, l.k.h., 585. Potter County: near Odin, September 1926, H. W. Graham; on Betula lutea trunk, ridge above Sinnemahoning Creek near Odin, 5/19/35, l.k.h., 330; Route 872, 7 miles N.E. of Austin, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1450. Somerset County: Windber, 1924, o.e.j.; on Acer trunk, 1 mile E. of Buckstown, 8/14/36, 0. e.j. Venango County: Allegheny River, 1 mile N. of Perry Run, 6/7/33, 1. k.h., 2380. Warren County: 3 miles W. of Tidioute, 7/16/40, A. G. Shields; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3854. West- moreland County: on Betula lutea stump, Jacob’s Creek near Laurelville, 5/31/03, J. A. Shafer; Laurel Hill near Laughlintown, 7/8/06, d.r.s.; on Betula lutea, crest of Laurel Hill Mt., E. of New Florence, 5/22/21, o.e.j.; 2 Yi miles N. of Bolivar, October 1933, H. S. Wieand. Fomes igniarius (L.) Gill. On living deciduous trees, occasionally on dead trees. Frequent here although considered rare in most sections of the state, except the northern counties. It seems that future collecting should increase our records. Allegheny County: on Carpinus , Bradford Woods, 9/26/36, o.e.j.; on dead Quercus, Wildwood, 9/28/38, l.k.h., 2291. Butler County: West 230 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Winfield, 5/26/06, d.r.s. ; Wolf Creek, 1934, Keller Sheeler; near Saxon- burg, on Fraxinus, 10/19/35, d.r.s. Erie County: on dead Populus , Presque Isle, 7/10/28, C. K. Henlen; Wintergreen Gulch, near Erie, 8/5/25, o.ej. Westmoreland County: Pike Run, N.E. of Hopewell, 9/5/36, d.r.s. Fomes lobatus (Schw.) Cooke On logs and stumps of deciduous trees. Infrequent. Armstrong County: near Kittanning, 1904, d.r.s. Butler County: near Saxonburg, 9/18/39, d.r.s. Washington County: near Finleyville, 8/13/15, o.e.j. Fomes ohioensis Berk. On wood of deciduous trees. Rare. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Fomes pini (Thore) Lloyd (Plate XXIX, figs. 1, 2) On living or dead wood of coniferous trees. Rare here, although con- sidered frequent in Pennsylvania. Allegheny County: on slab of Pinus, Jackman’s Hollow, back of Avalon, October 1903, J. A. Shafer. Fomes pinicola (Sw.) Cooke On dead wood of conifers and often on certain deciduous trees. Fre- quent. Cambria County: Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Clarion County: on Tsuga canadensis , Cook Forest, 8/21/32, C. K. Henlen. Crawford County: on Larix , Hartstown, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/12/05, o.e.j.; Ex- position Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s.; on Larix , Linesville, 5/30/08, o.e.j. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s. McKean County: Kane, 9/5/37, d.r.s.; on Tsuga , Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/23/40, l.k.h., 3699. Potter County: on Tsuga canadensis stump, Odin, 4/1/26, W. H. Emig. Warren County: on Tsuga , Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3855. Westmoreland County: Kingston, 9/21/07, d.r.s.; Idlewild, 7/18/08, d.r.s.; Kissell’s Spring, 5/30/10, d.r.s. Fomes rimosus Berk. Only on living black locust. Common. Allegheny County: Back of Avalon, October 1902, J. A. Shafer; near Carnot, October 1903, J. A. Shafer; Sandy Creek, 7/23/06, d.r.s.; Verona, 8/14/06, d.r.s.; Darling- ton Hollow, Sharpsburg, 8/20/07, d.r.s.; 1J^ miles E. of Ambridge, 9/16/23, E. H. Graham; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/13/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: Kittanning, September 1904, d.r.s.; near Kiski Junction, July 1905, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 231 7/18/07, d.r.s. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Cambria County: Cresson, July 1909, d.r.s. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/31/30, C. K. Henlen. Lawrence County: on Robinia pseudoacacia stump, Elliot’s Mills, 5 miles S.W. of Slippery Rock, 8/19/22, o.e.j.; Kennedy’s Mill, Slippery Rock Creek, January 1926, E. H. Graham. Somerset County: 3 miles W. of Bakersville, 4/23/33, C. M. Hepner. Washington County: near Washington, 9/19/39, d.r.s.; Finleyville, 8/13/05, o.e.j. West- moreland County: near Latrobe, 1903, d.r.s.; near Jacob’s Creek, August 1903, O. P. Medsger; Dairy, 8/6/06, d.r.s.; near Youngstown, 7/8/07, d.r.s.; Chestnut Ridge above Youngstown, 7/17/08, J. A. Shafer; New Florence, 7/24/08, d.r.s.; Shades Ravine, E. of Trafford, August 1923, 0. e.j.; Kiski Campus, 9/12/37, d.r.s. Fomes scutellatus (Schw.) Cooke On dead wood of alder, rarely on other hosts. Rare here. Fayette County: on twigs lying under Rhododendron maximum , Ohio Pyle, 6/24/39, L.K.H., 2802. Fomes subroseus (Weir) Ovlts. On dead wood of conifers, rarely on hardwood trees. Infrequent. Our records indicate that this species grows in non-mountainous regions as well as in the mountainous sections of the state. Beaver County: Dark Hollow, 1/7/22, H. W. Graham. Centre County: Alan Seeger region, 7/26/36, L. O. Overholts. Erie County : Presque Isle, 1927, C. K. Henlen. Lenzites betulina (L.) Fr. On logs and stumps of deciduous trees, rarely on conifers. Common. Allegheny County: Jackman’s Hollow Creek, Avalon, October 1903, J. A. Shafer; Stowe Twp., October 1903, J. A. Shafer; Allegheny Cemetery, Pittsburgh, 1905, d.r.s.; Wilkinsburg, 8/15/06, d.r.s.; near Elizabeth, 2/26/32, C. M. Hepner; North Park, 8/24/35, l.k.h., 411; along Route 856, 2 miles N.E. of Emsworth, 10/31/37, l.k.h., 1774; Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 9/28/38, l.k.h., 2529; near Sewickley, 10/30/38, d.r.s.; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/15/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s. Beaver County: Saw Mill Hollow, 12/28/21, H. W. Graham; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1860; Raccoon Creek Park, 5/4/40, o.e.j. Butler County: Tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/11/36, 1. k.h., 740. Centre County: near Woodward, 9/6/39, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, S.E. of Philipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3625. Crawford County: 232 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Exposition Park, 1908, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 9/16/06, d.r.s. Lawrence County: near Westminster College, New Wilmington, 9/25/32, C. K. Henlen. Mercer County: near Sheakleyville, 9/5/36, m.b.k. Somerset County: Laurel Ridge, 10 miles E. of Indian Creek Reservoir, 10/14/35, l. k.h., 333. Warren County: Possum Pond, S.E. edge of Tamarack Swamp, 2 miles N.W. of Pine Valley, 10/15/36, l.k.h., 959; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3857. Washington County: near Snodgrass Station on Washington Car line, 11/23/35, H. McCullough; on Fagus log, Buffalo Creek above junction with Buck Run, 5/23/40, l.k.h., 3058; vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4189. Westmoreland County: Dairy, 11/10/06, d.r.s.; Idlewild, 1906, d.r.s.; Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Ligonier, 1923, o.e.j.; Wild Life Lodge, New Kensington, 9/21/35, m. b.k. ; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 907 ; near Saltsburg, 9/27/39, d.r.s.; Shades Ravine near Trafford, 9/11/39, m.b.k.; near W'aterford, 9/1/40, d.r.s. Lenzites saepiaria (Wulf.) Fr. Mostly on dead wood of coniferous trees, occasionally on hardwoods. Common. Allegheny County: Jackman’s Hollow, back of Avalon, Octo- ber 1903, J. A. Shafer; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 7/27/06, d.r.s.; near Harmarville, 7/6/39, d.r.s. Armstrong County: Kittanning, October 1904, d.r.s.; near Ford City, 7/10/39, d.r.s. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs 8/7/40, d.r.s. Cambria County: Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Centre County: Bald Eagle Creek, 7 miles W. of Bellefonte, November 1935, Mrs. Paul Wible. Crawford County: Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/10/07, 0. e.j. ; Hartstown, Pymatuning Swamp, 8/5/30, C. K. Henlen. Clarion County: near Clarion, 10/14/38, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 9/16/06, d.r.s. Forest County: 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, 1. k.h., 3784. Warren County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3856. Westmoreland County: Idlewild Park, 7/21/07, d.r.s.; New Florence, 9/8/07, d.r.s. Lenzites trabea (Pers.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, occasionally on conifers. Common. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 8/16/06, d.r.s.; Turtle Creek, 9/28/06, d.r.s.; Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 6/10/08, d.r.s.; on dead spot on Platanus occidentalism 9-mile Run, Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 1 1/7/15, o.e.j.; on railroad ties, Montour Run, near Groveton, 9/9/22, o.e.j.; Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 9/28/38, l.k.h., 2529; Fallen Timber Hollow, opposite Sutersville, 8/22/39, H. Roslund; 1-2 miles N.E. 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 233 of Mt. Nebo, 6/5/40, l.k.h., 3079; on dying A mygdalus persica, Rosedale, 7/31/40, R. Fricke. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/12/35, l.k.h. , 475. Crawford County: Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/30/35, l.k.h., 321. Erie County: Presque Isle, 6/11/05, o.e.j.; Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s.; woods at Mercyhurst College, 10/8/31, M. P. Wilbert. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s.; Ohio Pyle, 6/18/40, l.k.h., 3170. McKean County: on railroad ties in valley below Mt. Jewett, 9/16/22, o.e.j. Mercer County: near Swamp Root, 6/8/35, l.k.h., 340. Westmoreland County: vicinity of Hillside, 10/11/24, o.e.j.; Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 10/9/27, o.e.j. Merulius lacrymans (Wulf.) Fr. On coniferous logs, and on timbers in buildings. Infrequent. Alle- gheny County: Wilkinsburg, 10/3/06, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 10/13/06, d.r.s. Armstrong County: Kittanning, October 1902, d.r.s. Merulius rubellus Pk. (Plate XXVII, figs. 5, 6) On stumps and logs of deciduous trees. Rare. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1905, d.r.s. Merulius tremellosus Schrad. On dead wood of deciduous trees, rarely on conifers. Common. Alle- gheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 9/22/06, d.r.s., Sandy Creek, 11/3/06, d.r.s.; Guyasuta Hollow, Sharpsburg, 9/19/16, d.r.s.; valley of Little Sewickley Creek above Edgeworth, 10/21/16, o.e.j.; on Route 8, near Wildwood Road, 9/18/38, m.b.k. ; near Allison Park, 9/23/39, d.r.s.; on Carpinus , Beaver Grade Road near Montour Run, 7/3/40, l.k.h., 3386. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1904, d.r.s. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 10/7/34, l.k.h., 107 ; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 10/25/36, l.k.h., 993; near Saxonburg, 9/19/39, d.r.s.; near Zelienople, 10/16/39, d.r.s.; 1 mile S.E. of Whitestown, 9/17/40, l.k.h., 4287. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/7/38, l.k.h., 2631; near Clarion, 10/12/39, d.r.s. Crawford County: Hartstown, Dollar Lake, 9/19/35, l.k.h., 525. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 9/16/06, d.r.s. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1769. Venango County: along Little Scrubgrass Creek, N.E. of Sutton’s Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Westmoreland County: on Prunus pennsylvanicus , Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 9/1/24, o.e.j.; Congruity, 4 miles E. of Delmont on Route 22, 9/27/34, l.k.h., 147 ; Shades Ravine, Trafford, 10/27/34, H. S. Wieand; Waterford, 10/17/39, d.r.s. 234 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Polyporus abietinus (Dicks.) Fr. On wood of coniferous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 9/28/38, l.k.h., 2589. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1903, d.r.s. Bedford County: on Tsuga , Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 10/25/36, l.k.h. , 999. Cambria County: Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Centre County: on Tsuga , State Game Lands, near Port Matilda, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3673. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/7/38, l.k.h., 2659. Craw- ford County: Pymatuning Swamp, near Linesville, 6/30/35, l.k.h., 303. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 7/4/05, o.e.j. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2746. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1704. McKean County: on Tsuga, Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3700. Warren County: Possum Pond, S.E. edge of Tamarack Swamp, 2 miles N.W. of Pine Valley, 10/15/36, l.k.h., 963. Westmoreland County: Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, L.K.H., 1361. Polyporus adustus (Willd.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Common. Allegheny County: Coraopolis, 9/4/05, o.e.j.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, October 1905, d.r.s.; Sandy Creek, 7/26/06, d.r.s.; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 9/22/39, C. K. Henlen; Ross Twp., 8/20/33, l.k.h., 32; near Sewickley, 10/3/36, d.r.s.; Squaw Run, near Aspinwall, 10/1/38, H. S. Wieand; Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, 6/7/39, d.r.s.; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Fits., 8/1/39, l.k.h., 2987. Armstrong County: Kittanning, Sep- tember 1901, d.r.s. Beaver County: on Quercus logs, Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, l.k.h., 267, and on Platanus occidentals, Ibid, 376. Butler County: near Zelienople, 8/11/34, d.r.s.; on dead Castanea dentata , 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/12/35, l.k.h., 474; Little Buffalo Creek, near Freeport, 10/10/36, H. S. Wieand; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/9/37, l.k.h., 1557; near Zelienople, 8/15/40, d.r.s.; 1 mile S.E. of Whitestown, 9/17/40, l.k.h., 4288. Cambria County: Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Clarion County: near New Bethlehem, 9/19/40, d.r.s. Crawford County: Exposition Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s.; woods at Mercyhurst College, S. of Erie, 10/8/31, M. P. Wilbert. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s.; Ohio Pyle, 10/13/34, H. S. Wieand; near Normalville, 8/20/40, d.r.s. Greene County: Holbrook, 11/11/35, Sarah Marley. Jefferson County: Cook Forest, 8/12/32, C. K. Henlen. Lawrence County: 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 235 Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1723. McKean County: Mt. Jewett, 9/16/22, o.e.j.; Kane, 9/5/36, d.r.s. ; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/22/40, l.k.h. , 3701. Mercer County: near Swamp Root, 6/8/35, l.k.h., 329. Warren County: Possum Pond, S.E. edge of Tamarack Swamp, 2 miles N.W. of Pine Valley, 10/15/36, l.k.h., 957. Washington County: vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4190. Westmoreland County: Hillside, 5/19/06, d.r.s.; New Florence, 7/24/08, d.r.s.; Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 11/11/30, o.e.j.; Little House Woods, 10/19/36, m.b.k.; Shades Ravine, E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, l.k.h., 1350; one half- mile S. of Smithdale, 6/27/40, l.k.h., 3343. Polyporus albellus Pk. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Common. Allegheny County: Coraopolis, August 1905, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 8/22/06, d.r.s.; Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 6/10/08, d.r.s.; near Sandy Creek, 8/25/35, l.k.h., 449; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h., 1232; near Sewickley, 9/25/37, d.r.s.; Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 6/25/38, l.k.h., 1836; near Dorseyville, 6/15/39, m.b.k.; 1 mile W. of Mt. Nebo, .8/1/39, l.k.h., 2967; on Prunus malus, N.S. Pitts- burgh, 7/9/40, A. G. Shields. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1904, d.r.s.; across river from Jonetta, 10/23/21, o.e.j.; Leechburg, 10/22/38, d.r.s. Beaver County: Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1874. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 10/7/34, l.k.h., 173; near Butler, 9/17/35, d.r.s.; along tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/11/36, l.k.h., 762; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 891; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leas- uresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1845; Slippery Rock, 9/24/38, d.r.s.; along Route 528, one quarter-mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4229. Cambria County: Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s.; Armagh, 11/12/38, d.r.s.; 13^ miles E. of Patton, 10/13/40, R. Little. Centre County: Millheim, 7/14/35, d.r.s.; Pine Hall, 7/28/36, m.b.k. ; Woodward, 8/18/38, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, S.E. of Philipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3624. Clarion County: 4 miles N.E. of Parker’s Landing, 7/27/35, l.k.h., 355; Cook Forest, 10/13/39, d.r.s.; near Clarion, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Crawford County: near Linesville, 10/8/39, m.b.k. Elk County: South of Kane, 7/4/39, d.r.s. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Fayette County: on Betula lenta, Ohio Pyle, 8/12/08, d.r.s.; Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s.; near Normalville, 8/20/40, d.r.s. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2761; 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, l.k.h., 3785. Indiana 236 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII County: near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2096. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1761. McKean County: Kane, 9/5/37, d.r.s.; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3702. Mercer County: Transfer, 8/9/12, d.r.s.; 2 miles S.W. of Mercer, 9/11/35, l.k.h., 463. Potter County: Route 872, 7 miles N.E. of Austin, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1462. Somerset County: Jennerstown, 11/11/38, d.r.s. Venango County: Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 810. Warren County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3858. Westmoreland County: Dairy, 8/8/06, d.r.s.; Idlewild, 9/21/07, d.r.s.; on Prunus pennsylvanica , Forbes Forest, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 8/9/25, 0. e.j. ; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 108; Butter- milk Falls near Ligonier, 9/21/35, H. S. Wieand; across river from Salts- burg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 941; near South Greensburg’s Swimming Pool, 6/21/37, l.k.h., 1014; 13^2 miles E. of New Alexandria, off Route 22, 7/29/37, l.k.h., 1267; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, 1. k.h., 1366; Waterford, 10/17/39, d.r.s.; Kiski Campus, near Saltsburg, 8/17/37, d.r.s.; along Loyalhanna Creek, above the Dam, 6/12/40, L.K.H., 3127. Polyporus albiceps Peck On rotted wood. One of the rarest polypores. Murrill in North American Flora, Vol. 9, says, “known only from type locality,” but a few other specimens have been reported since then. Armstrong County: along Big Buffalo Creek across from West Winfield, 8/12/39, m.b.k., checked by L. O. Overholts. Polyporus arcularius (Batsch.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, chiefly in spring and early summer. Common. Allegheny County : Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 6/14/07, d.r.s.; Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 6/10/08, d.r.s.; Mayview Road, 3 miles S. of Bridgeville, 5/19/37, l.k.h., 413; 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 5/19/37, H. S. Wieand; Fallen Timber Hollow, opposite Sutersville, 8/22/39, H. Roslund; Sandy Creek, 5/23/40, R. Little; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 5/29/40, l.k.h., 3061; 1-2 miles N.E. of Mt. Nebo, 6/5/40, l.k.h., 3067. Armstrong County: Kittanning, May 1901, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; 2 miles above mouth of Raccoon Creek, 3/17/24, o.e.j. ; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W.of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1866. Butler County: Marwood, 1926, Mima R. Milliron; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, May 1931, l.k.h., 47. Cambria County: Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/19/06, 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 237 d.r.s. ; near Linesville, 6/29/35, l.k.h., 342. Erie County: Presque Isle, 5/8/06, o.ej. ; Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 5/30/08, o.e.j. Lawrence County: New Castle, 1906, Miss Suzan Gageby; E. of Volant along Route 278, 6/9/40, o.e.j. Mercer County: near Swamp Root, 6/8/35, l.k.h., 339. Washington County: Washington, 5/30/04, o.e.j.; vicinity of Hanlin Station, 5/21/40, l.k.h, 3052; along Buffalo Creek above junction with Buck Run, 5/23/40, l.k.h., 3059. Westmoreland County: Hillside, 5/19/06, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 5/7/21, d.r.s.; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 5/8/40, E. P. Kelley; along Loyalhanna Creek, 3 miles above junction with Conemaugh River, 5/16/40, l.k.h., 3050; near Saltsburg, 5/21/40, d.r.s.; along Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h., 3126. Polyporus Berkeleyi Fr. (Plate XXVIII, figs. 5, 6) Around trees and stumps, especially oaks. Frequent. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 7/23/06, d.r.s.; near Wilkinsburg, 1930, H. S. Smith; Guyasuta Hollow, Sharpsburg, 7/21/37, W. L. Black. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s. Butler County: near Saxonburg, 8/24/39, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 9/1/07, o.e.j. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2764. Westmoreland County: Idlewild Park, June 1904, d.r.s.; Speedwell, 7/28/08, d.r.s.; Kiski Campus, near Saltsburg, July 1939, d.r.s. Polyporus betulinus (Bull.) Fr. On living or dead birch trees. Frequent in the non-mountainous sec- tions of Western Pennsylvania. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 11/7/26, Amy Neale. Clarion County: on dead Betula lutea; Cook Forest, 10/17/26, 0. e.j. ; near New Bethlehem, 9/ 19/40, d.r.s. Erie County: woods at Mercy- hurst College, S. of Erie, 10/8/31, M. P. Wilbert. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1733. McKean County: on Betula log, Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3704. Venango County: on Betula , along Allegheny River, 1 mile N. of Perry Run, 6/7/33, 1. k.h., 563. Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 11/3/35, m.b.k. ; Scrubgrass Creek N.E. of Suttons Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Westmoreland County: 2^ miles N. of Bolivar, 1933, H. S. Wieand. Polyporus biformis (Kl.) Berk. (Plate XXVI, figs. 5, 6) On dead wood of deciduous trees. Infrequent. Armstrong County: Kittanning, August, 1905, d.r.s. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/31/30, 238 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII C. K. Henlen. Lawrence County: Kennedy’s Mills, Slippery Rock Creek, 1/30/26, E. H. Graham. Westmoreland County: Youngstown, 6/21/08, D. R.S. Polyporus borealis Fr. On stumps and logs of coniferous trees, also on living conifers. Frequent. Allegheny County: on log in Phipps Conservatory, Pittsburgh, 11/6/36, m.b.k. Armstrong County: near Leechburg, 10/8/38, d.r.s. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Blair County: Yellow Springs, 7/11/40, d.r.s. Centre County: on Tsuga, Shaffer’s Creek, 10 miles S. of State College, 7/22/36, m.b.k. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1727. McKean County: on Tsuga , Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3703. Somerset County: 3 miles W. of Bakers- ville, 1933, C. M. Hepner. Westmoreland County: New Florence, Mellon’s Estate, 9/7/07, o.e.j. Polyporus brumalis (Pers.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, chiefly in fall and winter. Common. Allegheny County: Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 10/27/01, J. A. Shafer; Narrows Run, Moon Twp., 2/23/03, J. A. Shafer; Power’s Run opposite Verona, 5/25/04, o.e.j.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 1905, d.r.s.; Tom’s Run Ravine, Dixmont, 10/14/16, o.e.j.; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 10/14/28, C. K. Henlen; Sandy Creek, 10/31/36, d.r.s.; Monongahela City, 5/8/37, H. McCullough; near Allison Park, 10/17/37, d.r.s.; Fallen Timber Hollow, opposite Suters- ville, 10/10/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: Kittanning, November 1901, d.r.s.; near Leechburg, 10/22/38, d.r.s. Beaver County: near Ambridge, 1921, H. W. Graham. Butler County: Marwood, 1926, Mima R. Milliron; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, Dec. 1932, l.k.h., 48; near Saxonburg, 10/19/35, d.r.s.; near Butler, 11/10/39, d.r.s. Cambria County: near Armagh, 11/12/38, d.r.s. Fayette County: Dunbar Creek, miles S.E. of Dunbar, 4/18/37, l.k.h., 218. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/16/40, l.k.h., 4541. Somerset County: Ursina, 5/12/05, o.e.j. Westmoreland County: W. of Export towards Logan’s Ferry, 10/15/17, W. H. Emig; Hillside, Bear’s Cave, 10/29/27, o.e.j.; Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 12/2/29, o.e.j. ; lYi miles N. of Bolivar, 1933, H. S. Wieand; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 10/18/36, H. S. Wieand. 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 239 Polyporus caeruloporus Pk. On soil in woods. Rare, but readily determined by the bluish color of pileus, tubes and stipe. Butler County: on soil adhering to underside of overhanging rock, Little Buffalo Creek near Monroe Station, 10/13/40, M.B.K. Polyporus caesius (Schrad.) Fr. On dead wood of both deciduous and coniferous trees. Although this species is rather common in the mountainous sections, our collections show its frequency in the non-mountainous parts of the state. Allegheny County: Fallen Timber Hollow, opposite Sutersville, 10/9/39, H. Roslund. Arm- strong County: Kittanning, October 1904, d.r.s. Butler County: near Saxonburg, 10/19/35, d.r.s.; along Route 528, one quarter-mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4230; along tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/18/40, l.k.h., 4348. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/7/38, l.k.h., 2682. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2774. Mercer County: Mercer Bog, 1 mile W. of Mercer, 9/16/36, l.k.h., 977. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 807. Polyporus cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, rarely on conifers. Common. Alle- gheny County: near Carnot, 2/22/01, J. A. Shafer; Narrows Run, Moon Twp., 2/23/03, J. A. Shafer; Coraopolis, 9/4/05, o.e.j.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, June 1906, d.r.s.; Pittsburgh, 11/10/15, F. R.Alker; Carnegie, 9/1/26, Dorothy Rome; Sewickley Hts., 2/21/30, C. K. Henlen; Renner- dale, 4/1/31, Thomas Millward; near Aspinwall, 9/13/35, m.b.k.; near Dorsey ville, 6/15/39, m.b.k.; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/19/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: Kittanning, Sept. 1901, d.r.s.; across river from Jonetta, 10/23/21, o.e.j.; near Leechburg, 10/29/38, d.r.s. Beaver County: Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, l.k.h., 239; near Independence, 5/8/38, o.e.j. Butler County: near Nixon Station, Butler Short Line, 2/4/16, Wm. Millward; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 3/16/30, l.k.h., 51; near Saxonburg, 9/20/36, d.r.s.; near Butler, 11/7/36, d.r.s. ; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1658; near Slippery Rock, 7/3/40, d.r.s.; Crolls Mills, Slippery Rock Creek, 11/2/40, Mrs. Leslie Lanfear. Centre County: Millheim, 7/14/35, d.r.s.; Alan Seeger Monument, 7/6/36, m.b.k.; State College, 7/22/37, d.r.s.; near Boalsburg, 9/22/37, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, S.E. of Philipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3631. Clarion County: near Clarion, 240 Annals of the Carnegie Museum yol. XXVIII 10/14/38, d.r.s. Crawford County: Hartstown, Pymatuning Swamp, 5/18/08, o.ej. ; on Betula lutea, S.E. of Hartstown, 5/31/27, o.e.j.; Cambridge Springs, 7/9/29, B. M. Ogden; Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/2/35, l.k.h., 331. Elk County: Bordentown Swamp, top of plateau S. of Medix Run, 9/30/34, o.e.j.; Route 555, 2 miles E. of Medix Run, 8/15/37, l.k.h. , 1522; near Kane, 7/4/39, d.r.s. Erie County: Presque Isle, 5/8/06, o.e.j.; Hummell Farm, 1J^ miles E. of Wattsburg, 7/31/28, 0. e.j.; DeWitt Farm, 8 miles S.E. of Erie, 8/8/33, o.e.j. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 8/3/07, o.e.j.; Laurel Run Valley, S.E. of Haydentown, 8/24/40, o.e.j. Forest County: 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, 1. k.h., 3786. Indiana County: near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2107. Jefferson County: along Clarion River, Cook Forest, 8/12/32, C. K. Henlen. Lawrence County: near Portersville, 11/26/26, H. M. Raup. Potter County: near Odin, 8/18/35, o.e.j. Somerset County: Haines, Laurel Hill, 7/8/06, d.r.s.; Wagner’s Woods, near Buckstown, 10/3/36, m.b.k. ; Laurel Ridge, 10 miles E. of Indian Creek Reservoir, 4/14/35, l.k.h., 332; Summit on Route 30, 8/9/40, d.r.s. Venango County: along Allegheny River, 1 mile N. of Perry Run, 6/7/33, l.k.h., 174; Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 854; Little Scrubgrass Creek, N.E. of Suttons Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Washington County: vicinity of Hanlin Station, 5/21/40, l.k.h., 3054. Westmoreland County: near New Florence, Mellon Estate, 9/10/07, o.e.j.; near Mill- bank, Chestnut Ridge, 12/3/16, o.e.j. ; on Betula lutea , Lynn Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 7/1/22, o.e.j.; Hillside, 5/24/23, o.e.j.; Bog at Laurel Summit, S.E. of Rector, June 1930, o.e.j.; 2]^ miles N. of Bolivar, 1933, H. S. Wieand; Congruity, 4 miles E. of Delmont, 9/27/34, l.k.h., 138; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 184; Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s.; Pike Run, N.E. of Hopewell, 9/5/36, d.r.s.; 13^2 miles E. of New Alexandria, off Route 22, 7/29/37, l.k.h., 1288; Chestnut Ridge, above Youngstown, 10/22/39, m.b.k.; near Ligonier, 5/28/40, d.r.s.; 1 mile E. of Mt. Pleasant, 6/13/40, I. H. Horner; Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h., 3105. Polyporus cinnamomeus (Jacq.) Sacc. On ground in woods. Frequent. Allegheny County: North Park, 8/24/35, l.k.h., 401; Warden Mine region opposite Sutersville, 7/9/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1904, d.r.s. Beaver County: Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1858. Butler County: near Frasier’s Mill, 7/31/35, A. M. Barker; uplands, 4 miles N.E. 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 241 of Harmony, 8/18/35, l.k.h., 374; Little Buffalo Creek at Monroe Station, 7/11/39, l.k.h., 2862. Centre County: Millheim, 7/14/35, d.r.s. ; Alan Seeger Region, 7/7/36, m.b.k. ; Woodward, 7/21/38, d.r.s. Crawford County: French Creek, near Cochran ton, 8/19/35, H. S. Wieand. Elk County: Ridgeway, 8/28/25, o.e.j. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/7/27, C. K. Henlen. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, July 1905, d.r.s. Potter County: near Odin, 8/18/35, o.e.j. Westmoreland County: near Dairy, 8/15/07, d.r.s. ; Idlewild Park, 9/21/07, d.r.s. ; Latrobe, 7/19/10, d.r.s. ; Lynn Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 8/28/27, o.e.j. Polyporus circinatus Fr. (Plate XXVI, figs. 3, 4) On dead or living wood of coniferous trees. Rare. Centre County: near Scotia, 6/22/09, o.e.j. Det. L. O. Overholts. Polyporus conchifer (Schw.) Fr. On dead wood of elm. Common. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pitts- burgh, October 1905, d.r.s. ; Power’s Run, opposite Verona, 7/4/20, d.r.s. ; 2J^ miles E. of Ambridge, 9/16/23, E. H. Graham; Dixmont Hollow, Tom’s Run, 10/31/31, o.e.j.; Riverview Park, N.S., Pittsburgh, 9/17/36, m.b.k. ; South Branch Little Sewickley Creek, N.E. of Sewickley, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2226; 1 mile W. of Mt. Nebo, 8/1/39, l.k.h., 2972; Glenshaw, 8/15/39, l.k.h., 3013; near Aspinwall, September 1939, d.r.s. Arm- strong County: Leechburg, 10/22/38, d.r.s. Beaver County: near Am- bridge, 1921, H. W. Graham; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1870. Butler County: Harmony, 7/21/04, R. J. Pflaum; Nixon Station, Butler Short Line, 2/17/17, Wm. Millward; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 3/16/30, l.k.h., 56; near Zelienople, 8/18/34, d.r.s.; near Saxonburg, 9/26/36, d.r.s.; near Slippery Rock, 9/24/38, d.r.s.; along Route 528, one quarter-mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4231; along tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/18/40, l.k.h., 4349; along Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 10/9/40, l.k.h., 4476. Centre County: near Woodward, 9/8/39, d.r.s. Clinton County: Route 220, at Lamar, 8/13/37, l.k.h., 1391. Crawford County: vicinity of Hartstown, 11/18/29, o.e.j. Lawrence County: New Wilmington, Westminster College Campus, 9/25/32, C. K. Henlen. Mercer County: 2 miles S.W. of Mercer, 9/11/35, l.k.h., 469. Washington County: vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4196; vicinity of Houston, 9/21/40, l.k.h., 4420; along Buffalo Creek near junction with Buck Run, 9/26/40, l.k.h., 4442. Westmoreland County: Kissell’s Spring, 4/30/10, d.r.s. 242 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Polyporus cristatus (Pers.) Fr. (Plate XXIX, figs. 5, 6) On ground in woods. Frequent. Allegheny County: North Park, 8/24/35, l.k.h., 391. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s. ; Meredith’s Woods, September 1903, d.r.s. Centre County: Woodward, 8/18/38, d.r.s. Clarion County: near Clarion, 9/6/37, d.r.s. Crawford County: French Creek, near Cochranton, 8/29/35, H. S. Wieand. Fayette County: near Somerfield, 8/31/35, d.r.s. Venango County: 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 9/19/37, H. S. Wieand. Westmoreland County: Chestnut Ridge, S.E. of Hillside, 9/17/09, o.e.j. Polyporus croceus (Pers.) Fr. On living or dead wood of oak and chestnut. A rather rare or infrequent species. Armstrong County: near Kittanning, September 1902, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Idlewild Park, 9/21/07, d.r.s. Polyporus cuticularis (Bull.) Fr. (Plate XXVIII, figs. 1, 2) On dead wood of deciduous trees and from wounds in living hardwood trees. Infrequent. Allegheny County: Sandy Creek, 11/3/06, d.r.s.; on Fagus grandifolia, Frick Park, 9/5/37, m.b.k. Butler County: in hollow part of old Tsuga, along Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 10/9/40, l.k.h. , 4477. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/15/33, o.e.j. West- moreland County: across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 923. Polyporus cutifractus Murr. On dead wood of both coniferous and deciduous trees. Infrequent in Pennsylvania, coming here from the West. Determinations by L. O. Overholts. Allegheny County: 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 8/1/39, l.k.h., 2984. Butler County: near Saxonburg, 8/24/39, d.r.s.; near Butler, 8/21/39, d.r.s.; near Slippery Rock, 8/29/39, d.r.s. Venango County: along Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 9/23/39, H. S. Wieand. Polyporus dichrous Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, rarely on conifers. Frequent. Alle- gheny County: Sandy Creek, September 1905, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pitts- burgh, 10/13/06, d.r.s.; near Ingomar, 10/2/37, d.r.s.; near Allison Park, 10/17/37, d.r.s.; near Sewickley, 10/30/38. d.r.s.; Fallen Timber PIol- low, opposite Sutersville, 8/5/39, H. Roslund; 1-2 miles N.E. of Mt. Nebo, 8/3/40, l.k.h., 3449. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1903, d.r.s. Beaver County: Baden, 1/2/22, H. W. Graham. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/12/35, l.k.h., 511. Cambria County: Cresson, 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 243 8/24/09, d.r.s. Centre County: Pine Hall, 7/2/36, m.b.k. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/17/06, d.r.s. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s. Forest County: 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, l.k.h., 3787. Greene County: Holbrook, 11/11/25, Sarah Marley. Law- rence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1763. McKean County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3705. Westmoreland County: Idlewild Park, 7/21/07, d.r.s. Polyporus distortus (Schw.) Fr. On stumps and trunks of deciduous trees. This collection is the normal form of a very variable species, which is rare in our region. Determination checked by L. O. Overholts. Allegheny County: at base of stump, Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 8/31/37, d.r.s. Polyporus dryadeus Fr. On trunks of living deciduous trees, usually oak. Frequent. Allegheny County: on base of Quercus, West End Park, 9/14/20, Neil McCallum; North Park, 1/9/33, J. K. Doutt. Armstrong County : on Quercus , Kit- tanning, August 1902, d.r.s. Butler County: on base of Quercus alba stump, Plains Church, 9/17/24, o.e.j. Centre County: on Quercus alba , State College Campus, 7/27/36, m.b.k. Westmoreland County: on Quercus , Idlewild Park, 8/10/06, d.r.s. Polyporus dryophilus Berk. (Plate XXIX, figs. 7, 8) On living oak trees. Infrequent. Although we have only two collec- tions, Dr. Overholts states that it is rather common in Pennsylvania. Perhaps future collecting will bring new records. Armstrong County: on Quercus stump, Kittanning, August 1904, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s. Polyporus durescens Ovlts. On logs. Rare. This is a species described by Dr. Overholts, in My- cologia Vol. XXXIII Jan. -Feb. 1941, No. 1. These two collections are the first records for Pennsylvania. Allegheny County: 2 miles E. of Am- bridge, 9/16/23, E. H. Graham. Beaver County: 1 mile N.W. of Ali- quippa, 8/15/38, S. Ristich. Polyporus elegans (Bull.) Fr. Usually on dead wood of deciduous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: Sandy Creek, 6/29/07, d.r.s.; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/23/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: along Big Buffalo Creek across 244 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII from West Winfield, 8/12/39, m.b.k. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s. Centre County: Millheim, 7/14/35, d.r.s. ; Rag Hollow, 25 miles S. of State College, 7/7/36, m.b.k.; Alan Seeger region, 7/12/36, m.b.k.; Woodward, 9/6/39, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, near Port Matilda, 7/14/40, l.k.h., 3675. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/16/06, d.r.s.; near Exposition Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s. Elk County: Allegheny National Forest at Junction of Millstone Creek and Clarion River, 7/14/35, H. S. Wieand. Erie County: Presque Isle, 8/26/05, o.e.j. ; Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, July 1905, d.r.s.; Kilarney Park, 7/19/19, d.r.s. McKean County : Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h. , 3706. Venango County: along Allegheny River, 1 mile N. of Perry Run, 6/7/33, l.k.h., 528. Westmoreland County: New Florence, 7/8/07, d.r.s.; Dairy, 7/30/08, d.r.s.; near Rector, 8/21/39, m.b.k.; Lynn Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 7/22/40, m.b.k.; Waterford, 9/1/40, d.r.s. Polyporus fagicolus Murr. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Infrequent. Our first record, marked Type, was described by Dr. D. R. Sumstine as Polyporus pennsylvanicus which was antedated by Polyporus fagicolus Murr. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 6/12/06, d.r.s. (Type); Sandy Creek, 6/29/06, d.r.s.; Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 6/10/08, d.r.s.; Fox Chapel Woods above Cable Bridge, 5/29/36, m.b.k.; Warden Mine region, op- posite Sutersville, 8/18/39, H. Roslund. Polyporus fissilis Berk. In wounds on living deciduous trees. Rare. Determined by L. O. Overholts. Armstong County: Kittanning, July 1902, d.r.s. Polyporus frondosus (Dicks.) Fr. On stumps or trunks of deciduous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, September 1906, d.r.s.; along Little Deer Creek, October 1926, Helen Blair; on Ligustrum vulgare in yard, Wilkinsburg, 7/15/40, m.b.k. Armstrong County: Kittanning, September, 1901, d.r.s. Beaver County- on roots of Quercus rubra , Pattons Point, 3 miles N. of Murdochville, 10/9/21, o.e.j. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, September 1931, l.k.h., 50. Erie County: on dying Quercus rubra , Presque Isle, 10/25/31, o.e.j. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 8/31/07, o.e.j. Indiana County: Chambersville, 10/16/37, o.e.j. McKean County: Mt. Jewett, 9/17/22, o.e.j. Somerset County: 3 miles W. of Bakersville, 10/20/33, C. M. Hepner. Washington County: at base of Quercus stump 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 245 near Charleroi, 10/15/35, G. Kosika. Westmoreland County: Forbes Forest, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 10/7/34, m.b.k. ; Kiski Campus, near Salts- burg, 7/13/40, d.r.s. Polyporus fumosus (Pers.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Frequent here, although it is usually considered common in Pennsylvania. Allegheny County: Darlington Hol- low, Sharpsburg, 11/2/01, J. A. Shafer; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 10/3/06, d.r.s. ; on Ulmus log, near Elizabeth, January 1933, C. M. Hepner; Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, 10/6/40, d.r.s. Armstrong County: Kittanning, July 1903, d.r.s. Butler County: near Butler, 10/26/40, d.r.s.; near Zelienople, 11/2/40, d.r.s. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Polyporus galactinus Berk. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Rare here, but supposed to be com- mon in Pennsylvania. Future collections may add new records. Alle- gheny County: Nine-mile Run, Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 10/26/35, H. S. Wieand. Polyporus giganteus (Pers.) Fr. On ground around stumps of deciduous trees. Frequent. The collec- tion from Kittanning is the co-type of Grifolia Sumsteinei Murr., but antedated by Polyporus giganteus (Pers.) Fr. Allegheny County: West End Park, Pittsburgh, October 1916, Neil McCallum. Armstrong County: Kittanning, August 1904, d.r.s. Centre County: Pine Hall, 8/2/38, m.b.k. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/18/06, d.r.s. Fayette County: near New Geneva, 8/21/40, d.r.s. Mercer County: Transfer, 8/9/12, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Idlewild Park, 7/7/06, d.r.s.; Seward, 7/24/08, d.r.s. Polyporus gilvus (Schw.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Common. Allegheny County: Alle- gheny Park, October 1903, J. A. Shafer; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 6/12/06, d.r.s.; Sandy Creek, 7/26/06, d.r.s.; Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 8/20/07, d.r.s.; Douthett, along Brush Creek, 10/25/12, O.e.j.; Power’s Run, opposite Verona, 10/12/16, o.e.j. Allison Park, 10/2/20, o.e.j.; ravine, N.W. of Saunder’s Station, 10/2/21, M. L. Bomhard; 2 miles E. of Ambridge, 8/16/23, E. H. Graham; Dream City Park, 6/23/26, d.r.s.; Carnegie, 9/11/26, Dorothy Rome; North Park, 8/24/35, l.k.h., 409; Sewickley Water Works Park, 10/11/36, m.b.k.; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h., 1182; 2 miles N.E. of Mt. 246 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Nebo, 10/31/37, l.k.h., 1773; South Br. Little Sewickley Creek, N.E. of Sewickley, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2229; Glenshaw, 8/15/39, l.k.h., 3019; one half-mile S. of Smithdale, 6/27/40, l.k.h., 3346; near Sewickley, 8/2/40, d.r.s. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 11/7/26, Amy Neale. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; Saw Mill Hollow, 12/28/21, H. W. Graham; Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, l.k.h., 418; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1904. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 3/17/29, l.k.h., 43; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/9/37, l.k.h., 1550; near Saxon- burg, 10/26/40, d.r.s. ; near Zelienople, 11/2/40, d.r.s., Cambria County: Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s.; Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Centre County: Bald Eagle Creek, 7 miles W. of Bellefonte, November 1935, Mrs. Paul Wible. Crawford County: Exposition Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s.; Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 8/3/09, o.e.j. ; Hartstown, 11/18/29, o.e.j. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/26/28, C. K. Henlen. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 8/7/07, d.r.s. Indiana County: Homer, September 1909, d.r.s.; Cham- bersville, 10/16/37, d.r.s. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1732. McKean County: Mt. Jewett, 7/16/22, o.e.j.; on Fagus , Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/27/40, l.k.h., 3707. Venango County: Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 11/3/35, m.b.k. Washington County: Riverview, mouth of Mingo Creek, 5/1/20, o.e.j.; vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4195. Warren County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3859. Westmoreland County: Latrobe, June 1906, d.r.s.; Dairy, 8/6/06, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 7/21/07, d.r.s.; Ligonier, 7/24/07, d.r.s.; Seward, 7/23/08, d.r.s.; Laurel Hill Mt., 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 6/25/22, o.e.j.; along Lyons Run, E. of Trafford, 9/24/22, o.e.j. ; Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s. ; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 944; 1J^ miles E. of New Alexandria, off Route 22, 7/29/37, l.k.h., 1287; near South Greensburg’s Swimming Pool, 7/29/37, l.k.h., 1296; near Waterford, 9/1/40, d.r.s.; Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h., 3108. Polyporus glomeratus Pk. (Plate XXVII, figs. 3, 4) On dead wood of deciduous trees. Usually considered infrequent, our collections indicate its frequency in Western Pennsylvania. Armstrong County: Whiskey Hollow, Kittanning, August 1905, d.r.s. Beaver County: Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 8/15/38, S. Ristich. Butler County: Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/9/37, l.k.h., 1592. Cambria County: Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s. Crawford County: near Ex- 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 247 position Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Idlewild Park, August 1923, d.r.s. ; Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s. Polyporus graveolens (Schw.) Fr. (Plate XXVIII, figs. 3, 4) On dead or living wood of deciduous trees. A rather infrequent species of which we have four collections. Blair County: Tyrone, 8/15/09, d.r.s. Indiana County: Canoe Ridge, 3/20/1900, L. O. Gastin. Det: d.r.s. Westmoreland County: 3 miles E. of Smithton, 1915, A. S. Rowe; Eastern part, July 1937, Elsie McClure. Polyporus guttulatus Pk. On dead wood of coniferous trees. Rare here, although considered fre- quent in Pennsylvania. Future collecting may add to our records. Centre County: near Woodward, 9/7/39, d.r.s. Polyporus hirsutus (Wulf.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, rarely on conifers. Common. Alle- gheny County: Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 10/27/01, J. A. Shafer; Lachelle’s Hollow, Moon Twp., May 1902, J. A. Shafer; Narrow’s Run, Moon Twp., 2/23/03, J. A. Shafer; Coraopolis, 9/4/05, o.e.j. Frick Park, Pittsburgh, October 1905, d.r.s.; Sandy Creek, 11/3/06, d.r.s.; Douthett, Brush Creek, 10/8/11, o.e.j.; Montrose, 1915, o.e.j.; Pitts- burgh, 11/10/15, F. R. Alker; Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, 11/21/15, 0. e.j.; Black’s Run, N. of Oakmont, 11/3/16, o.e.j.; Tom’s Run, Dix- mont, 11/11/16, o.e.j.; Power’s Run, opposite Verona, 9/4/20, d.r.s.; Carnegie, 10/2/26, Dorothy Rome; Wildwood, 9/30/28, C. K. Henlen; Sewickley Hts., 2/21/30, C. K. Henlen; Mayview Road, 3 miles S. of Bridgeville, 5/19/37, l.k.h., 291; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 4/2/38, 1. k.h., 1609; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/13/39, H. Roslund; Glenshaw, 8/15/39, l.k.h., 3017. Armstrong County: Kit- tanning, 1901, d.r.s.; across river from Jonetta, 10/23/21, o.e.j.; near Kittanning, 7/19/25, Amy Neale; Roaring Run, near Apollo, 4/6/30, l.k.h., 35; Leechburg, 10/22/38, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; Mudlick, 10/26/22, J. A. M. Stewart; Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, l.k.h., 234; Raccoon Creek, 2 miles W. of Aliquippa, 7/13/37, l.k.h., 1140; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Ali- quippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1891. Bedford County: Morrison Cove Region, 7 miles N.E. of Everett, 11/24/34, l.k.h., 203; Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Nixon Station, 12/4/16, Wm. Millward; Marwood, 248 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 1926, Mima R. Milliron; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, September 1930, l.k.h., 34 ; tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/11 /36, l.k.h., 747; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1630; Crolls Mills, Slippery Rock Creek, 11/2/40, Mrs. Leslie Lanfear. Cambria County: V/2 miles E. of Patton, 10/13/40, R. Little. Centre County: near Woodward, 9/8/39, d.r.s. ; State Game Lands, S.E. of Philipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3630; Pine Grove, 6 miles S.W. of Boalsburg, 7/11/40, d.r.s. Clarion County: near Clarion, 9/3/21, W. H. Emig; 4 miles N.E. of Parker’s Landing, 7/27/35, l.k.h., 362. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/17/06, d.r.s.; Pymatuning Swamp between Linesville and Harts- town, 5/30/24, o.e.j. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s.; Girard, De- cember 1911, R. H. Daily; Presque Isle, 7/12/28, o.e.j.; woods at Mercy- hurst College, S. of Erie, 10/8/31, M. P. Wilbert; Hummell’s farm, 2J^ miles E. of Wattsburg, 7/21/28, o.e.j. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 7/9/05, Grace E. Kinzer; near Normalville, 8/20/40, d.r.s.; near New Geneva, 8/21/40, d.r.s. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2714; 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40., l.k.h., 3788. Greene County: Holbrook, 11/20/24, Sarah Marley. Indiana County: near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2112. Lawrence County: Slippery Rock Creek, 10/16/10, o.e.j.; Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1706. McKean County: Kane, 7/2/33, d.r.s.; on Fagus , Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/28/40, l.k.h., 3708. Mercer County: near Swamp Root, 6/8/35, l.k.h., 341. Somerset County: Ursina, 6/12/05, o.e.j.; Pickings, Laurel Hill, 7/8/06, d.r.s.; 3 miles W. of Bakersville, 1933, C. M. Hepner; summit on Route 30, 8/9/40, d.r.s. Venango County: Allegheny River, 1 mile N. of Perry Run, 6/7/33, l.k.h., 2487. Washington County: vicinity of Hanlin Sta- tion, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4201. Warren County: Tionesta Tract, near Brooks- ton, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3860. Westmoreland County: Latrobe, June 1902, d.r.s.; Jacob’s Creek above Laurelville, 5/31/03, J. A. Shafer; Dairy, 11/10/06, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 8/21/07, d.r.s.; New Florence, August 1907, d.r.s.; Hillside, near Bear’s Cave, 10/29/27, o.e.j.; Rock Run, Forbes Forest, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, August 1925, o.e.j.; Shades Ravine, E. of Trafford, 9/8/34, o.e.j.; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile S.E. of Kregar, 8/1/36, l.k.h., 590; Pike’s Run, N.E. of Hopewell, 9/25/36, d.r.s.; 2J^ miles N. of Bolivar, October 1934, H. S. Wieand; across river from Salts- burg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 913; 1J^ miles E. of New Alexandria, off Route 22, 7/29/37, l.k.h., 1275; Kiski Campus, 9/18/38, d.r.s.; Ligonier, 5/28/40, d.r.s.; 1 mile E. of Mt. Pleasant, 6/13/40, I. H. Horner; Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h., 3107. 1941 Henry : Polypores of Pennsylvania 249 Polyporus lucidus (Curt.) Fr. On dead or living wood of deciduous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: Allegheny Cemetery, Pittsburgh, September 1905, d.r.s. ; on Acer, Wilkinsburg, September 1905, d.r.s.; on Acer, Pittsburgh, 1911, d.r.s. ; Herron Hill, Pittsburgh, 10/5/34, H. S. Wieand; in wound at base of live Ulmus americana, Cathedral Lawn, University of Pittsburgh, 9/26/38, l.k.h., 2286. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/15/38, d.r.s. Crawford County: on Betula lutea, Linesville, 6/4/38, o.e.j. McKean County: Kane, 9/5/37, D.R.S. Polyporus nidulans Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 7/11/06, d.r.s.; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h. , 1221; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/30/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: Kittanning, August 1904, d.r.s. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/11/36, l.k.h., 773; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 7/3/39, l.k.h., 2809. Centre County: Woodward, 9/6/39, d.r.s. Cambria County: Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Clarion County: near Clarion, 6/20/40, d.r.s. Crawford County: Dollar Lake, Hartstown, 9/10/38, l.k.h., 2209. Fayette County: near Normalville, 8/20/40, d.r.s. Forest County: Cook Forest, 8/19/32, C. K. Henlen; 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, l.k.h., 3823. Indiana County: near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2104. McKean County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3709. Somerset County: Haines, Laurel Hill, 7/8/06, d.r.s. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 6/26/37, l.k.h., 1086. Warren County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3861. Westmoreland County: Latrobe, June 1905, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 7/16/08, d.r.s.; Lynn Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 7/22/23, o.e.j.; Jones’s Mills, 8/7/35, d.r.s.; Kiski Campus, near Saltsburg, 8/29/37, d.r.s.; Shades Ravine, E. of Trafford, 8/10/39, M.B.K. Polyporus osseus (Schaeff.) Fr. On dead wood of coniferous trees. Rare. Determined by L. O. Over- holts. Centre County: Woodward 9/8/39. d.r.s. Jefferson County: Cook Forest, 8/4/32, C. K. Henlen. 250 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Polyporus pargamenus Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, occasionally on conifers. Common. Allegheny County: Moon Twp. near Tom’s Run, 8/12/01, J. A. Shafer; near Carnot, 10/27/01, J. A. Shafer; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 9/17/05, 0. e.j. ; Power’s Run, opposite Verona, August 1905, o.e.j.; valley of Little Sewickley Creek, above Edgeworth, 10/21/16, o.e.j.; Carnegie, 9/11/26, Dorothy Rome; along Pine Creek, one half-mile S.E. of Wildwood, 10/14/28, C. K. Henlen; on base of Fagus grandifolia , Sandy Creek, May 1930, l.k.h., 93; Bellevue, October 1932, Cornelia Ecke; North Park, 8/24/35, l.k.h. , 387; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h., 1199; 2 miles N.E. of Mt. Nebo, 10/31/37, l.k.h., 1770; Union Avenue between Bellevue and West View, 4/2/38, l.k.h., 1738; South Branch, Little Sewickley Creek, N.E. of Sewickley, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2232; 1 mile N.E. of Leetsdale, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2215; near Harmarville, 7/6/39, d.r.s.; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/17/39, H. Roslund; 1 mile W. of Mt. Nebo, 8/1/39, l.k.h., 2975; Glenshaw, 8/15/39, l.k.h., 3026; 1 mile out Audubon Road from Magee Road, 9/9/40, l.k.h., 4086; Bellevue Reservoir, 9/15/40, J. A. Schatz. Armstrong Co.: Kittanning, Oct. 1901, d.r.s. Beaver Co.: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; Beaver’s Hollow, 11/2/22, J. A. M. Stewart; Camp Konokwee, 1 mile S. of Fombell, 4/5/36, 1. k.h., 235; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1893, Bedford Co.: Morrison Cove region, 7 miles N.E. of Everett, 11/24/34, l.k.h., 199; on Betula lenta , Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Blair Co.: Yellow Springs, 7/11/40, d.r.s. Butler Co.: Marwood, 1926, Mima R. Milliron; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 3/17/29, l.k.h., 53; Camp Bucoco, Slippery Rock Creek, October 1932, l.k.h., 54; tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/11/36, l.k.h., 741; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 877; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1643; near Slippery Rock, 7/3/40, d.r.s.; along Route 528, one quarter-mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4232. Cambria Co.: Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s.; V/% miles E. of Patton, 10/13/40, R. Little. Centre Co.: Bald Eagle Creek, 7 miles W. of Bellefonte, November 1935, Mrs. Paul Wible; Pine Hall, 7/2/36, m.b.k. ; Alan Seeger Forest, 8/2/36, m.b.k. Clarion County: on Prunus serotina , 4 miles N.E. of Parker’s Landing, 7/27/35, l.k.h., 359; Cook Forest, 10/7/38, l.k.h., 2632; near Clarion, 10/12/39, d.r.s.; near New Bethle- hem, 9/19/40, d.r.s. Crawford County: Conneaut Lake Park, 7/17/06, d.r.s.; Exposition Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s.; Hartstown, Pymatuning Swamp, 11/18/29, o.e.j. ; near Linesville, 6/30/35, l.k.h., 293. Elk County: Route 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 251 555, 2 miles E. of Medix Run, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1526. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/19/27, C. K. Henlen; near Wessleyville, 7/25/29, C. K. Henlen. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 7/20/02, J. A. Shafer. Forest County: on dead Populus grandidentata, 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, l. k.h. , 3789, on Betula lutea , Ibid, 3790. Indiana County: Homer City, September 1909, d.r.s. ; near Glen Campbell, 8/4/38, l.k.h., 2114. Lawrence County: Elliot’s Mills, 5 miles S.W. of Slippery Rock, 8/19/22, o.e.j.; New Wilmington near Westminster College, 4/10/30, C. K. Henlen; Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1709. McKean County: on Betula lutea , Mt. Jewett, 9/16/22, o.e.j.; Kane, 9/5/37, d.r.s. ; on Betula lutea, Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/23/40, l.k.h., 3710. Mercer County: 1 mile S. of Swamp Root, 6/8/35, l.k.h., 312; 2 miles S.W. of Mercer, 9/11/35, l.k.h., 462. Potter County: Route 872, 7 miles N.E. of Austin, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1461. Somerset County: Keystone, 10/9/04, o.e.j.; St. Claris, Laurel Hill, 7/8/06, d.r.s.; 10 miles E. of Indian Creek Reservoir, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 345; near Jennerstown, 9/5/40, d.r.s. Venango County: Allegheny River, 1 mile N. of Perry Run, 6/7/33, l.k.h., 2495; Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 11/3/35, m. b.k. ; Scrubgrass Creek, N.E. of Sutton’s Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Warren County: Possum Pond, S.E. edge of Tamarack Swamp, 2 miles N.W. of Pine Valley, 10/15/36, l.k.h., 960; 3 miles W. of Tidioute, 7/16/40, A. G. Shields; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3862. Wash- ington County: Raccoon Creek, 2 miles N.E. of Burgettstown, 10/21/17, o.e.j. Westmoreland County: Jacob’s Creek above Laurelville, 5/31/03, J. A. Shafer; Latrobe, 8/10/06, d.r.s.; New Florence, 9/8/07, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 9/21/07, d.r.s.; Shades Ravine, E. of Trafford, 7/9/08, d.r.s.; Seward, 7/23/08, d.r.s.; 1 mile W. of Laughlintown, 12/3/16, o.e.j. ; near Delmont, 11/13/29, l.k.h., 91 ; on Prunus pennsylvanica, Lynn Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 11/4/33, o.e.j.; Congruity, 4 miles E. of Delmont on Route 22, 9/27/34, l.k.h., 138; 1 mile S.E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 176; Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s.; 23^ miles N. of Bolivar, 9/15/35, H. S. Wieand; Wildlife Lodge, New Kensington, 9/21/35, m.b.k.; Pike Run, near Hopewell, 9/5/36, d.r.s.; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 908; Kiski Campus, 9/18/38, d.r.s. Polyporus perennis (L.) Fr. On ground in woods, especially burned-over soil. Frequent. Centre County: Scotia, 6/20/09, o.e.j.; Millheim, 7/14/35, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, S.E. of Philipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3628. Clarion County: 2 252 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII miles N. of Clarion, 10/5/35, o.ej.; Cook Forest, 9/18/40, d.r.s. Elk County: Ridgway, 8/28/25, o.e.j. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/31/30, C. K. Henlen. McKean County: Mt. Jewett, 9/16/22, o.e.j. Venango County: 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 7/11/37, H. S. Wieand. Polyporus picipes Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, rarely on conifers. Common. Alle- gheny County: Coraopolis, 9/4/05, o.e.j.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, Sep- tember 1905, d.r.s. ; Thorn Hill, 8/28/21, W. H. Emig; Fallen Timber Hollow, opposite Sutersville, 7/12/39, H. Roslund; vicinity of Warden Mine, opposite Sutersville, 6/27/40, l.k.h., 3300; 1 mile out Audubon Road from the Magee Road, 9/9/40, l.k.h., 4087. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s.; along Big Buffalo Creek, across from West Winfield, 9/9/39, m.b.k. Beaver County: Red Ash Hollow, near Ambridge, 12/26/22, H. W. Graham; 2 miles E. of Baden, 2/12/27, H. M. Raup; near Georgetown, 7/14/40, o.e.j. Butler County: Marwood, 1926, Mima R. Milliron; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, September 1931, l.k.h., 49; near Slippery Rock, 8/24/39, d.r.s.; near Saxonburg, 9/18/39, d.r.s.; near Slippery Rock, 7/3/40, d.r.s.; along tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/18/40, l.k.h., 4367; near Zelienople, 11/31/40, d.r.s. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/16/26, o.e.j.; near New Bethle- hem, 7/18/40, d.r.s. Crawford County: Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/1/04, o.e.j.; Conneaut Park, 7/19/06, d.r.s.; near Exposition Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s.; Cambridge Springs, 7/9/29, B. M. Ogden. Elk County: South of Kane, 7/4/39, d.r.s. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s.; Ohio Pyle, 9/21/37, o.e.j. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 8/2/37, H. S. Wieand. Warren County: on Tsuga stump, Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3863. Washington County: vicinity of Houston, 9/21/40, l.k.h., 4421; along branch of Wheeling Creek, 3 miles S. of Burnsville, 9/22/40, l.k.h., 4437. Westmoreland County: Latrobe, June 1902, d.r.s.; Hillside, 5/19/06, d.r.s.; Kingston, 7/3/07, d.r.s.; Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 9/15/34, o.e.j.; 2J^ miles N. of Bolivar, October 1934, H. S. Wieand; Shades Ravine, E. of Trafford, 10/8/36, H. S. Wieand; Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 9/11/40, l.k.h., 4117. Polyporus poculus (Schw.) B. & C. On dead wood of deciduous trees, especially oak. Rare here, although this species is considered frequent in Pennsylvania. Butler County: Nixon Station, 2/17/17, Wm. Millward. 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 253 Polyporus pubescens (Schum.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Frequent. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 11/7/26, Amy Neale; Butler County: Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 882. Clarion County: near New Bethlehem, 7/19/40, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 6/19/37, H. S. Wieand; near Normalville, 8/20/40, d.r.s. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 4/20/38, l.k.h., 1235. Warren County: Possum Pond, S.E. edge of Tamarack Swamp, 2 miles N.W. of Pine Valley, 10/15/36, l.k.h., 967. Westmoreland County: Trafford, Shades Ravine, 10/27/34, H. S. Wieand; Bethel Church, 10/23/39, m.b.k. Polyporus radiatus (Sow.) Fr. (Plate XXVII, figs. 1, 2) On dead wood of deciduous trees. Frequent. Usually on birch and alder in the mountainous regions, but occasionally on same hosts in other regions as indicated by our records. Butler County: on Ulmus branches, along tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 7/18/40, l.k.h., 4351. Erie County: Presque Isle, 7/17/28, C. K. Henlen. Forest County: Cook Forest, 8/5/32, C. K. Henlen. McKean County: Kane, 9/5/37, d.r.s. Mercer County: 2 miles S.W. of Mercer, 9/11/35, l.k.h., 815. Venango County: 3 miles N. of Emlenton, 9/14/40, m.b.k. Westmoreland County: Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 9/6/25, o.e.j. Polyporus radicatus Schw. On ground attached to buried roots. Infrequent. In Bulletin 298 of Pennsylvania State College, Dr. Overholts says that this species has not yet been collected in the state. Our three collections indicate that it has a wide North-South distribution and careful collecting should bring other records. Allegheny County: Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, S/2/39, H. Roslund. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Latrobe, July 1903, d.r.s. Checked by L. 0. Overholts. Polyporus resinosus (Schrad.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees, occasionally on conifers. Common. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 10/13/06, d.r.s.; Tom’s Run, Dixmont, 10/14/16, o.e.j.; Black’s Run, Flood Plain, N. of Oakmont, 11/2/16, o.e.j.; on living A cer saccharum one-eighth mile below Wildwood, 3/30/20, o.e.j.; ravine N.W. of Saunder’s Station, 10/2/21, M. L. Bomhard; near Groveton, about 1 mile up from Montour Run, 10/22/27, O.e.j.; North Park, 11/6/37, o.e.j.; Fallen Timber Hollow, opposite 254 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Sutersville, 10/9/39, H. Roslund. Armstrong County: Kittanning, October 1902, d.r.s. ; Buffalo Creek, W. of Slate Lick, October 1920, o.ej. Beaver County: Legionville Hollow, 10/17/17, o.e.j. Butler County: Wolf Creek, 3/20/35, Keller Shelar. Cambria County: Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s. ; 1}^ miles E. of Patton, 10/18/40, R. Little. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 9/18/40, d.r.s. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 10/18/36, o.e.j. Indiana County: Chambersville, 10/16/37, o.e.j. Lawrence County: Rock Point near Ellwood City, 2/22/16, o.e.j.; Muddy Creek Falls, 10/16/40, l.k.h., 4521. Somerset County: Windber, 1924, o.e.j. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 10/6/40, H. S. Wieand. Warren County: Sulphur Spring, Tamarack Swamp, 2 miles N.W. of Pine Valley, 10/15/36, l.k.h., 955. Westmoreland County: Dairy, 11/10/06, d.r.s.; Ligonier, December 1916, d.r.s.; Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 12/2/29, o.e.j.; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 946. Polyporus robinophilus (Murr.) Lloyd On living trunks of deciduous trees, especially black locust. Frequent here, although usually considered infrequent in Pennsylvania. Our col- lections suggest that it may be common locally, especially where its host, Robinia pseudoacacia , is plentiful. Allegheny County: Sandy Creek, 7/26/06, d.r.s.; Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, August 1906, d.r.s.; Pitts- burgh, October 1912, d.r.s.; Wilkinsburg, August 1916, d.r.s.; on Robinia pseudoacacia, Mt. Lebanon, 9/15/37, H. McCullough; on Robinia, 1 mile out Audubon Road from Magee Road, 9/9/40, l.k.h., 4088. Armstrong County: Kittanning, August 1905, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: New Florence, 9/8/07, d.r.s. Polyporus Schweinitzii Fr. Around stumps or trunks of coniferous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: 1-2 miles N.E. of Mt. Nebo, 6/5/40, l.k.h., 3064. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s. Cambria County: Cresson, 1916, d.r.s. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 9/18/31, C. K. Henlen. Crawford County: Conneaut Lake, 7/18/06, d.r.s.; near Exposition Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s.; Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 8/8/09, o.e.j.; French Creek near Cochranton, 8/25/35, H. S. Wieand. Erie County: Presque Isle, 8/11/33, o.e.j.; Wintergreen Gulch, 8/5/35, o.e.j. Forest County: Cook Forest, 10/5/38, l.k.h., 2691. Somerset County: 3 miles W. of Bakersville, 1933, C. M. Hepner. 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 255 Polyporus semipileatus Pk. (Plate XXVII, fig. 7) On dead wood of deciduous trees. Infrequent here, although considered common in Pennsylvania. Perhaps future collecting will increase our records. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 8/21/08, d.r.s.; along Beaver Grade Road, near Montour Run, 7/3/40, l.k.h., 3414. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Fayette County: Kilarney Park, 7/31/19, d.r.s. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1760. McKean County: Kane, 9/5/37, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Kiski Campus, near Saltsburg, 7/12/39, d.r.s. Polyporus semisupinus Berk. & Curt. (Plate XXVII, fig. 8) On dead wood of deciduous trees, especially birch. Infrequent here. Armstrong County: on Betula , near Kittanning, August 1905, d.r.s. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Cambria County: near Cresson, 9/15/39, d.r.s. Cameron County: Route 872, 10 miles N.E. of Sinnemahoning, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1495. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/13/39, d.r.s. Somerset County: near Jennerstown, 9/5/40, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Idlewild, 8/10/06, d.r.s.; New Florence, 7/23/08, d.r.s.; Forbes Forest, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 7/21/40, m.b.k. Polyporus Spraguei Berk. & Curt. On dead wood of deciduous trees, especially oak and beech. Common. Allegheny County: Sandy Creek, on Quercus stump, 7/26/06, d.r.s. ; near Verona, 8/2/06, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, September 1911, d.r.s.; Flood Plain, Black’s Run, N. of Oakmont, 11/3/16, o.e.j.; ravine at Service Bridge, 10/26/34, o.e.j.; near Harmarville, 7/6/39, d.r.s.; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 8/1/39, H. Roslund; near Culmerville, 9/18/39, d.r.s.; along Beaver Grade Road, near Montour Run, 7/3/40, l.k.h., 3391. Armstrong County: Kittanning, July 1905, d.r.s.; along Big Buffalo Creek across from West Winfield, 8/12/39, m.b.k. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County : on old stump of Malus, uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 8/18/35, l.k.h., 383; Wolf Creek near Slippery Rock, October 1935, Keller Shelar. Centre County: Woodward, 8/18/38, d.r.s. Erie County: Presque Isle, July 1929, C. K. Henlen. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 8/7/07, d.r.s.; Kilarney Park, July 1919, d.r.s.; near New Geneva, 8/21/40, d.r.s. Huntingdon County: near Mill Creek, 9/4/36, l.k.h., 658. Indiana County: near Chambersville, 10/16/37, o.e.j. Lawrence County: Muddy Creek Falls, 9/3/37, m.b.k. Mercer County: Transfer, 8/9/12, d.r.s. Somerset County: summit, Route 30, 8/9/40, d.r.s.; near Jennerstown, 256 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 9/5/40, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: on Castanea dentata , Dairy, 7/8/06, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 8/11/06, d.r.s.; Seward, 7/23/08, d.r.s.; Lynn Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 8/9/25, o.e.j. ; Congruity, 4 miles E. of Delmont on Route 22, 9/27/34, l.k.h., 145; Jones’s Mills, 8/17/35, d.r.s.; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, l.k.h., 1353; Kiski Campus, near Saltsburg, 8/17/39, d.r.s. Polyporus spumeus (Sow.) Horne On old logs of deciduous trees, occasionally on wounds of living trees. Rare here, although said to be common in Pennsylvania. Greene County: on Acer, Holbrook, 11/22/25, Sarah Marley. Polyporus spumeus var. malicolus Lloyd On wood of apple trees, occasionally on other deciduous trees. Rare here, although considered common in Pennsylvania. Crawford County: on old log in woods (unusual host), Dollar Lake, Hartstown, 9/10/38, l.k.h., 2202. Polyporus squamosus (Huds.) Fr. On living or dead wood of deciduous trees. Rare. Allegheny County: Guyasuta Hollow, Sharpsburg, 6/10/08, d.r.s. Lawrence County: Heinz House Camps, Slippery Rock Creek, 10 miles E. of Ellwood, 7/22/36, H. S. Wieand. Polyporus sulphureus (Bull.) Fr. On living or dead wood of deciduous or coniferous trees. Common. Allegheny County: Power’s Run, 9/15/05, o.e.j.; Elfenwild, 1909, Dr. Willett; Logan’s Ferry, 10/30/26, o.e.j.; Tom’s Run, Dixmont, 10/31/31, o.e.j.; Jack’s Run Road, Ross Twp., July 1933, l.k.h., 45; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 9/17/34, l.k.h., 123; Brooklyn, 10/5/35, H. McCullough; Pine Creek, one-half mile S.E. of Wildwood, 9/28/38, l.k.h., 2577; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 8/9/39, H. Roslund. Arm- strong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s. Butler County: uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, September 1931, l.k.h., 46; Buffalo Creek, 9/28/35, H. S. Wieand; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 876. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 10/7/38, l.k.h., 2627. Crawford County: Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/7/04, o.e.j. Erie County: Presque Isle, 5/27/16, o.e.j.; Erie, 9/8/27, Agnes Hartman; woods at Mercyhurst College, S. of Erie, 10/8/31, M. P. Wilbert; Wintergreen Gulch, 8/5/35, o.e.j. Fayette County: near Uniontown, 8/28/36, d.r.s.; near Normalville, 8/20/40, d.r.s. Lawrence County: Elliot’s Mills, 5 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 257 miles S.W. of Slippery Rock, 8/19/22, o.e.j. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N. of Lisbon, 10/3/36, H. S. Wieand. Washing- ton County: near Amity, 9/19/39, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: near Blairsville, 8/8/01, J. A. Shafer; Idlewild Park, 9/21/01, d.r.s.; Jacob’s Creek, E. of Mt. Pleasant, 5/30/03, J. A. Shafer; Kingston, 9/21/07, d.r.s.; Smithton, 9/2/19, A. L. Rowe; Laurel Mt. near Rector, 7/20/23, E. H. Graham; on old railroad tie between Ligonier and Rector, 8/26/23, o.e.j. ; Lynn Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 9/3/27, o.e.j.; 234 miles N. of Bolivar, October 1934, H. S. Wieand; Buttermilk Falls, near Ligonier, 9/20/35, H. S. Wieand; Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 9/11/40, L.K.H., 4118. Polyporus tephroleucus Fr. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: Allegheny Cemetery, September 1905, d.r.s.; Guyasuta Hollow, Sharps- burg, 10/1/10, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 10/5/34, l.k.h., 109. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1902, d.r.s. Beaver County: near Am- bridge, 1922, H. W. Graham. Butler County: Nixon Station, Butler Short Line, 12/4/16, Wm. Millward; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/9/37, l.k.h. , 1600; near Butler, 10/26/40, d.r.s.; Crolls Mills, Slippery Rock Creek, 11/2/40, Mrs. Leslie Lanfear. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 852; Little Scrubgrass Creek, N.E. of Sutton’s Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Warren County: on Betula lutea log, Possum Pond, S.E. edge of Tamarack Swamp, 2 miles N.W. of Pine Valley, 10/15/36, l.k.h., 961. Westmoreland County: Kissell’s Spring, 4/30/10, d.r.s.; Loyalhanna Creek, above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h., 3112. Polyporus Tsugae (Murr.) Ovlts. On stumps and logs of coniferous trees. Common. Allegheny County: Hollow near Allison Park, 1902, J. A. Shafer; Power’s Run opposite Verona, 7/5/04, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 10/17/22, Mrs. Telessio Lucci; 234 miles E. of Ambridge, 9/16/23, E. H. Graham; Pine Creek, one-half mile S.E. of Wildwood, 6/25/38, l.k.h., 1854. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1902, d.r.s. ; near Mosgrove, May 1903, d.r.s. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s. ; near Ambridge, 1921, H. W. Graham; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1906. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Petersville, 9/22/24, H. W. Graham; near Zelienople, 8/18/34, d.r.s.; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 875. Cambria County: Cresson, 258 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII 8/24/09, d.r.s.; Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Centre County: Millheim, 7/5/35, d.r.s.; Bear Meadows, 6/13/37, m.b.k. ; near State College, 7/23/37, d.r.s. ; near Woodward, 7/6/39, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, near Port Matilda, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3676. Clarion County: Cook Forest, 6/26/26, H. W. Graham. Crawford County: Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/7/04, o.e.j.; Conneaut Lake, 7/18/06, d.r.s. Erie County: Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s.; near Girard, December 1911, R. H. Daily; Presque Isle, July 1928, o.e.j.; Strong’s Woods, 6 miles W. of Erie, 7/26/32, o.e.j. ; Hummell’s Farm, 1J^ miles E. of Wattsburg, 7/31/38, o.e.j. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, June 1905, d.r.s. Jefferson County: near Brookville, 3/7/17, A. R. Hilliard. Lawrence County: on Tsuga , Muddy Creek Falls, 10/16/40, l.k.h., 4520. McKean County: on Tsuga, Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3711. Mercer County: near Hous- ton Junction, 7/7/02, J. A. Shafer. Somerset County: 3 miles W. of Bakers- ville, 1933, C. M. Hepner; Wagner’s Woods 1 mile E. of Buckstown, 8/14/36, o.e.j. Venango County: S. of Polk, 6/14/16, A. R. Hilliard; Allegheny River, 1 mile N. of Perry Run, 6/7/33, l.k.h., 2501; Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 786. Warren County: Edge of Tamarack Swamp, N. of Sulphur Spring, 6/10/34, Mildred E. Mathias. Washington County: Raccoon Creek near Burgetts- town, 6/29/20, M. K. Bomhard. Westmoreland County: New Florence, 9/7/07, o.e.j.; near Blackburn, 6/13/08, o.e.j.; on Carya log, Forbes Forest, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 6/25/22, o.e.j.; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/14/35, H. S. Wieand. Polyporus Tulipiferus (Schw.) Ovlts. On dead wood of deciduous trees. Common. Allegheny County: on cultivated Prunus, Narrows Run, Moon Twp., 2/23/03, J. A. Shafer; on Prunus serotina , near Carnot, Moon Twp., 1/22/07, J. A. Shafer; 4 miles E. of Monongahela City, November 1932, C. M. Hepner; Bayard St., Pittsburgh, 9/21/35, d.r.s.; Water Works Park, Sewickley, 10/11/36, m.b.k.; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h., 1180; near Allison Park, September 1937, d.r.s.; Warden Mine region, opposite Sutersville, 7/23/39, H. Roslund; on Acer, 1-2 miles N.E. of Mt. Nebo, 5/6/40, l.k.h., 3074; and on Betula lenta, Ibid, 3077; on Ailanthus, Keown Station, 9/8/40, d.r.s.; 1 mile out Audubon Road from Magee Road, 9/9/40, l.k.h., 4089. Armstrong County: on Liriodendron tulipifera, Kittanning, 1905, d.r.s.; valley of Buffalo Creek, west of Slate Lick, 10/17/20, o.e.j. Beaver County: Legionville Hollow, 1/2/22, H. W. Graham; Mudlick, 1941 Henry : Polypores of Pennsylvania 259 10/26/22, J. A. M. Stewart. Bedford County: Sulphur Springs, 8/7/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Nixon Station, 2/3/17, Wm. Millward; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 11/10/29, l.k.h., 52; tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/11/36, l.k.h., 759; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 10/25/36, l.k.h., 988; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1641; near Saxonburg, 8/24/39, d.r.s.; along Route 528, one-quarter mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4233; near Zelienople, 11/2/40, d.r.s.; Crolls Mills, Slippery Rock Creek, 11/2/40, Mrs. Leslie Lanfear. Cambria County: near Cresson, 9/5/39, d.r.s. Cameron County: on Betula papyrifera, one-half mile N. of Driftwood, 8/29/25, o.e.j. Centre County: State Game Lands, S.E. of Philipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3627. Clarion County: on Sorbus ameri- cana, Cook Forest, 10/16/16, o.e.j.; on Prunus serotina , 4 miles N.E. of Parker’s Landing, 7/27/35, l.k.h., 363; on Salix, Ibid, 350; on Quercus, Ibid, 364; near Clarion, 10/14/38, d.r.s. Crawford County: Conneaut Park, 7/17/06, d.r.s. on Alnus, Hartstown, Pymatuning Swamp, 7/19/06, d.r.s. Erie County: Presque Isle, 5/27/16, o.e.j. Fayette County: Indian Creek Reservoir region, 4/13/35, l.k.h., 335; Ohio Pyle, 6/18/40, l.k.h., 3147. Forest County: Cook Forest, 11/17/34, C. K. Henlen; 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, l.k.h., 3791. Lawrence County: New Wilmington, Westminster College Campus, 9/25/32, C. K. Henlen. McKean County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3712. Mercer County: 2 miles S.W. of Mercer, 9/11/35, l.k.h., 465. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, N.E. of Sutton’s Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Washington County: vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4190. Westmoreland County: Seward, 7/23/08, d.r.s.; on branch of Prunus serotina , near Delmont, 11/3/29, l.k.h., 90; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 190; on dead Prunus serotina , Rock Run, 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 7/6/35, l.k.h., 320; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 931; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, l.k.h., 1138; Kiski Campus, 11/7/37, d.r.s.; near Waterford, 10/17/39, d.r.s.; Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h. 3101. Polyporus versicolor (L.) Fr. On dead wood of deciduous and coniferous trees. Common. Alle- gheny County: Darlington Hollow, Sharpsburg, 10/27/01, J. D. Shafer; Riverview Park, Pittsburgh, 9/18/05, o.e.j.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 9/22/06, d.r.s.; Sandy Creek, 11/3/06, d.r.s.; Power’s Run opposite Verona, 5/27/15, o.e.j.; Coraopolis, 10/23/15, o.e.j.; Wildwood, on rail- 260 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII road ties, 10/2/16, o.e.j. ; Lowlands at Logan’s Ferry, 11/8/17, o.e.j.; near Aspinwall, September 1919, d.r.s.; Carnegie, 9/11/26, Dorothy Rome; Black’s Run, N. of Oakmont, 10/30/26, o.e.j.; on base of old Ligustrum stump, Pittsburgh, 3/2/35, o.e.j.; 1 mile N.E. of Ben Avon Hts., 7/19/37, l.k.h., 1187; South Br. of Little Sewickley Creek, N.E. of Sewickley, 9/17/38, l.k.h., 2231; Glenshaw, 8/15/39, l.k.h., 3016; Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, 6/7/39, d.r.s.; 1 mile W. of Mt. Nebo, 8/1/39, l.k.h., 2976; 13^2 miles S. of Smithdale, 6/27/40, l.k.h., 3344; vicinity of Warden Mine, 6/27/40, l.k.h., 3282; 1 mile out Audubon Road from Magee Road, 9/9/40, l.k.h., 4090; Bellevue Reservoir, 9/15/40, J. A. Schatz. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1901, d.r.s.; Whiskey Hollow near Kittanning, August 1903, d.r.s.; Roaring Run, near Apollo, 4/6/30, l.k.h., 39. Beaver County: Rock Point, 7/18/07, d.r.s.; Mudlick, 10/24/22, J. A. M. Stewart; Raccoon Creek, 2 miles W. of Aliquippa, 7/13/37, l.k.h., 1156; Temple Hollow, 1 mile N.W. of Aliquippa, 6/30/38, l.k.h., 1887; woods \}/2 miles E. of Raccoon Creek Bridge on Route 30, 8/7/39, A. Miclaucic; Raccoon Creek Park, 5/4/40, o.e.j. Bedford County: Hyndman, Will’s Mt., 10/9/04, O.e.j.; Morrison Cove Region, 7 miles N.E. of Everett, 11/24/34, l.k.h., 202; Felton’s Mill, along Raystown Branch of Juniata River, 11/25/34, l.k.h., 211. Blair County: Yellow Springs, 7/11/40, d.r.s. Butler County: Marwood, 1926, Mima R. Milliron; Winfield Junction, 1926, Millie Turner; uplands, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, September 1931, l.k.h., 37; near Zelienople, 8/18/34, d.r.s.; tributary of Crab Run, 4 miles N.E. of Harmony, 9/11/36, l.k.h., 742; Little Buffalo Creek, near Monroe Station, 9/26/36, l.k.h., 883; Watson’s Run, 2 miles S. of Leasuresville, 9/15/37, l.k.h., 1637; near Saxonburg, 7/11/40, d.r.s.; near Zelienople, 11/2/40, d.r.s.; along Route 528 one-quarter mile S.E. of junction with Route 8, 9/16/40, l.k.h., 4237 ; 1 mile S.E. of Whitestown, 9/17/40, l.k.h., 4289. Cambria County: Cresson, 8/24/09, d.r.s.; 1J^ miles E. of Patton, 10/13/40, R. Little. Centre County: Alan Seeger region, 8/2/36, m.b.k. ; near Woodward, 9/ 6/39, d.r.s.; State Game Lands, S.E. of Phillipsburg, 7/11/40, l.k.h., 3629. Clarion County: Cooksburg, 7/28/26, C. K. Henlen; Tom’s Run Valley, Cook Forest, 10/16/26, o.e.j. Crawford County: Pymatuning Swamp, 6/12/05, o.e.j.; Conneaut Park, 7/16/06, d.r.s.; near Exposition Park, 7/15/08, d.r.s.; Linesville, Pymatuning Swamp, 6/30/35, l.k.h., 344; Hartstown, Mud Lake, 8/26/36, l.k.h., 610. Erie County: on dead Quercus rubra , Presque Isle, 8/26/05, o.e.j. ;Corry, 7/1/08, d.r.s.; Girard, December 1911, R. H. Daily; near Wattsburg, 7/31/28, C. K. Henlen; 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 261 near Wessleyville, 7/24/30, C. K. Henlen; woods near Mercyhurst Col- lege S. of Erie, 10/8/31, M. P. Wilbert. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 1904, d.r.s.; Indian Creek Reservoir region, 4/13/35, l.k.h., 337 ; near Normal- ville, 8/20/40, d.r.s.; near New Geneva, 8/21/40, d.r.s.; Laurel Run Valley, S. E. of Haydentown, 8/24/40, o.e.j. Forest County: Cook Forest, 9/11/31, C. K. Henlen; 1 mile N.W. of Brookston, 7/24/40, l.k.h., 3792. Greene County: Holbrook, 11/22/25, Sarah Marley. Indiana County: Homer City, September 1909, d.r.s.; near Armagh, 6/27/39, d.r.s. Lawrence County: Slippery Rock Creek above Wurtemburg, 10/16/10, o.e.j. ; Kennedy’s Mills, Slippery Rock Creek, 1/30/26, E. H. Graham; near New Wilmington, 4/18/30, C. K. Henlen; Muddy Creek Falls, 10/7/37, l.k.h., 1703. McKean County: Kane, 9/5/37, d.r.s.; Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3713. Mercer County: 1 mile S. of Swamp Root, 6/8/35, l.k.h., 326; 2 miles S.W. of Mercer, 9/11/35, l.k.h., 461. Potter County: Route 872, 7 miles N.E. of Austin, 8/15/37, l.k.h., 1457. Somerset County: Laurel Hill, Haines, 7/8/06, d.r.s. Venango County: Little Scrubgrass Creek, 1 mile N.E. of Lisbon, 9/19/36, l.k.h., 804; Little Scrubgrass Creek, N.E. of Sutton’s Mills, 11/8/36, m.b.k. Warren County: Tionesta Tract, near Brookston, 7/25/40, l.k.h., 3864. Washington County: vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4193; along branch of Wheeling Creek, 3 miles S. of Burnsville, 9/22/40, l.k.h., 4438; along Buffalo Creek near junction with Buck Run, 9/26/40, l.k.h., 4443. Westmoreland County: Jacobs Creek, near Laurel- ville, 5/31/03, J. A. Shafer; Latrobe, June 1905, d.r.s.; Idlewild Park, 8/10/06, d.r.s.; Dairy, 11/10/06, d.r.s.; near Youngstown, 7/3/07, d.r.s.; near Millbank, Chestnut Ridge, 12/3/16, o.e.j.; 1 mile W. of Laughlintown, 12/3/16, o.e.j.; on Betula lutea , Forbes Forest 3 miles S.E. of Rector, 7/29/25; and on Prunus pennsylvanica , Ibid, 9/7/31, o.e.j.; Hillside, Bears Cave, 10/29/27, o.e.j.; near Delmont, 11/3/29, l.k.h., 38; Congruity, 4 miles E. of Delmont on Route 22, 9/27/34, l.k.h., 140; Laurel Ridge, 1 mile S.E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 177; Wild Life Lodge, New Kensington, 9/21/25, m.b.k.; 2J^ miles N. of Bolivar, 9/27/36, H. S. Wieand; across river from Saltsburg, 10/10/36, l.k.h., 911; Shades Ravine, 2 miles E. of Trafford, 8/11/37, l.k.h., 1336; 1 mile E. of Mt. Pleasant, 6/13/40, I. H. Horner; near Waterford, 9/1/40, d.r.s.; Loyalhanna Creek above the Dam, 6/12/40, l.k.h., 3129. 262 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Solenia anomala (Pers.) Fckl. On rotted wood. Infrequent. Allegheny County: Guyasuta Hollow, Sharpsburg, 6/10/08, d.r.s. Washington County: near Amity, 9/19/39, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Kingston, 8/2/10, d.r.s. Solenia endophila (Ces.) Fr. On rotted wood. Rare. Westmoreland County: mountain above Laughlintown, 5/9/36, d.r.s. Solenia fasciculata Pers. On rotted wood. Common. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 1/1/07, d.r.s.; Sardis, 11/6/38, d.r.s. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1905, d.r.s. Cambria County: Cresson, August 1916, d.r.s.; Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Westmoreland County: Idlewild Park, 8/5/10, d.r.s.; Latrobe, January 1915, d.r.s.; near Saltsburg, 9/27/37, d.r.s.; Pikes Run, 9/6/36, d.r.s. Trametes americana Ovlts. On dead wood of coniferous trees, and on structural timbers. Rare. Allegheny County: on Pinus log, Sandy Creek, September 1905, d.r.s., Det: L. O. Overholts. Trametes hispida Bagl. On dead wood of willow and occasionally aspen. Rare. Erie County: Weiss Library woods, 8 miles S.W. of Erie, 8/18/31, o.e.j., Det: L. O. Overholts. Trametes malicola Berk. & Curt. On dead wood of deciduous trees, especially maple and hickory. Fre- quent. Allegheny County: Allegheny Cemetery, 8/3/06, d.r.s.; Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 10/13/06, d.r.s.; Guyasuta Hollow, Sharpsburg, 8/20/07, d.r.s., Det: L. O. Overholts. Armstrong County: Kittanning, September 1904, d.r.s. Beaver County: near Ambridge, 1929, H. W. Graham. Cambria County: Ebensburg, August 1916, d.r.s. Fayette County: Ohio Pyle, 8/12/08, d.r.s. Mercer County: Transfer, 8/9/12, D.R.S. Trametes mollis (Sommerf.) Fr. On wood of deciduous trees. Rare. Erie County: Presque Isle, July 1928, o.e.j. 1941 Henry: Polypores of Pennsylvania 263 Trametes sepium Berk. On dead wood of deciduous trees, rarely of coniferous trees. Frequent. Allegheny County: Frick Park, Pittsburgh, 8/16/06, d.r.s.; Sandy Creek, 11/3/06, d.r.s., Det: L. O. Overholts. Armstrong County: resupinate form, Kittanning, 1905, d.r.s. Washington County: vicinity of Hanlin Station, 9/13/40, l.k.h., 4194. Westmoreland County: 1 mile S.E. of Kregar, 10/14/34, l.k.h., 242, Det: L. O. Overholts. Trametes serialis Fr. On wood of coniferous or rarely of deciduous trees. Rare. Armstrong County: Kittanning, 1903, d.r.s., Det: L. O. Overholts. CONCLUSION Out of a total of thirty-two counties in western Pennsylvania, the majority of our polypores have been collected in fifteen counties. Several collections, some rather large, have been obtained from a few localities in Bedford, Cambria, Clearfield, Forest, Indiana, McKean, Mercer, Somer- set, Warren, and Washington Counties, but otherwise these regions have been unexplored. From Blair, Cameron, Elk, Greene, Jefferson, and Potter Counties few specimens are recorded. We have made one collection each in Clinton and Huntingdon Counties, but none from Fulton County. According to our collection data, twenty-eight out of the ninety-six species listed are rare here, twenty-four of which are represented by one collection only, and two of which, Polyporus durescens and Polyporus radicatus, are recorded for the first time from Pennsylvania. In order to obtain a more complete record of the distribution of the Polyporaceae in western Pennsylvania, we need to do more collecting in the above mentioned counties. Bibliography Lowe, J. L. The Polyporaceae of New York State (Pileate Species) Bulletin of the New York State College of Forestry, vol. 6, no. 1 B, August 1934. Murrill, W. A. Agaricales, Polyporaceae-Agaricaceae. North American Flora, vol. 9. 1907-16. 264 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Neuman, J. J. The Polyporaceae of Wisconsin. Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey, Bulletin no. 33, 1914. Overholts, L. 0. The Polyporaceae of Ohio. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden, vol. 1: 81-155, 1914. Comparative Studies in the Polyporaceae. Ibid , vol. 2: 667-724, 1915. The Polyporaceae of Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania State College Technical Bulletins, nos. 298 and 316. r 266 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI Fig. 1. Cyclomyces greenei Berk. Surface of pileus. X 0.75 Fig. 2. Cyclomyces greenei Berk. Lamellated hymenium. X 2. Fig. 3. Polyporus circinatus Fr. Surface of pileus. X 1.25. Fig. 4. Polyporus circinatus Fr. Pores. X 2. Fig. 5. Polyporus biformis (Kl.) Berk. Surface of pileus. X 0.81. Fig. 6. Polyporus biformis (Kl.) Berk. Pores. X 2. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXVI 5 6 268 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII Fig. 1. Polyporus radicatus Schw. Surface of pilei. X 1.07. Fig. 2. Polyporus radicatus Schw. Pores. X 1.5. Fig. 3. Polyporus glomeratus Pk. Surface of pilei. X 1.37. Fig. 4. Polyporus glomeratus Pk. Pores. X 2. Fig. 5. Merulius rubellus Pk. Surface of pilei. X 1.07. Fig. 6. Merulius rubellus Pk. Porose hymenium. X 2. Fig. 7. Polyporus semipileatus Pk. Sub-resupinate pilei showing pores. X 0.07. Fig. 8. Polyporus semisupinus B. & C. Surface of pilei. X 1.29. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXVII 270 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII Fig. 1. Polyporus cuticularis (Bull.) Fr. Surface of pileus. X 0.6. Fig. 2. Polyporus cuticularis (Bull). Fr. Pores. X 2. Fig. 3. Polyporus graveolens (Schw.) Fr. Surface of pilei. X 0.5. Fig. 4. Polyporus graveolens (Schw.) Fr. Pores. X 2. Fig. 5. Polyporus Berkeleyi Fr. Surface of pilei. X 0.34. Fig. 6. Polyporus Berkeleyi Fr. Pores. X 1. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXVIII 5 272 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX Fig. 1. Fomes pini (Thore) Lloyd. Surface of pileus. X 0.52. Fig. 2. Fomes pini (Thore) Lloyd. Pores. X 2. Fig. 3. Fomes connatus (Weinm.) Gill. Surface of pilei. X 0.5. Fig. 4. Fomes connatus (Weinm.) Gill. Pores. X 2. Fig. 5. Polyporus cristatus (Pers.) Fr. Surface of pileus. X 0.41. Fig. 6. Polyporus cristatus (Pers.) Fr. Pores. X 2. Fig. 7. Polyporus dryophilus Berk. Surface of pilei. X 0.6. Fig. 8. Polyporus dryophilus Berk. Pores. X 2. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXIX. 7 ART. XIV. THE PALEOGEOGRAPHY OF THE EASTERN PART OF THE UINTA BASIN DURING UINTA B (EOCENE) TIME ll'll i I r ^ ^ 'P^v~ ■ V^'c.*V : By Wilbur Lowell Stagner Annals of the Carnegie Museum Vol. XXVIII, p.273-308, 1941 Issued March 31, 1941 Pittsburgh, Pa. ' 1 k •' V .v >, ’ j» Nv " ^ j; ■ 11 ’• ~ ' ^ '"'/’’V-V"'' - .' /t*. S'S^/V. -,-S ' \ v ,4f ; S ; ./■•• .S vry v;.i PP/ sPs #vbvSVA ' fsf .V 4 ' X( S A ; / / ' % ■' - ' S ' • '■ - . : ^-■- - . ;.v- ' : ; ' ■ v:$ XT.# : #sv fpp . STT , Tv\ SS#X#TXXtT^ y p .:r i . ; ' V — >’ X # ■' - ' ; - /-T , ■ : : : :.s, : s-s 1 •; ■ tes \v,- , s .,■ a .:•£• --: -:v' : U#fAy - , ". A-,i s ,• i/rM'* / : •#, < ..A- .(. -Vvpti !>■ :'■.,-*$>-?■■-** $ , f- • .;r tf - t ._■ ^ ■ ■ )r . ■ :u , - ■ , .- v " - - , v- ■ : « > / ■■ ■ ■ .. - - - , , i-rfa - "3S r .•'V. •' p : ■, . ( ■- ' " ,’ I , ; . - ■:.. i" -1 ' ;MI:4 - ! • ' IB “ISSf :.^:-jsxi' , ■ >, ; , - .v -^r.. ,t .. . ; .- y>^ , ’ . > ,• - -‘ • - % • -.v^. ■ - ; - : y ,'v ■T'^ ' - / ■ 6 . ' I 'xf-rSK, ^ A-^V ^ VA/*' • V >' ' ' '- "CfSy -' S \ ' ■ '•■•/ ; ^s( : ^ ■;'- ' ^ ' .- \ :m P ^ ■" P- 1 J v - ^ ~ ( y / - L - , , s v v^\-; -^'sv .^f y A:1V^1 '•-■ AS< ;v , ^-v;^: ■ t. S+f ':)/ . ^v' 'fcxtf : I' :f l;4. ir_ V ;^:| : - - 3v\:v- > ... ’ I. ' W.X: A " ■-■ ■ v-’y ,.f '■•' ■■]■ r. .■ i— /■ -p;> py ■ s , i '-' ■ • ^-.;= / >7 sX ,]A; \Xsv V^-X/7^^ ; . ■ v . ■ ' " ■■ 1 1 i ■ " ■ - \ , ■ Vi V : - cj - _ : ; : -. .. ' j ^ x ' :' > ^ 1 ' y 1 Aj , • i ',-. s - ;-v-r. -T •.■••■■ A. -\,' -,V- v.-\j . - , > ' iSS < .... S' ■' : SSi ''■ v€='XyfHs n. r > ■ > ii S . ■■:t:A':.,A .<■.-? < ■? ■■■■;■■. ,y '/'VS-.v a ?;\;Xv-v>'-^fe cr/sX'"''/' ' ’/~ ^ ■V-.- ■•■ - -A-: .V '..: - siv' ;:AsSte' •-' : V* rA?X.Xi:' -vV:. !^-ivr .' .?'. ■ S-;"':. v'vA ^'i-'VvX^SAAS' .'■ ■ . : v ;v . -v . ■■ ^:ypM s -.., V. V - '.,.• r v-S, ■■ V . V -..■ .-' ■' -c -..-y' . -. , P\ ^s • V: ( ^ rv s’;- r':' ■ ./X'> s/.;>-_: ; s ^ 'J. v% y.S^v ; sH v:f ■ ' v:su,.,t r.tfjt? x : v. : ■ ' v --.A -,4 ’■' ’. / : ;,x,v%': . - ; ' . J ' ;S . '. y - 4 p^i . ■ ' -/i v- - ' . ■ . '•-, .. vV r r- ., •' ■•■■• •;•■"" v it ' ^:' ;>-' r • (. a- ^ j,* :• /•■, % t .> . •••' '••■'. r^vA i vv - -v.N^ 'yrpppj) <£*.- " ■■■• :■ f/Vf..*,. Vv.v..: . i^cv.VM- -:■■„■■ • , ' '- ■ . ' ( - .- -v- .. v . ... Xv ■ r's ■'■;■. :X s >. -n ■>■'■ --■ ‘ ; A ' :; -N . > ASSS-..V SA. - A- ' B T' ■ - : S • i -V ' ■' ■•:. :, .'• N 'r.^ v -xf H "Kv-, # a XK'- / 7, ’ ■ .' ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXX. (To face page 273) ART. XIV. THE PALEOGEOGRAPHY OF THE EASTERN PART OF THE UINTA BASIN DURING UINTA B (EOCENE) TIME By Wilbur Lowell Stagner Wentworth Military Academy Lexington, Missouri (Plates XXX-XXXV) Purpose and Scope of this Report The Eocene deposits of northeastern Utah and northwestern Colorado have been the object of much attention by stratigraphers and paleontol- ogists since the early geologic expeditions of Hayden, King, Powell, Hatcher, Emmons, and White. This interest has been perpetuated in more recent years by the discovery of oil-shale deposits in the Green River formation, by the rich accumulation of vertebrate fossils in the Eocene beds, and by the presence of mammalian and reptilian remains found in the Bridger and Uinta formations. Many writers have had opportunity to observe the characteristics of, and collect fossils from the Uinta forma- tion, but none has made a detailed study of the lithology. The purpose of this report is threefold : first, to present a brief summary of some geologic studies pertaining to the upper Eocene formations in the Uinta Basin; second, to describe the lithology and areal distribution of the Uinta B formation exposed to the east of Green River in Uinta Basin, Utah; and, finally, to suggest certain new theories pertaining to the paleogeography of northeastern Utah during Uinta B time. Location and Extent of the Area The Uinta Basin is located in northeastern Utah, immediately south of the east-west trending Uinta Mountains (see map, plate XXX). This asymmetric basin is nearly 200 miles in length from east to west, and about 80 miles wide. A saucer shaped basin, it is limited on the west by the Wasatch Range, on the east by the gently rising Yampa Plateau, 273 I I’ssued March 31, 1941. APR 3 Wl 274 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII on the south by the precipitous Roan or Book Cliffs, and on the north by the anticlinal Uinta Mountains. The area included in this paper lies in Uinta County, Utah, immediately north of White River, and extends from the Colorado state line west to Green River. Detailed study of the Uinta B member was made over an area of about 135 square miles, bounded on the east by Snake John Ridge' and on the west by Green River. General reconnaissance studies were made in the surrounding area from Snake John Ridge on the east to Myton on the west, and from the area immediately south of White River to the crest of the Uinta Mountains on the north. Field Work The data for this paper were obtained during the summer of 1938 when the writer was an assistant to Dr. John Clark, then of the University of Colorado. An expedition was made into the Uinta Basin for the pur- pose of collecting fossils and interpreting the geology of the post-Green River formations. The writer was assigned the problem of studying the geology and paleogeography of the Uinta B member, and his findings constitute the material of this paper. The position of the river-channel zone and flood-plain deposits in Coyote Basin and Kennedy’s Hole was carefully mapped by means of the Brunton compass, triangulation-pace traverse method. The triangulation was tied into the Federal land survey. Because of the rough topography which characterizes the area, the limited time available for mapping, and the large area to be covered, it was found inadvisable to use the alidade and plane-table except for measuring detailed sections. Plate XXXV, the map showing the area included in this paper, is a compilation from three sets of maps. The western third of the map is taken from the United States Geologic Survey topographic map, 1917, and the eastern two-thirds is taken from the King and Powell survey maps. Superimposed upon this map are cultural and geological phenomena obtained from the map of J. LeRoy Kay.1 Rock samples were taken from several horizons within the Uinta B member, from every formation above the Green River formation, and from each formation in the Uinta Mountains. Key samples from this collection were later microscopically analyzed in the laboratory. 1 Kay, J. L., The Tertiary Formations of the Uinta Basin: Annals of the Carnegie Museum, vol. 23, 1934. 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 275 Acknowledgments This study was made possible through the financial support of the Uni- versity of Colorado Museum and of Mr. Childs Frick, New York pale- ontologist. The writer wishes to express his gratitude to the following men who have contributed to the completion of this paper: to Dr. John Clark and J. LeRoy Kay of the Carnegie Museum for their numerous suggestions and criticisms in the field and in the writing of the paper; to Dr. P. G. Wor- cester and Dr. L. O. Quam of the University of Colorado for checking the field work, and critically reading the paper; and to Dr. Lincoln Page of the University of Colorado, for his aid in the microscopic identification of certain mineral grains. Early Tertiary Geologic History of Northeastern Utah The Mesozoic geologic history of northeastern Utah was terminated by orogenic movements that formed the Uinta Mountains. Field evidence verifies that the first post- Paleozoic orogenic movement in the Uinta Mountain area occurred near the close of the Cretaceous period. Sears and Bradley2 have presented several lines of evidence in support of their belief that most of the sediments which formed the Eocene Wasatch for- mation in northeastern Utah, northwestern Colorado, and southwestern Wyoming came from the Uinta Mountains. Forrester3 has reported that the Wasatch formation rests unconformably upon the youngest Mesozoic deposits. It has been stated by Bradley4 that in places the Wasatch rests upon Cretaceous rocks with distinct unconformity, while in other places there is a transitional change in deposition between the two groups of rocks of different ages. Bradley presented several logical explanations of the unconformity between the Mesozoic and Cenozoic formations along the southern flank of the range. Field evidence in this area shows that the Wasatch and Green River formations do not outcrop along the northern 2 Sears, J. D. and Bradley, W. H., Relation of the Wasatch and Green River Formations in Northwestern Colorado and Southwestern Wyoming, with Notes on Oil Shale in the Green River Formation: U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 132, p. 96, 1923. 3 Forrester, J. D., Structure of the Uinta Mountains: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 48, pp. 654-655, 1937. 4 Bradley, W. H., Origin and Microfossils of the Oil Shale of the Green River Formation of Colorado and Utah: U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 168, p. 22, 1932. 276 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII edge of the Uinta Basin west of Asphalt Ridge. In this area, the Oligocene Duchesne River formation overlaps, not only all the younger Tertiary deposits, but in places it overlaps the Mesozoic and upper Paleozoic for- mations as well. In Asphalt Ridge southwest of Vernal, there is apparent uniform dip between the upper Cretaceous and the Duchesne River for- mations. It is logical that these two formations appear conformable a few miles south of the mountain front, yet are definitely unconformable along the flanks of the Uinta Mountains. The unconformity along the edge of the range would result from the overlapping of the Tertiary formations upon the steeply-dipping Cretaceous sediments. A few miles south of the Uinta Mountains at Asphalt Ridge, where the dip of the Cretaceous sedi- ments is greatly reduced, the two groups of sediments would naturally lie more nearly conformably. The unconformity between the Mesozoic and Cenozoic formations, and the knowledge that the Wasatch sediments were derived from the Uinta Mountains substantiates the theory that the uplift of the Uinta Range began after the deposition of the latest Creta- ceous sediments and prior to the deposition of the Wasatch. Erosion occurred contemporaneously with the growth of the Uinta Mountains. Sediment derived from this highland was deposited along the flanks of the range to form the Wasatch formation. Wasatch de- position was terminated by the gradual spreading of a broad, shallow lake over this continental deposit. Thick deposits which accumulated in this shallow lake form the marlstone, shale, and oil shale of the Green River formation. This lake condition continued until Upper Middle Eocene. By the close of Middle Eocene the Uinta Mountains had been eroded to hills of minor relief. Probably, most of the Mesozoic sediments had been removed from the crest of the anticlinal mountain range, and in places streams had cut into the Paleozoic formations. Green River Lake was drained or filled by Upper Eocene time, and upon the horizontally-bedded Green River shales was deposited the Uinta for- mation. Unlike the underlying lacustrine deposits, the Uinta formation was predominantly of fluviatile origin. The Duchesne River formation of basal Oligocene age was the next and last deposit to be laid down during Tertiary time in the Uinta Basin. In most structural mountain ranges there are usually two or more periods of orogenic movements: the first is frequently expressed by folding of the sediments, and the latter by broad, vertical uplifts of the positive area. The Cretaceous and older sediments in northeastern Utah and north- western Colorado were folded during the Laramide Revolution to form the 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 277 Uinta Mountains. However, the size of the original structures was prob- ably smaller than that of the present ones. Later movements occurred during late Eocene and early Oligocene time. The evidence used for dat- ing these uplifts will be discussed in a later portion of the paper. Summary of Principal Earlier Studies The members of the earliest geologic expeditions in northeastern Utah concentrated their attention essentially upon the structure and stratig- raphy of the Uinta Mountains. Occasionally, minor parties were authorized to investigate the Tertiary formations that lie to the south. Because of its inaccessibility, the Uinta Basin was not explored until after concentrated attention was devoted to the Eocene basins north of the mountain range. Of the earlier works done in this area, only those which have an important bearing upon the present problem are mentioned. In 1878 King5 assigned the term “Uinta Group” to include all the Tertiary deposits south of the Uinta Mountains. On the basis of verte- brate remains found in the White River area, it was noted by King that these beds belonged to a period younger than the true Bridger series. These sediments were supposedly of lacustrine origin deposited in a post- Bridger lake, which was the last of a long, almost continuous series of Eocene lakes. King ( op . cit., vol. 2, pp. 313-315, 1878) also stated that the Tertiary rocks extended as far west as the Wasatch Range, and that there was a progressive increase of gravel and conglomerate in the upper part of the group extending from east to west. The source of sediments that formed the Wasatch and Green River formations was the Uinta Mountains, which were uplifted at the close of the Cretaceous period. The source of the upper Eocene sediments was not stated, but it appears from the description in his report that King believed they, too, were derived from the nearby highlands to the north. Although Powell’s6 Tertiary geologic study was confined primarily to the Wyoming basins, he did note the presence of vast Tertiary deposits on the south slope of the Uinta Mountains. He made no attempt to describe or to correlate them with other known Tertiary deposits. In addition, he made it known that immediately following the uplift of the Uinta Moun- tains, sedimentation took place in the surrounding area and that the ma- 5 King, Clarence, United States Geological Exploration of Fortieth Parallel: vol. 1, p. 407, 1878. 6 Powell, J. W., Geology of the Eastern Portion of the Uinta Mountains, pp. 168-169, U. S. Geol. and Geol. Survey Terr., 2d div., 1876. 278 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII terial came from the nearby uplifted range, probably mixed with some material carried into the basin from distant sources. According to the reports of White,7 the upper Tertiary beds designated by King as the Uinta Group, occupy not only the southern flank of the Uinta Mountains, but completely encircle their eastern extremity as well. White observed that this expanded series of sediments, which he named the Brown’s Park formation, was not everywhere uniform in appearance. He attributed this condition to the fact that not all the sediments came one common source. He believed that the light-colored sediments, found east and north of the range, were derived from the local Green River and Bridger formations; and that the sediments of the Uinta Basin, which are characteristically red in color, came from the Uinta Mountains. However, White did not deviate from King’s supposition that these sediments were of lacustrine origin. Peterson and the American Museum Expeditions of 1893 and 18948 were the first to recognize the true Uinta Group of King. Peterson named the lower portion of the formation “Uinta A and Uinta B.” The upper member was termed both “Uinta C” and the “Brown’s Park.” The sub- divisions of the former Uinta Group were based upon lithological and faunal changes between the horizons. In the summer of 1903, Berkey9 studied in considerable detail the Duchesne River region. Although he was primarily interested in the stratigraphy of the Uinta Mountains, he did mention the enormous Tertiary deposits to the south of this range. He believed that erosion had removed from 15,000 to 20,000 feet of sediment from the range after it was uplifted at the close of the Cretaceous period and that the sediment was deposited “along the flanks and in adjacent basins forming all the later rocks.” Emmons,10 in his study of the Uinta Mountains, made no attempt to subdivide the post-Cretaceous deposits that now surround and, in places, overlap the older Mesozoic and Paleozoic formations. He recognized only three Eocene formations: the Wasatch, the Green River, and the 7 White, C. A., U. S. Geol. Survey, 9th Ann. Rept., pp. 692-697, 1887-1888. 8 Osborn, H. F., Fossil Mammals of the Uinta Basin: Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, pp. 72-76, 1895. 9 Berkey, C. P., Stratigraphy of the Uinta Mountains: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 16, pp. 523-524, 1904. 10 Emmons, S. F., Uinta Mountains: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 18, p. 302, 1907. 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 279 Bridger. From this statement the writer assumes that the Bridger de- posits mentioned by Emmons are the correlative of all the post-Green River deposits in the Uinta Basin. These deposits include not only the upper Bridger (?), but also the Uinta and the Oligocene Duchesne River formations. According to Weeks,11 orogenic movements occurred in post-Cretaceous time which gave rise to the Uinta Mountains. Vast deposits of sediment accumulated, not only on the flanks and in the structural depressions of the range, but also upon the outlying uneven floor of the major basin south of the Uinta Mountains. Riggs,12 in 1912, published very complete notes on the stratigraphy of Uinta A and Uinta B, but he did not mention the overlying beds. He was the first to mention the presence of former stream channels in the Uinta Basin and to emphasize that the Uinta A and Uinta B were defi- nitely of fluviatile origin. In 1922, Sears13 stated that vigorous erosion following the post-Creta- ceous uplift had “supplied the material for the extensive Eocene deposits which filled the Green River and Uinta Basins.” Sears, like Berkey , Weeks, and others, emphasized that the Uinta Mountains were the chief source of the Eocene deposits. The Uinta C was further sub-divided by Peterson14 in 1928. He ac- knowledged that, according to his former division, the Brown’s Park formation included too much of the Uinta formation. He then restricted the term Uinta C to include only the shales, clays, and sandstones in which “ Diplacodon, Protitanotherium, Eotitanotherium, and most of the micro- fauna of the Uinta sediments were found by the earlier and later collec- tors.” The material overlying the Uinta C still retained the name Brown’s Park. The term Brown’s Park was excluded from the Uinta Basin terminology in 1931 by Peterson and Kay.15 In the sediments overlying Peterson’s 11 Weeks, F. S., Stratigraphy of the Uinta Mountains: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 18, pp. 446-447, 1907. 12 Riggs, E. S., Field Mus. Nat. History, Geol. Ser., vol. 4, pp. 17-41, 1912. 13 Sears, J. D., Relations of the Brown’s Park Formation and the Bishop Con- glomerate, and Their Role in the Origin of the Green and Yampa Rivers: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 35, p. 301, 1924. 14 Peterson, O. A., The Brown’s Park Formation; Memoirs Carnegie Museum, vol. 11, pp. 94-96, 1928. 15 Peterson, O. A., and Kay, J. L., The Upper Uinta Formation of North- eastern Utah: Annals Carnegie Museum, vol. 20, pp. 295-6, 1931. 280 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII latest Uinta C level, they found Teleodus , Poabromylus, remains of hyaenodonts, and other faunal evidence that definitely differentiated this formation from the true Brown’s Park formation of northwestern Colorado first recognized by White. On the basis of faunal evidence, the age of this youngest red formation in the Uinta Basin is basal Oligocene, and at Scott’s suggestion it was named Duchesne River formation by Kay {loc. cit ., pp. 357-359) in 1934. The foregoing statements convey the impression that before 1912 very little detailed study was made of the Upper Tertiary formations in the Uinta Basin. Before that date, no one had suggested that the sediments were of fluviatile origin. Only during the past ten years have the names and ages of the formations been correctly designated. Nowhere in the re- ports of this area was it suggested that the sediments came from distant areas. Instead, it was implied that the paleogeography of the Uinta Basin was favorable for the continuous accumulation of Uinta Mountain derived sediments during Upper Eocene time. Stratigraphy of the Post-Green River Formations Immediately overlying the Green River fresh-water lake deposits in Wagon Hound Canyon are 170 feet of sandstone and shale whose exact correlation has not been determined. These deposits of questionable age are composed of light-grey, friable sandy shales, interrupted by light- brown, massive ledges. In places these sediments have the appearance of the Green River shales, and according to Douglass,16 there is one thin layer of “shalve that contains fossil leaves and insects, which implies a temporary return of the Green River lake conditions.” He stated, however, that they might belong to the Uinta formation or might represent a transitional for- mation. These same deposits, including the Uinta A and Uinta B of Peterson, have been correlated with the Bridger by the United States Geological Survey. On the other hand, Peterson and Kay {loc. cit., pp. 293-300) favor placing these beds of questionable age at the base of the Uinta A. Riggs {loc. cit.,) favored placing these beds in the Uinta for- mation, and they are the lowest member of his Lower Metarhinus Zone. The finding of Metarhinus and Sphenacocoelus remains in this horizon favors assigning these beds to a period younger than the Bridger.17 They are at least no older than the uppermost member of the true Bridger. 16 Douglass, E., Geology of the Uinta Formation: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 25, pp. 417-420, 1914. 17 Clark, J., in a personal communication, 1939. 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 281 The Uinta formation, composed of varicolored clays, shales, and sands, overlies this group of sediments of questionable age. This Upper-Eocene formation is subdivided into the Uinta A, Uinta B, and Uinta C, which are respectively the lower, middle, and upper members. The lower member contains nearly 700 feet of massive sandstone, alternating with shales and clays. The most conspicuous features of this member are isolated, massive, sandstone ledges of limited lateral extent that vary in thickness from ten to forty feet. Each of the sandstone ledges, which contain light-colored, fine-grained calcareous sands, can be traced for only a short distance. These deposits are true Uinta A, the upper member of the Lower Metarhinus Zone and the entire Upper Metarhinus Zone of Riggs. Conformably above this lower member which is characterized by mas- sive sandstone, is the Uinta B, which according to Peterson and Kay ( loc . cit., pp. 293-300) is about 405 feet thick. The Uinta B member outcrops in an east-west belt extending from the eastern extremity of Coyote Basin near the Colorado state line, west beyond the town of Ouray, Utah. The westernmost extent of this member is not known, as the region west of Ouray lies outside the area covered in this report. However, the Uinta B was observed in Pleasant Valley south of Myton, although it was not traced continuously west from Ouray. The width of the outcrop varies from about three to six miles, the widest expanse being in the Ouray region. The Uinta B contains a smaller proportion of massive sandstone but more shales and clays than the Uinta A. Massive sandstone ledges, ex- tending from station 3 to station 6, a distance of 23 miles, characterize the upper portion of this member (see map, Plate XXXV). Riggs referred to this massive ledge as the Amy nodon Sandstone. In fact, this is not a single sandstone ledge, but consists of a series of river-channel fills, each varying in thickness from four to forty feet. These sandstone ledges are not continuous. The characteristic brown color of these massive sand- stones prevails throughout the entire area. To the south, or strati- graphically beneath these massive sandstones, and alternating to a certain extent with them, are clays, shales, and sandy shales. Unlike the sand- stones, the color of these softer deposits is not consistent throughout the area. In Coyote Basin, the shales and clays in the lower part of the Uinta B are chiefly grey and green in color, inter-stratified occasionally with a band of red clay. In the upper part of the Uinta B especially east of station 3, red clays predominate, and only occasionally do the green 282 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII shales occur. However, west of station 4, no distinct bands of orange-red clays are present. In the western part of the area, especially in White River Pocket, the clays have lost their brilliant color. Instead of bril- liant, well-marked layers of red, green, and grey shales, there are only dull-purple, pale-green, and purplish-green shales which blend with each other. The Uinta B is conformably overlain by the Uinta C, which, according to Peterson and Kay ( loc . cit., pp. 293-300), is about 700 feet thick. This upper member of the Uinta formation contains a still smaller proportion of brown sandstone and a much greater percentage of shales and clays than does the Uinta B. However, in this upper member the increased percentage of red-colored shales and clays is very conspicuous. The Uinta B and Uinta C and possibly the upper portion of Uinta A are chiefly of fluviatile origin, consequently no continuous datum plane could be traced for any considerable distance. Hence, the writer has ac- cepted the original division of the three members of the Uinta formation made by Peterson18 based upon minor changes of lithology within the formation. The division has been verified and strengthened in recent years by the discovery of a distinct fauna within each of the three hori- zons. Peterson used the lowest band of red clay to divide the lower members. Evidently the deposition of these red clays marked a change in conditions under which the Uinta A (which contains chiefly massive sand- stone) and the Uinta B (which contains a smaller proportion of sandstone but more clays and shales) were laid down. This band of red clay is very conspicuous east of Bonanza well in the southern part of Coyote Basin, but it is not traceable to the west. The change in lithology between the two upper members is conspicuous in the eastern part of the area studied. Peterson’s division of the Uinta B and Uinta C coincides with the previously mentioned division of these members made at a later date by Riggs. It was observed that the known stream-channel characteristics of upper Uinta B time continued on into Uinta C time. The main lithological difference observed in the field be- tween the Uinta B and the Uinta C was an increased amount of red clays and shales in the latter. In Kennedy’s Hole the sudden influx of large quantities of red sediments in the Uinta C, overlying the pale-grey Uinta B, is very striking. Near Ouray both the Uinta B and Uinta C are purplish-red and green. However, it is the determination of the contact 1S Osborn, H. F., Fossil Mammals of the Uinta Basin: Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, pp. 72-76, 1895. 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 283 between the two lowest members in this area that offers the greatest difficulty. Peterson and Kay (loc. cit., pp. 293-300) assigned a series of sandstones twenty feet thick to limit the top of the Uinta A. This stratum of sandstone is found near the head of Happy Canyon on a plateau south of White River, east of Willow Creek road. In a small depression, about 250 yards north of this stratum of sandstone, occur innumerable small badland knolls with copper-stained summits that have weathered from the original sandstone. Above the Uinta formation occurs the Oligocene Duchesne River for- mation. According to Kay (loc. cit., pp. 357-359) whose measurements were made west of Green River, this basal Oligocene deposit is 1372 feet thick, and is composed chiefly of coarse conglomerates at the base, fol- lowed by “alternating bands of sandstones and red, brown, and varie- gated clays, the sandstone often enclosing lenses of arenaceous clays.” Structure of the Uinta B member and control of recent Drainage From station 3 to Ouray, the Uinta B member dips north to north- westward from 2 to 4 degrees. This dip is rather uniform for all the post- Green River sediments lying immediately north of White River. Along the southern flank of the Uinta Mountains the sediments have a steeper southward dip, thus forming a synclinal basin whose axis is about ten or twelve miles south of Vernal. The structure in eastern Coyote Basin has been affected by the orogenic movements that gave rise to the Raven Park anticline. There is a progressive increase in the westward dip of these sediments extending from station 3 east to Snake John Ridge. All along the western slope of this ridge the Eocene beds dip steeply to the south- west. At station 2, Uinta B member strikes N. 52°W. (see Plate XXXI). Where the entire Uinta formation is exposed, a very striking feature of the drainage pattern is the development of the major intermittent and main streams along the contacts of the various horizons. White River closely parallels the contact of the Green River formation and Uinta A (?) through part of its upper course in Utah. Coyote Draw roughly fol- lows the contact betwen the Uinta A and Uinta B members in its west- ward course before emptying into the White River. Northwest of station 3, Kennedy’s Hole has been gouged out of the soft shales and clays to form a minor drainage system, the south side of which lies along the con- tact of the Uinta B and Uinta C members. Thus, in the eastern and central part of the region studied, the outcrop of upper Uinta B sandstones 284 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII forms a ridge higher topographically than the immediate areas to the northwest and south. In the western part of the region, White River swings to the north to carve its valley in the middle and upper Uinta B sediments. Here the top of the Uinta B is lower topographically than the base, which is exposed on the plateau south of the White River. The Source of the Uinta B Sediments The writer wishes to emphasize that he does not intend to deal with the entire Uinta B member. Detailed study was made of the filled river- channels near the top of the Uinta B. From the interpretation of these channel deposits, certain conclusions were reached which may aid in understanding the paleogeography of northeastern Utah during Upper Eocene time. Hence, the total thickness of the Uinta B or the exact con- tacts of the lower and upper members were not of significance except when a closer study of some portions of the adjacent horizons aided in interpret- ing the problem. It seems apparent that most of the Uinta B sediments at present ex- posed were derived from an eastern source, and that only a small per- centage of the material came from the Uinta Mountains. The sediments brought in from the east extend as far west as Ouray, and perhaps to the western margin of the Uinta Basin. The sediments derived from the Uinta Mountains are confined to the northeastern corner of Coyote Basin. This means that the paleogeography of the area during most of the Uinta B time was not favorable for the accumulation of sediments from the north. Furthermore, this entire area was so flat that the velocity of the streams coming in from the east was suddenly checked when the streams debouched upon this area. As a result, the carrying power of the streams was reduced and the material was dropped. Thus the streams, which changed from degrading to aggrading types, built up the thick fluviatile deposits. If the Uinta Mountains were present at all during early Uinta B time, they were so low in relief that they did not act as a main source of material. By the close of Uinta B time, uplifts of the Uinta Mountains rejuvenated the streams so that the Uinta Basin re- ceived an increased amount of detritus from the northern mountain range. These conditions have been determined from the interpretation of the Uinta B stream-channel deposits, the reconnaissance study of other post- Green River formations, and the comparison of the sediments that com- posed the Uinta Mountains with the Tertiary deposits. Six contributory 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 285 lines of evidence have been used to develop this theory of the paleogeo- graphic conditions of the area at that time: 1. The east- west orientation of the ridges capped by massive sand- stones, that are the Eocene stream-channel deposits. 2. The presence of flood-plain deposits all along the northern margin of the channel zone. 3. The decrease in grain size of the coarsest sediment from east to west. 4. The presence in the channel-sands of feldspars that could not have come from the Uinta Mountains. 5. The higher percentage of heavy minerals in the eastern derived sedi- ments than in the northern derived sediments. 6. The presence of small fragments of igneous rock in the eastern derived sediments. Evidence Based on the Orientation of Stream Channel Deposits The first line of evidence used to determine the source of the sediments is the actual east-west orientation of the zone of river-channel deposits. These old channel-fills, which today are represented by long, relatively narrow ridges, usually capped by massive sandstones, were traced from Coyote Basin to Ouray (see map, Plate XXXV). They should be con- sidered as a zone or group of sandstone ledges, rather than as one indi- vidual massive ledge. Although this zone of massive sandstone ridges was traced from near the Colorado state line to Green River, no individual ledge was traced more than one mile. This condition may be explained by one or two causes. Braided and meandering streams probably occurred in this flat region where continental deposition was taking place. The lateral shifting of the stream bed accompanying aggradation resulted in the development of a maze of channel-deposits at slightly different eleva- tions. This condition, together with the complete removal of the de- posits in certain places by later erosion, makes it impossible to trace an individual channel-fill for any great distance. Usually each east-west trending ridge is produced by a single, highly cross-bedded, massive sandstone ledge, which is often the cap rock. The thickness and width of the river-channel fills vary from place to place. The width of most channel deposits is from forty to 150 feet. The char- acteristic feature of the heavy ledges is the lateral thinning or pinching out of the sandstone ledges to the north and south (see Plate XXXII). The thickest portion represents the center of the old river bed, while the pinching out of the sands would normally be expected along the banks of the stream. 286 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII The average channel-fill, which is about twenty feet thick, is composed of poorly-sorted, fine and coarse material that has been transported a great distance. Well rounded quartz grains and small, smooth pebbles suggest that the sediment had been long subjected to the destructive forces of running water. Many of the massive sandstones are made up of fine-grained sands firmly cemented by calcareous material, and in nearly every ledge, cross-bedding is very conspicuous. The color of the channel sands is brown to reddish brown. This color is probably due to recent weathering of the sands, for when a fresh surface is exposed, the color of the rock is usually light grey. Lying beneath the sandstone ledges are variously-colored shales and clays. Interstratified with these shales are occasional thin bands of sandy shales that have weathered into small, well-rounded nodules. These clays and sandy shales probably represent the flood-plain deposits of the stream when it meandered either to the north or south. A few of the east-west trending ridges contain two and sometimes three channel ledges. These ledges are always separated by the flood-plain clays and sandy shales previously mentioned. Although the orientation of the entire channel zone is east-west, there are a few places where the strike of individual ridges deviates from this direction. This deviation is rare, but when it does occur, the strike of the ridge is never more than thirty degrees from east-west. It is only natural that this variation should occur, for the deviation of the ridges from east-west is analogous to broad meandering of streams so characteristic of old age topography. The most conspicuous place where this condition was observed is at station 8 (see Plate XXXII). Here there are four nar- row, elongated ridges that were formerly one continuous sand-filled chan- nel before recent erosion disjointed it. The stream course was curved convexly northward, giving it the appearance of a major northward meander. It was actually an oxbow lake that had been cut off from the stream. A thin, four-inch seam of limestone that caps the ridge indicates that still water occupied the oxbow lake for a considerable time to allow this calcareous accumulation. The water in the lake was probably re- plenished intermittently by flooding from the major streams. Immediately below the limestone cap rock are shales and clays that settled to the bottom of the shallow lake. The ledge of massive sandstone, which was de- posited when the main stream followed this course, lies below the shales and clays. There are three relatively flat areas where Upper Uinta B stream- 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 287 channel deposits are absent. In the western part of the area studied there are no conspicuous upper Uinta B sandstone ledges west of station 6. West of Ouray, at the base of an east-facing escarpment cut by Green River, these river-channel deposits are again present. However, river- channel deposits in the lower Uinta B were observed on the north-facing escarpment along White River. The absence of upper Uinta B sandstone ledges west of station 6 may be explained by recent erosion of these sedi- ments by Green River and White River. Northwest of station 9, recent, rather well-stratified clays cover most of a north-south trending valley and the adjacent highlands. It is possible that Green River formerly followed Wonsits Valley south from Leota, then cut across the lower Uinta C ridge in section 24 to join White River four miles east of its present junction. Four miles west of Chipeta Crossing is a small, fiat area where the upper Uinta B sandstones are absent. The absence of the massive sandstone ledges here may be explained by the southward shifting of the entire Uinta B river zone. The southward shifting of this group of channel deposits, which at the present time is up dip, has led to their complete removal by recent, vigorously-cutting, badland tributary streams of White River. As previously mentioned, the entire area to the south of the channel zone is the lowest both topographically and statigraphically. Thus, the evi- dence of all former streams that meandered into the area now occupied by lower Chipeta Draw has been completely removed. In the area west of Chipeta Crossing, where the channel deposits are absent, the composi- tion of the surface rock is chiefly fine-grained sand which in places has weathered to form well-rounded nodules. In the eastern part of Coyote Basin, no river-channel fills are present east of station 3. The total absence of all sandstone ledges here is ex- plained by the stripping away of the sediments by ephemeral streams fol- lowing the uplift of Raven Park anticline, which strongly affected the sediments in eastern Coyote Basin. By the time the bad-land streams that had been cutting vigorously into these uplifted sediments had re- duced the eastern part of Coyote Basin to the level of station 3, the upper channel deposits had been completely removed. The streams draining the southwestern slope of Snake John Ridge continued to flow across the area to carve Coyote Basin from the clays, shales, and softer sandstones that characterize the middle and lower Uinta B. From the foregoing statements it is evident that the direction of the major drainage system in the central part of the Uinta Basin during Uinta 288 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII B time was east-west. This condition favors the hypothesis that the Uinta B sediments were derived from an eastern or possibly a western source. Evidence Based on Flood-Plain Deposits Evidence of the Upper Eocene streams is represented today, not only by the massive sandstone ledges, but also by fine-grained sands, shales, and clays representing the flood-plain deposits of these streams. The material of the flood-plain deposits changes in texture from coarse- grained sands near the former channels to very fine-grained shales farther north. Nowhere to the south of the channel-zone are the former flood- plain deposits now exposed, for they have been stripped away by erosion. However, to the north, which is down dip, the flood-plain deposits are well preserved, especially in Kennedy’s Hole. These fine-grained sands and shales that are light-grey, almost white in color, weather into the form of nodules varying in size from six to ten inches in diameter. In Kennedy’s Hole there is a series of nodular layers at slightly different elevations, each of which can be associated with a stream-channel deposit that lies to the south (see Plate XXXIII, upper figure). In fact, this entire zone of nodules is on the same stratigraphic level as the channel zone, and it was formerly immediately overlain by the Uinta C (see Plate XXXIII, lower figure). This overlying member was later removed by the agencies of erosion that produced Kennedy’s Hole. Thus at the present time this zone of nodules forms the floor of the depression. At the base of a south- west-facing escarpment within Kennedy’s Hole, this nodular zone dips beneath the overlying red shales of the Uinta C. The first layer of red shales above the white flood-plain deposits was conveniently used as the base of the Uinta C since it extends for a considerable distance to the west. This zone of nodules is well exposed wherever erosion has been vigorous enough to remove the overlying Uinta C clays. Wherever this condition does not occur, or where the Uinta C outcrops farther south against the upper Uinta B channel deposits, the zone of nodules is not so conspicuous. Nevertheless, even here an occasional nodular layer dips beneath the younger member. This condition rarely occurs since the Uinta C usually outcrops a considerable distance north of the channel zone. This zone of nodules occupies the area west of Chipeta Crossing where the expected channel zone was absent. The presence of the flood-plain deposits here further supports the belief that the channel zone shifted to the south, which explains this discontinuity of the east-west trending 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 289 channel zone. No flood-plain deposits are present east of station 3, for they too were removed following the uplift of the eastern portion of Coyote Basin. Paralleling the importance of the presence of flood-plain deposits north of the channel zone in determining the source of the Uinta B sediments, is the total absence of any north-south stream-channel fills cutting across the muds and clays. If any major stream had entered this basin from the north, some evidence of its channel deposits would be expected where it cut across the flood-plains of the east-west stream. Evidence Based on Change in Texture Thus far the direction of flow of east-west streams of Uinta B time has not been considered. The solution of this problem is based upon the change in texture of the sediments from east to west. Since no one sand- stone ledge could be traced continuously across this area, difficulty was experienced in determining the exact decrease in the grain size of material. This would naturally be expected in a region where continental deposi- tion from braided, meandering streams was taking place. However, it was observed that the coarsest material in the eastern part of the area consisted of larger individual pebbles than the coarsest material in the Ouray region (see Plate XXXIV). This would indicate that the streams flowed from east to west, and that the coarsest material in the east resulted from the sudden deposition of the larger particles due to decrease in the velocity of the water. A less likely explanation is that the materials were ground finer as they were carried farther to the west. Evidence Based on Feldspathic Content of Rock The Uinta Mountains are a very unusual range in that there are no igneous materials exposed except in the extreme western part where ex- trusive andesites and agglomerates cover Lower Eocene sediments. The age of the flows has been placed as late Eocene and early Oligocene, and according to Forrester ( loc . cit., pp. 641-642), intrusive rocks may or may not be found there. In Eocene time there was no igneous mass to the north that could have supplied large crystals of pure feldspars, an abun- dance of heavy minerals, and small igneous pebbles to the Uinta Basin. The presence of these igneous materials in the sediments, with the other evidence of direction of stream flow, indicates a source in the igneous mountains of western Colorado. 290 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Microscopic study of Uinta B rock samples taken from stations 1 to 7, inclusive, reveals that there is a marked contrast in the percentage of feldspars in the samples taken from stations 1 and 2 as compared with those taken from stations 3 through 7. From the feldspathic content of the rocks, it is obvious that these two groups of sediments did not come from the same source. Samples 3, 5, and 6 are from the highest channel-fills in the upper chan- nel zone; sample 4, from a middle Uinta B channel-deposit near Bananza Well; and sample 7, from a coarse deposit near the base of the Uinta B White River Pocket. Samples 1 and 2 are from eastern Coyote Basin, number 1 from the northeastern corner and number 2 from the west slope of Snake John Ridge. The portion of the Uinta B member embrac- ing the area from which samples 3 through 7 were derived will henceforth be regarded as eastern-derived sediments, while the northeastern Coyote Basin sediments will be designated as northern or Uinta Mountain de- rived sediments. Each of these samples was broken down, cleaned, and sifted to obtain individual grains of ten, twenty, forty, sixty, and eighty-mesh size. Each sieve was thoroughly mixed and mechanically divided by a microsplit to obtain one hundred grains of each size. The percentage of feldspar was then determined for each of the five sieves from the seven samples (see Table, p. 291). The eastern-derived sediments contain an abundance of feldspars that could not have been derived from the Uinta Mountains. Although there is no igneous material in the Uinta Mountains which could have been the direct source of the feldspars, one might reasonably assume that the feldspars in the Uinta B could represent reworked material derived from the Sedimentary rocks of the Uinta Mountains. However, this is im- probable for three reasons: First: feldspars decompose and disintegrate more rapidly than most minerals, therefore, it is very doubtful if feldspars could withstand tw'o complete cycles of erosion, transportation, and deposition and still re- tain the size of many of the crystals that were observed in the Uinta Basin. However, too much emphasis must not be placed on this reasoning, be- cause under favorable conditions it might be possible for feldspars to withstand destruction even though they were exposed to the agencies of erosion for a long period of time. Second: the samples that contained the feldspars were taken from the east-west trending river-channel fills. 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 291 TABLE Statistics Representing Percentages of Feldspars, Igneous Pebbles, and Heavy Minerals Percentage Of Feldspars Igneous pebbles Heavy minerals Sample No. Mesh Size (w) (x) (y) 1 10, 20 40, 60, 80 0 0 .079 10 (z) - (z) * 20 - - 2 40 1 0 .037 60 1 0 80 0 0 10 32 28 20 24 10 3 40 38 10 11.800 60 7 0 80 8 0 10 40 2 20 27 2 4 40 29 3 4.040 60 6 0 80 17 0 10 38 2 20 29 3 5 40 22 3 1.240 60 7 0 80 16 0 10 34 6 20 27 2 6 40 32 0 .340 60 2 0 80 6 0 10 30 3 20 29 7 7 40 34 3 .510 60 5 0 80 6 0 115 0 0 .198 Triassic 250 1 0 (w) and (x) — Determined by numerical count; (y) — Determined by weight. (z) — No. of grains found in no. 10 & 20 sieve. 292 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII Third: the third line of evidence used to explain why most of the Uinta B deposits do not represent reworked Uinta Mountain sediments arises from a study of the Uinta Mountain formations. Although thousands of feet of sediment have been eroded from the Uinta Mountains, partial re- mains of all the formations that formerly comprised the crest of the arch are still preserved along the flanks of the range. Samples were taken from every formation of the Uinta Mountains, except the Uinta quartzite, and only the coarsest material was considered. These formations range in age from pre-Cambrian through upper Cretaceous. As there were no visible feldspars found in the Mesozoic or Paleozoic sediments, it does not seem probable that the Uinta Mountains could have been the source of the abundant and large feldspars found in the Tertiary rocks. From field observations, the only formation that seemed likely to contain the neces- sary constituents to classify it as a possible source rock for the feldspar was the red Triassic Chugwater. A microscopic analysis of the sample taken from this formation did not reveal any feldspars in the grains that were larger than the one hundred fifty mesh. Only one feldspar was in the two hundred fifty mesh size, and two feldspars were present in the grains that were smaller than the two hundred fifty mesh. The almost total absence of feldspars in the Chugwater, which seemed to be the most plausible source rock, further supports the theory that the Uinta Moun- tains were not the principal source of the Upper Eocene sediments. An abundance of large visible crystalline grains of pure feldspar were observed in the Uinta B and C far to the west beyond Green River. Uinta B river sands in Pleasant Valley south of Myton, and Uinta C channel- fills west of Duchesne River, southwest of Myton, and on Leland Bench east of Myton, revealed an abundance of feldspars. This condition strengthens the theory that streams flowed to the western margin of the basin, thus eliminating the possibility of the presence of Green River in Eocene time. If a southward flowing stream as large as modern Green River had been present, it would have intercepted the smaller, westward- flowing streams that entered the basin, as it does to-day. However, under ideal conditions, the presence of feldspars west of present Green River could be explained even though an Eocene stream did follow the upper course of modern Green River in the Uinta Basin. This condition would necessitate a major east-west drainage pattern with only tributary streams flowing from the north. Thus the feldspars in the Upper Eocene deposits northwest of Ouray and New Leota would result from the deposition of major westward-flowing rivers that meandered northward after intercep- 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 293 ting ancestral Green River. However, field evidence does not uphold this condition. No evidence of former southward-flowing streams represented by north-south trending channel-fills are present. In fact modern Green River cut its course through east-west trending Eocene channel-deposits. In addition there is an east- west orientation of Uinta B and Uinta C channel-zones west and northwest of Ouray and New Loeta. There is no indication of a major northward meander of the westward-flowing streams, in the area northwest of Ouray. The almost total absence of feldspars in samples 1 and 2 supports the previously mentioned statement that the exposed sediments in north- eastern Coyote Basin were derived from the Uinta Mountains. No feldspars were identified in sample 1, while in sample 2, two feldspar grains were found, one of 40-mesh and the other of 60-mesh size. Evidence Based on Percentage of Heavy Minerals Closely paralleling the preceding contributory line of evidence is the comparison of the heavy mineral content of the Triassic formation with the two groups of Uinta B sediments. About five grams of sand taken from the eighty-mesh size of each sample were carefully cleaned, and weighed. The heavy minerals of each sample were concentrated by means of the bromoform separation method. The percentage of heavy minerals by weight was determined for each sample. The heavy mineral content of each sample of the eastern-derived sedi- ment was greater than that of the Triassic formation, which in turn was greater than the heavy mineral content of the samples taken from eastern Coyote Basin. There was a difference, not only between the quantitative analysis of the two groups of Uinta B sediments, but also between the kinds of heavy minerals present in each. The prevalent kinds of heavy minerals in the eastern-derived sediment were magnetite, hornblende, augite, apatite, and epidote. In samples 1 and 2, only nine individual grains of heavy minerals were present in ten grams of sand. There were three magnetite, two garnet, and one each of the following: leucoxene, pyrite, tourmaline, and hornblende. The heavy minerals from the Triassic formation sample were chiefly pyrite and some magnetite. The highest percentage of heavy minerals in the sediments that came from the east was in sample 3. The concentration of heavy minerals in channel fills in the eastern third of the area was very striking. The abundance of heavy minerals decreases rather consistently towards the west. 294 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII In addition to the findings revealed in the laboratory, field evidence pertaining to heavy minerals sustantiates the belief that the two groups of Uinta B sediments were of different origin. Throughout the entire area where the Uinta B stream-channel fills are exposed, a concentration of heavy minerals has accumulated in most of the small ravines between badland hills and knolls. In some places the heavy minerals constitute thirty percent of the total amount of sand. This high concentration of heavy minerals implies that their immediate source was a rock derived from an igneous mass. The extreme scarcity of heavy minerals in recent detrital sands of eastern Coyote Basin verifies the belief that the Eocene sediments present here were from the northern source. Evidence Based Upon Igneous Pebbles The sixth and probably the most striking characteristic of the stream- channel gravels is the occurrence of small, rounded, water-worn igneous pebbles that are thoroughly mixed with the other constituents of the Uinta B. Interlocked crystals of quartz, orthoclase, hornblende, and biotite were exposed on a freshly broken surface of a small fragment of igneous rock from sample 3. The fragments of igneous rock were most abundant in the ten and twenty mesh size, but a liberal scattering of the pebbles was found in every sample of the eastern derived sediments. In the western part of the area, the granite fragments were not as abundant as are the lighter-colored, fine-grained types of igneous material. Paralleling the scarcity of feldspars and heavy minerals in north- eastern Coyote Basin is the complete absence of igneous pebbles in the samples taken from that area. It is the writer’s opinion that this evi- dence, more than any other, indicates that the two groups of sediments were derived from different sources. Summary of Post-Green River Paleogeographic History of Northeastern Utah At the close of Green River time, Green River lake was receiving only fine-textured sediments. These fine-textured sediments are indicative of only low, almost completely subdued encircling land masses. By this time the Uinta Mountains, which had first been uplifted at the close of Cretaceous, probably were reduced in size to ridges and hills of small relief. Part of the sediment removed from the Uinta Mountains, follow- ing their initial uplift, was deposited along the eastern flanks of the range to form the Paleocene and Lower Eocene (Wasatch) Formations. Coarse 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 295 sediment present in the basal Wasatch is very conspicuous close to the Uinta Mountains, and there is a gradual reduction in grain size of the sediment outward from the range.19 As the mountains were degraded, finer sediment was carried south and deposited into Green River lake to form the Green River Formation. Following the drainage or filling of Green River lake, the topography of northeastern Utah was not favorable for the continued accumulation of Uinta Mountain derived sediment into the area now occupied by White River. Instead, the direction of the main drainage system in this area was probably from east to west. The earliest streams were poorly developed and were often interrupted by a temporary return of Green River lake con- ditions. As a result, about 170 feet of sediment of alternating lacustrine and fluviatile origin were deposited upon the Green River shales. This writer accepts Bradley’s ( loc . cit., pp. 19-22) explanations of the origin of the massive sandstone layers that characterize the lower Uinta A. Apparently, streams cut into this newly accumulated sediment. “These streams later filled their own channels with relatively clean, medium to coarse grained and crossbedded sand. Locally the streams cut down close to the Green River formation.” Throughout the remainder of Uinta A time, the Uinta Mountains remained low and incapable of serv- ing as a source of Uinta Basin Tertiary sediments. By the beginning of Uinta B time, well developed streams were enter- ing this area from the east. These streams flowed west across the Uinta Basin for considerable distance beyond Myton. These sediment-laden streams deposited their load, which resulted in the aggradation of the area. Although the exact source of the streams is not known, the presence of large crystals of pure feldspar, an abundance of heavy minerals, and small granite pebbles in the channel-sands implies that the source may have been as far east as the Park Range. There are exposures of igneous material west of the Park Range, but to this writer’s knowledge, these are chiefly of extrusive origin, and granites are totally lacking. Certain phases of the climate during Uinta B time are interpreted from the greenish sands and clays. The streams that came into this area from Colorado probably dissolved a considerable amount of sulphates while flowing over Cretaceous outcrops. The presence of plant and animal 19 Sears, J. D. and Bradley, W. H., Relation of the Wasatch and Green River Formations in Northwestern Colorado and Southwestern Wyoming, with Notes on Oil Shale in the Green River Formation: U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 132, p. 96, 1923. 296 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII remains found in the river-channel sands indicates that the water was highly charged with natural organic remains. Clark20 has observed that water high in sulphates tends to dissolve iron from ferruginous clays and shales. In addition, Thiel21 has proven that “the presence of natural organic matter in water is very effective in reducing ferrous sulphates to sulphides.” Hence the abundance of green clays and shales in the eastern derived sediments is probably the result of the reducing action of organic-charged water upon ferrous sulphates. This interpretation of the west-flowing streams implies that the climate at that time was either humid or sub-humid. This assumption is further strengthened by the study of the types of animal remains found in the channel sands. The presence of large turtles and crocodiles in these beds favors the belief that the climate of this area during the upper Eocene was relatively warm, equable, and moist. At the beginning of Uinta B time, a minor uplift of the eastern portion of the Uinta Mountains slightly rejuvenated the small streams flowing from that area. The increased carrying power of the streams made it possible for fine-grained sediment to be carried south into the present White River area. As a result of pre-Uinta B erosion of the Uinta Moun- tains, some red formations had been exposed. The streams that carried this red sediment into the Uinta Basin emptied into the main west-flowing stream at the vicinity of Coyote Basin. Hence, it is only natural that a rich accumulation of red sediment should now occupy this region. In addition, in the area where two streams joined, it is also natural that there was an interfingering of the sediments derived from different sources. The increased amount of red sediment near the top of Uinta B is indicative of the continued uplift of the Uinta Mountains. Some of the red clays were carried downstream and mixed with the eastern derived material. Thus the syngenetic coloring of the clays and shales in White River Pocket was probably a result of the blending of sediments derived from different sources. In Uinta C time the Uinta Mountains were probably further uplifted to allow a greater accumulation of red sediment into the present Kennedy’s Hole region. 20 Clark, J., The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of the Chadron Formation in the Big Badlands of South Dakota: Annals Carnegie Museum, vol. 25, pp. 275- 276, 1937. 21 Thiel, G. A., Experiments Bearing on the Biochemical Reduction of Sul- phate Waters: Econ. Geology, vol. 25, No. 3, p. 242, 1930. 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 297 The Eocene period was terminated by an uplift of the Uinta Moun- tains. The effects of this uplift were reflected far to the east and south of the mountains, causing a change in the drainage system of north- eastern Utah. As a result of this orographic movement, minor streams flowing from the Uinta Mountains were greatly rejuvenated; they now had the power, not only to cut deeply into the rising range, but also to transport coarse detritus far south into the Uinta Basin to form the Duchesne River formation. This detritus was stripped from the moun- tains and deposited by the innumerable small, swift-flowing streams that issued from the Uinta Mountains. The former westward-flowing streams were probably deflected and pushed to the south as a result of the vertical movements in northeastern Utah. Following the deposition of the basal Oligocene deposits and possibly preceding the deposition of the Brown’s Park formation, occurred another orogenic disturbance that gave rise to the many anticlines that radiate outward from the eastern end of the Uinta Mountains. The age given to this orogenic movement is verified by the effect of the disturbance upon the Duchesne River formation. The reflection of the Raven Park anti- cline was felt in Coyote Basin as far west as station 3. The steep dip of the beds in eastern Coyote Basin has increased the cutting power of the intermittent streams which drain the west limb of the structure. After the minor streams had stripped away the channel-zone of the Uinta B (and all the overlying sediment), they continued their downward cutting to produce the present depression. The basis for dating the age of the post-lower Oligocene movements that gave rise to Split Mountain, Blue Mountain, Raven Park, and other anticlines, is confined entirely to the sedimentation of the Uinta Basin and to the effect of the major orogenic movements upon these sediments. The climatic conditions of northeastern Utah changed to greater aridity since basal Oligocene time. Bradley’s22 opinion that the Gilbert Peak surface is a pediment further substantiates this belief. At the present time the climate of this region is very arid. This aridity is directly reflected in the type of relief features in the interior of the Uinta Basin, where typical badland topography prevails. This desert basin is now drained by the southward-flowing Green River, which entered the Uinta Basin in post-basal Oligocene time. 22 Bradley, W. H., Geomorphology of the North Flank of the Uinta Mountains: U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 185, I, pp. 174-179, 1936. 298 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII BIBLIOGRAPHY Bradley, W. H. 1936. Geomorphology of the Northern Flank of the Uinta Moun- tains: United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 185, I, Washington, D. C. Bradley, W. H. 1932. Origin and Microfossils of the Oil Shale of the Green River Formation of Colorado and Utah: United States Geological Sur- vey, Professional Paper 168, Washington, D. C. Berkey, C. P. 1904. Stratigraphy of the Uinta Mountains: Bulletin of the Geo- logical Society of America, vol. 16, New York. Clark, J. 1937. The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of theChadron Formation in the Big Badlands of South Dakota: Annals Carnegie Museum, vol. 25, Pittsburgh. Douglass, E. 1914. Geology of the Uinta Formation: Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, vol. 25, New York. Emmons, S. F. 1907. Uinta Mountains: Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, vol. 18, New York. Forrester, J. D. 1937. Structure of the Uinta Mountains: Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, vol. 48, New York. Kay, J. L. 1934. The Tertiary Formations of the Uinta Basin: Annals of the Carnegie Museum, vol. 23, Pittsburgh. King, Clarence. 1878. United States Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel, vols. 1, 2. Washington, D. C. Osborn, H. F. 1895. Fossil Mammals of the Uinta Basin: Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. 7, New York. Peterson, O. A. 1928. The Brown’s Park Formation: Memoirs of the Carnegie Mu- seum, vol. 11, Pittsburgh. 1941 Stagner: Paleogeography of Uinta Basin 299 Peterson, O. A. and Kay, J. L. 1931. The Upper Uinta Formation of Northeastern Utah: Annals of the Carnegie Museum, vol. 20, Pittsburgh. Powell, J. W. 1876. Report on the Geology of the Eastern Portion of the Uinta Mountains, etc. U. S. Geog. and Geol. Survey of the territories. Washington, D. C. Riggs, E. S. 1912. New or Little Known Titanotheres from the Lower Uinta Formation: Field Museum of Natural History, Geol. Series, vol. 4, no. 2. Sears, J. D. 1924. Relations of the Brown’s Park Formation and the Bishop Conglomerate, and their Role in the Origin of Green River and Yampa River: Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, vol. 35, New York. Sears, J. D. and Bradley, W. H. 1925. Relation of the Wasatch and Green River Formations in Northwestern Colorado, and Southwestern Wyoming, with Notes on Oil Shale in the Green River Formation: United States Geo- logical Survey, Professional Paper 132, Washington, D. C. Thiel, G. A. 1930. Experiments Bearing on the Biochemical Reduction of Sul- phate Waters: Economic Geology, vol. 25, Economic Geology Publishing Company, New Haven,. Weeks, F. B. 1907. Stratigraphy of the Uinta Mountains: Bulletin of the Geo- logical Society of America, vol. 18, New York. White, C. A. 1887-1888. Ninth Annual Report, United States Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 300 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI View of the westward-dipping Uinta B member at station 2. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXXI. 302 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII Left Figure Northern margin of the Uinta B stream-channel deposit at station 3. Note the thinning or pinching out of the massive sandstone ledge from left to right (towards the north). Right Figure Spliced panorama of the meander-channel deposit at station 8. The dissected channel fill curves convexly towards the observer (north). The horizontal distance between the meander-channel fill in the foreground and the main east-west trend- ing channel zone in the background is about one-fourth mile, and the distance between “a” and “b” is one mile. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXXII. 304 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII Upper Figure Nodules forming the floor of the southern portion of Kennedy’s Hole. In the background the elevated ridge is composed of east-west trending stream-channel deposits. The nodular layers in the foreground are on the same stratigraphic horizon as the channel zone. Lower Figure View northward of the same zone of nodules dipping beneath the overlying Uinta C red shales and clays. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXXIII. 306 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV Photographs illustrating the texture of Uinta B rock samples. Upper Figure Sample of the fine-textured, northern-derived sediment from Station 2. Middle Figure Sample of the coarsest-textured, eastern-derived sediment in the Ouray area from station 7. Lower Figure Sample of the coarsest-textured, eastern-derived sediment from station 3. Note the size of the fragmentary crystal of pure feldspar in the center of the picture. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXXIV. 308 Annals of the Carnegie Museum VOL. XXVIII EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV Geological map of the White River Area. GEOLOGIC MAP OF THE WHITE RIVER AREA ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XXVIII. Plate XXXV. ART. XV. SOME NEW AND UNDESCRIBED JAMAICAN BUTTERFLIES r^J f.' ,J ' -